‹

Trouble Codes (DTC)

Part 1 of 2
P0203-FUEL INJECTOR 3 CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fueling strategy for NGC requires potentially three fuel pulses per cylinder per cycle. The first pulse is delivered starting at a programmed angle soon after the intake valve closes, for specified time duration. This is for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the previous cycle and second to allow fueling to begin as early as possible in the current cycle. The second pulse is delivered for a specified time and is set to end at a programmed angle. The pulse must not extend past the end angle. There can be a separate value for each cylinder under the same operating conditions. This is done for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered during the intake/exhaust valve overlap period, which tends to cause elevated emission levels. Also, allowing fuel to enter each cylinder at a slightly different angle tends to reduce any fuel pressure standing waves in the fuel rail. If the desired total fuel pulse-width increases, a third fuel pulse must be delivered. The third pulse, if necessary, is delivered for a specified time and must end at a programmed angle before the valve closes again. The third pulse in the cycle is controlled by its ending angle. This is also for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the next cycle and second to allow fueling to end as late as possible in the current cycle. At high engine speeds, one or more of the pulses may be dropped from the fueling strategy.

When monitored

With battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Auto Shutdown Relay energized. Engine speed less than 3000 rpm.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM monitors the continuity of the injector circuits as well as the voltage spike created by the collapse of the magnetic field in the injector coil. Any condition that reduces the maximum current flow or the magnitude of the voltage spike can cause this DTC to set.

Possible causes

  • (F342) ASD OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K13) INJECTOR CONTROL NO.3 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K13) INJECTOR CONTROL NO.3 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Review Freeze Frame information. Operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL INJECTOR 3 CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Tool #8815 And ASD Relay Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Remove the ASD Relay.
NOTE
The resistance of the circuit will vary according to the temperature of the injector coil. Use the table below to determine the resistance range of the injector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector 3 circuit from the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 and the ASD Relay connector. Fuel Injector Coil Resistance Based on Engine Temperature Temperature Resistance -20° C (-4° F) 10 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 20° C (68° F) 12 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 60° C (140° F) 14 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 100° C (212° F) 16 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) Is the resistance of the injector within the specified range?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 3.
3
FUEL INJECTOR 3 WIRING AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Verify that the Fuel Injector 3 is properly connected to the injector. Disconnect the Fuel Injector 3 connector and Inspect the terminals for any condition that would result in a poor connection. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Fuel Injector 3 wiring and connector. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(F342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, actuate the Auto Shutdown (ASD) Relay Control State. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Fuel Injector 3 harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright? Yes. Go To 5. No. Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K13) INJECTOR 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K13) Injector 3 Control circuit from the Fuel Injector harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K13) Injector 3 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
FUEL INJECTOR 3
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 3 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Fuel Injector 3 in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K13) INJECTOR 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K13) Injector 3 Control circuit in the Injector harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K13) Injector 3 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 3 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0204-FUEL INJECTOR 4 CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fueling strategy for NGC requires potentially three fuel pulses per cylinder per cycle. The first pulse is delivered starting at a programmed angle soon after the intake valve closes, for specified time duration. This is for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the previous cycle and second to allow fueling to begin as early as possible in the current cycle. The second pulse is delivered for a specified time and is set to end at a programmed angle. The pulse must not extend past the end angle. There can be a separate value for each cylinder under the same operating conditions. This is done for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered during the intake/exhaust valve overlap period, which tends to cause elevated emission levels. Also, allowing fuel to enter each cylinder at a slightly different angle tends to reduce any fuel pressure standing waves in the fuel rail. If the desired total fuel pulse-width increases, a third fuel pulse must be delivered. The third pulse, if necessary, is delivered for a specified time and must end at a programmed angle before the valve closes again. The third pulse in the cycle is controlled by its ending angle. This is also for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the next cycle and second to allow fueling to end as late as possible in the current cycle. At high engine speeds, one or more of the pulses may be dropped from the fueling strategy.

When monitored

With battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Auto Shutdown Relay energized. Engine speed less than 3000 rpm.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM monitors the continuity of the injector circuits as well as the voltage spike created by the collapse of the magnetic field in the injector coil. Any condition that reduces the maximum current flow or the magnitude of the voltage spike can cause this DTC to set.

Possible causes

  • (F342) ASD OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K14) INJECTOR 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K14) INJECTOR 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Review Freeze Frame information. Operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL INJECTOR 4 CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Tool #8815 And ASD Relay Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Remove the ASD Relay.
NOTE
The resistance of the circuit will vary according to the temperature of the injector coil. Use the table below to determine the resistance range of the injector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector 4 circuit from the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 and the ASD Relay connector. Fuel Injector Coil Resistance Based on Engine Temperature Temperature Resistance -20° C (-4° F) 10 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 20° C (68° F) 12 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 60° C (140° F) 14 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 100° C (212° F) 16 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) Is the resistance of the injector within the specified range?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 3.
3
FUEL INJECTOR 4 WIRING AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Verify that the Fuel Injector 4 is properly connected to the injector. Disconnect the Fuel Injector 4 connector and Inspect the terminals for any condition that would result in a poor connection. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Fuel Injector 4 wiring and connector. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(F342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, actuate the Auto Shutdown (ASD) Relay Control State. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Fuel Injector 4 harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright? Yes. Go To 5. No. Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K14) INJECTOR 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the Ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K14) Injector 4 Control circuit from the Fuel Injector harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K14) Injector 4 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
FUEL INJECTOR 4
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 4 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Fuel Injector 4 in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K14) INJECTOR 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K14) Injector 4 Control circuit in the Injector harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K14) Injector 4 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 4 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0205-FUEL INJECTOR 5 CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fueling strategy for NGC requires potentially three fuel pulses per cylinder per cycle. The first pulse is delivered starting at a programmed angle soon after the intake valve closes, for specified time duration. This is for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the previous cycle and second to allow fueling to begin as early as possible in the current cycle. The second pulse is delivered for a specified time and is set to end at a programmed angle. The pulse must not extend past the end angle. There can be a separate value for each cylinder under the same operating conditions. This is done for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered during the intake/exhaust valve overlap period, which tends to cause elevated emission levels. Also, allowing fuel to enter each cylinder at a slightly different angle tends to reduce any fuel pressure standing waves in the fuel rail. If the desired total fuel pulse-width increases, a third fuel pulse must be delivered. The third pulse, if necessary, is delivered for a specified time and must end at a programmed angle before the valve closes again. The third pulse in the cycle is controlled by its ending angle. This is also for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the next cycle and second to allow fueling to end as late as possible in the current cycle. At high engine speeds, one or more of the pulses may be dropped from the fueling strategy.

When monitored

With battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Auto Shutdown Relay energized. Engine speed less than 3000 rpm.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM monitors the continuity of the injector circuits as well as the voltage spike created by the collapse of the magnetic field in the injector coil. Any condition that reduces the maximum current flow or the magnitude of the voltage spike can cause this DTC to set.

Possible causes

  • (F342) ASD OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K38) INJECTOR 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K38) INJECTOR 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Review Freeze Frame information. Operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL INJECTOR 5 CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Tool #8815 And ASD Relay Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Remove the ASD Relay.
NOTE
The resistance of the circuit will vary according to the temperature of the injector coil. Use the table below to determine the resistance range of the injector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector 5 circuit from the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 and the ASD Relay connector. Fuel Injector Coil Resistance Based on Engine Temperature Temperature Resistance -20° C (-4° F) 10 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 20° C (68° F) 12 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 60° C (140° F) 14 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 100° C (212° F) 16 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) Is the resistance of the injector within the specified range?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 3.
3
FUEL INJECTOR 5 WIRING AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Verify that the Fuel Injector 5 is properly connected to the injector. Disconnect the Fuel Injector 5 connector and Inspect the terminals for any condition that would result in a poor connection. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Fuel Injector 5 wiring and connector. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(F342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, actuate the Auto Shutdown (ASD) Relay Control State. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Fuel Injector 5 harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright? Yes. Go To 5. No. Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K38) INJECTOR 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K38) Injector 5 Control circuit from the Fuel Injector harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K38) Injector 5 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
FUEL INJECTOR 5
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 5 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Fuel Injector 5 in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K38) INJECTOR 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K38) Injector 5 Control circuit in the Injector harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K38) Injector 5 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 5 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0206-FUEL INJECTOR 6 CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fueling strategy for NGC requires potentially three fuel pulses per cylinder per cycle. The first pulse is delivered starting at a programmed angle soon after the intake valve closes, for specified time duration. This is for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the previous cycle and second to allow fueling to begin as early as possible in the current cycle. The second pulse is delivered for a specified time and is set to end at a programmed angle. The pulse must not extend past the end angle. There can be a separate value for each cylinder under the same operating conditions. This is done for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered during the intake/exhaust valve overlap period, which tends to cause elevated emission levels. Also, allowing fuel to enter each cylinder at a slightly different angle tends to reduce any fuel pressure standing waves in the fuel rail. If the desired total fuel pulse-width increases, a third fuel pulse must be delivered. The third pulse, if necessary, is delivered for a specified time and must end at a programmed angle before the valve closes again. The third pulse in the cycle is controlled by its ending angle. This is also for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the next cycle and second to allow fueling to end as late as possible in the current cycle. At high engine speeds, one or more of the pulses may be dropped from the fueling strategy.

When monitored

With battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Auto Shutdown Relay energized. Engine speed less than 3000 rpm.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM monitors the continuity of the injector circuits as well as the voltage spike created by the collapse of the magnetic field in the injector coil. Any condition that reduces the maximum current flow or the magnitude of the voltage spike can cause this DTC to set.

Possible causes

  • (F342) ASD OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K58) INJECTOR 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K58) INJECTOR 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Review Freeze Frame information. Operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL INJECTOR 6 CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Tool #8815 And ASD Relay Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Remove the ASD Relay.
NOTE
The resistance of the circuit will vary according to the temperature of the injector coil. Use the table below to determine the resistance range of the injector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector 6 circuit from the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 and the ASD Relay connector. Fuel Injector Coil Resistance Based on Engine Temperature Temperature Resistance -20° C (-4° F) 10 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 20° C (68° F) 12 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 60° C (140° F) 14 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 100° C (212° F) 16 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) Is the resistance of the injector within the specified range?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 3.
3
FUEL INJECTOR 6 WIRING AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Verify that the Fuel Injector 6 is properly connected to the injector. Disconnect the Fuel Injector 6 connector and Inspect the terminals for any condition that would result in a poor connection. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Fuel Injector 6 wiring and connector. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(F342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT CHECK
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, actuate the Auto Shutdown (ASD) Relay Control State. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Fuel Injector 6 harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright? Yes. Go To 5. No. Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K58) INJECTOR 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8816 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K58) Injector 6 Control circuit from the Fuel Injector harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 6.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K58) Injector 6 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
FUEL INJECTOR 6
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 6 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Fuel Injector 6 in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K58) INJECTOR 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K58) Injector 6 Control circuit in the Injector harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K58) Injector 6 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 6 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0221-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 PERFORMANCE📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and No MAP Sensor DTCs set.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
TP Sensor signals do not correlate to the MAP Sensor signal. Two Trip Fault. ETC light will illuminate. P2135 should set with this code also.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
When this DTC is Active the engine speed, torque, and vehicle speed are limited to a Limp in mode.
NOTE
Diagnose any other TP Sensor DTC(s) before continuing.
NOTE
The throttle plate and linkage should be free from binding and carbon build up.
NOTE
Make sure the throttle plate is at the idle position.
NOTE
Inspect the engine for vacuum leaks.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 9.
2
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Circuit Measure the resistance between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, monitor the TP Signal 1 and 2 voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit.
NOTE
TP Sensor 1 voltage should change from approximately 4.7 volts to 0.3 of a volt.
For TP Sensor 2, connect a jumper wire between (K855) 5-volt supply circuit and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit.
NOTE
TP Sensor 2 voltage should change from approximately 0 volts to 5.0 volts.
Is the voltage reading within the listed specification with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. Replace the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool, select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
THROTTLE FOLLOWER TEST
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test and monitor the TP Sensor 1 or 2 voltage. Slowly press the throttle pedal down. The voltage for TP Sensor 1 should start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to approximately 4.3 volts. The voltage for TP Sensor 2 should start at approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to approximately 0.7 of a volt. Is the voltage within the range of the listed specification for the appropriate Sensor?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0222-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW📷 8
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Circuit schematic

For a complete Engine wiring diagram refer to appropriate Wiring Diagram article.

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM recognizes that the TP Sensor 2 voltage is lower than the acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL. ETC light will illuminate.

Possible causes

  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • THROTTLE PLATE JAMMED AGAINST THE MAXIMUM STOP
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any Throttle Body circuit, system voltage, or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool select View DTCs.
NOTE
If the DTC does not reset it may be necessary to test drive the vehicle.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 11.
2
P0122 ALSO SET
Was the P0122-TP SENSOR NO.1 VOLTAGE LOW DTC set along with the P0222?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 4.
3
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 to 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 8.
4
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
With the scan tool, monitor the TP Sensor No.2 voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire installed.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K122) TP Signal 2. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
8
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
THROTTLE FOLLOWER TEST
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. Monitor the TP Sensor No.2 voltage while slowly pressing the Throttle pedal down. Is there a smooth voltage change from approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to approximately 0.7 of a volt?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0223-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Throttle Position Sensor No.2 Signal circuit voltage is greater than the maximum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. ETC light will illuminate.

Possible causes

  • (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any Throttle Body circuit, system voltage, or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool select View DTCs.
NOTE
If the DTC does not reset it may be necessary to test drive the vehicle.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 7.
2
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body Assembly harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool monitor the TP Sensor No.2 voltage. Is the voltage below 0.5 volt?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
THROTTLE FOLLOWER TEST
With the scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. Monitor the TP Sensor No.2 voltage while slowly pressing the Throttle pedal down. Is there a smooth voltage change from approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to approximately 0.7 of a volt?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been successfully updated.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The threshold to set the fault is application specific; it is tied to the level of misfire that will cause emissions to increase to 1.5 times the standard or in some cases 1%. It is always a two trip fault above the calibrated RPM. It takes 1 soft fail to set a malfunction and two trips to set the MIL. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • COIL CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • SPARK PLUG
  • IGNITION COIL
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check for any TSBs that apply to a Misfire condition. Review the vehicle repair history for any misfire condition repairs that have been performed.
Diagnose and repair any other active component or circuit DTCs before continuing with this procedure. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause a misfire DTC.
NOTE
When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will shut down that cylinder's Injector Control circuit.
- Visually inspect the engine for any of the following conditions. - Worn serpentine belt - Binding Engine-Driven accessories: A/C Compressor, P/S Pump, Water pump. - Misalignment of the Water pump, P/S Pump and A/C Compressor pulleys - Corroded PCM power and ground circuits. - Improper CKP, CMP, MAP, and TP Sensor mounting - Poor connector/terminal to component connection. i.e, CKP sensor, Fuel Injector, Ignition coil, etc. - Vacuum leaks - Restricted Air Induction system or Exhaust system. - Internal engine component failures. Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector of the misfiring cylinders. Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector of the misfiring cylinders. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector and Fuel Injector harness connector while the relay is actuating. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Connect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Remove the Spark Plug wire/boot from the spark plug of the cylinder being tested. Leave the Fuel Injector harness connector of the cylinder being tested disconnected. Install a spark tester on the Spark plug wire/boot. While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE
A crisp blue spark that is able to jump the gap of the spark tester should be generated.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 14.
NOTE
Connect the Fuel Injector harness connector before continuing.
5
SPARK PLUG
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broken electrode
NOTE
Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Does the Spark Plug have any problems?
Yes Replace the Spark Plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure reading.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 7. Below Specification Go To 12. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi)
Does the pressure fall below the listed specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Fuel Injector(s). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
CAUTION
After each Fuel Injector actuation, start the engine to clean the cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool, actuate the Fuel Injector for the cylinder that indicated the misfire. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge. Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Turn the ignition off, remove the Fuel Pressure gauge, and connect the fuel lines before continuing.
9
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination CAM LOBES - must not be worn excessively CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST - must be within specifications VALVE SPRINGS - cannot be weak or broken Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
10
FUEL INJECTOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector of one of the cylinders detecting a mis-fire. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will shut down that cylinder's Injector Control circuit.
With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Install an Injector Noid light. With the scan tool, actuate the Fuel Injector. Does the Noid light blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Injector and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Injector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the Injector Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the Injector Control circuit?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance or short in the Injector Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
12
FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTED
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Before continuing, check the Fuel Pump Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Make sure the ground circuit is functional. Repair as necessary. Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the Ignition Coil Control circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. Does the test light brightly blink/flicker?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ignition Coil. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
COIL CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the Coil Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the Coil Control circuit?
Yes Repair the Coil Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
16
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor, Coil, Injector, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors, Coils, Injectors, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P0301-CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been successfully updated.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The threshold to set the fault is application specific; it is tied to the level of misfire that will cause emissions to increase to 1.5 times the standard or in some cases 1%. It is always a two trip fault above the calibrated RPM. It takes 1 soft fail to set a malfunction and two trips to set the MIL. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K11) INJECTOR 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • (K86) COIL CONTROL 1 CIRCUIT
  • SPARK PLUG
  • IGNITION COIL
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Diagnose and repair any other active component or circuit DTCs before continuing with this procedure. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause this DTC to set.
NOTE
When a misfire is detected, the PCM will shut down the injector control circuit for the misfiring cylinder.
Inspect the engine for any of the following conditions: - Worn serpentine belt - Misalignment or binding water pump, P/S pump or A/C compressor pulleys - Improper CKP, CMP, MAP, or TP Sensor mounting. - Poor connector/terminal to component connection for CKP sensor, CMP sensor, MAP sensor, TP sensor, fuel injector, ignition coil, etc. - Corroded PCM power or ground circuits. - Vacuum leaks. - Restriction in the air induction or exhaust system. - Internal engine component malfunction.
NOTE
Misfire may occur and may not be caused by component failure. Any of
the following conditions can cause a misfire: - Moisture on ignition system components - Insufficient fuel - Low quality fuel - Manual transmission bog - Towing overload Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the Fuel Injector No.1 harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector and Fuel Injector harness connector while the ASD Relay is actuating. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Connect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Remove the Ignition wire/coil from the Cylinder 1 Spark Plug. Leave the Fuel Injector harness connector of the cylinder being tested disconnected. Install a spark tester on the Ignition wire. While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE
A crisp blue spark that is able to jump the gap of the spark tester should be generated.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 14.
NOTE
Connect the Fuel Injector harness connector before continuing.
5
SPARK PLUG
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broken electrode
NOTE
Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Replace the Spark Plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure reading.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 7. Below Specification Go To 12. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi).
Does the pressure fall below the listed specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Fuel Injector(s). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
CAUTION
After each Fuel Injector actuation, start the engine to clean the cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool, actuate the No.1 Fuel Injector. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge. Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Turn the ignition off, remove the Fuel Pressure gauge, and connect the fuel lines before continuing.
9
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination CAM LOBES - must not be worn excessively CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST - must be within specifications VALVE SPRINGS - cannot be weak or broken Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
10
FUEL INJECTOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the No.1 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will shut down that cylinder's Injector Control circuit.
With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Install an Injector Noid light. With the scan tool, actuate the Fuel Injector. Does the Noid light blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Injector and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Injector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K11) INJECTOR 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K11) Injector 1 Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K11) Injector Control No.1 circuit?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance or short in the (K11) Injector 1 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
12
FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTED
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Before continuing, check the Fuel Pump Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Make sure the ground circuit is functional. Repair as necessary. Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. Does the test light brightly blink/flicker while the engine was cranking?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Injector and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ignition Coil. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
(K86) COIL CONTROL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit?
Yes Repair the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
16
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor, Coil, Injector, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors, Coils, Injectors, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0302-CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been successfully updated.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The threshold to set the fault is application specific; it is tied to the level of misfire that will cause emissions to increase to 1.5 times the standard or in some cases 1%. It is always a two trip fault above the calibrated RPM. It takes 1 soft fail to set a malfunction and two trips to set the MIL. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K12) INJECTOR 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • (K85) COIL CONTROL 2 CIRCUIT
  • SPARK PLUG
  • IGNITION COIL
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Diagnose and repair any other active component or circuit DTCs before continuing with this procedure. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC
was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause this DTC to set.
NOTE
When a misfire is detected, the PCM will shut down the injector control circuit for the misfiring cylinder.
Inspect the engine for any of the following conditions: - Worn serpentine belt - Misalignment or binding water pump, P/S pump or A/C compressor pulleys - Improper CKP, CMP, MAP, or TP Sensor mounting. - Poor connector/terminal to component connection for CKP sensor, CMP sensor, MAP sensor, TP sensor, fuel injector, ignition coil, etc. - Corroded PCM power or ground circuits. - Vacuum leaks. - Restriction in the air induction or exhaust system. - Internal engine component malfunction.
NOTE
Misfire may occur and may not be caused by component failure. Any of the following conditions can cause a misfire:
- Moisture on ignition system components - Insufficient fuel - Low quality fuel - Manual transmission bog - Towing overload Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the Fuel Injector No.2 harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector and Fuel Injector harness connector while the ASD Relay is actuating. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Connect the Ignition harness connector. Remove the Ignition wire/coil from the Cylinder 2 Spark Plug. Leave the Fuel Injector harness connector of the cylinder being tested disconnected. Install a spark tester on the Ignition wire. While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE
A crisp blue spark that is able to jump the gap of the spark tester should be generated.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 14.
NOTE
Connect the Fuel Injector harness connector before continuing.
5
SPARK PLUG
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broken electrode
NOTE
Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Replace the Spark Plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure reading.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 7. Below Specification Go To 12. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi)
Does the pressure fall below the listed specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Fuel Injector(s). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
CAUTION
After each Fuel Injector actuation, start the engine to clean the cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure. Ignition on, engine not running. Using scan tool, actuate the No.2 Fuel Injector. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge. Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Turn the ignition off, remove the Fuel Pressure gauge, and connect the fuel lines before continuing.
9
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination CAM LOBES - must not be worn excessively CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST - must be within specifications VALVE SPRINGS - cannot be weak or broken Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
10
FUEL INJECTOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the No.2 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will shut down that cylinder's Injector Control circuit.
With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Install an Injector Noid light. With the scan tool, actuate the Fuel Injector. Does the Noid light blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Injector and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Injector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K12) INJECTOR 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K12) Injector 2 Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K12) Injector 2 Control circuit?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance or short in the (K12) Injector 2 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
12
FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTED
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Before continuing, check the Fuel Pump Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Make sure the ground circuit is functional. Repair as necessary. Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds. Does the test light brightly blink/flicker while the engine is cranking?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Coils and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ignition Coil. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
(K85) COIL CONTROL 2 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit?
Yes Repair the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
16
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor, Coil, Injector, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors, Coils, Injectors, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0303-CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been successfully updated.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The threshold to set the fault is application specific; it is tied to the level of misfire that will cause emissions to increase to 1.5 times the standard or in some cases 1%. It is always a two trip fault above the calibrated RPM. It takes 1 soft fail to set a malfunction and two trips to set the MIL. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K13) INJECTOR 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • (K93) COIL CONTROL 3 CIRCUIT
  • SPARK PLUG
  • IGNITION COIL
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Diagnose and repair any other active component or circuit DTCs before continuing with this procedure. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC
was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause this DTC to set.
NOTE
When a misfire is detected, the PCM will shut down the injector control circuit for the misfiring cylinder.
Inspect the engine for any of the following conditions: - Worn serpentine belt - Misalignment or binding water pump, P/S pump or A/C compressor pulleys - Improper CKP, CMP, MAP, or TP Sensor mounting. - Poor connector/terminal to component connection for CKP sensor, CMP sensor, MAP sensor, TP sensor, fuel injector, ignition coil, etc. - Corroded PCM power or ground circuits. - Vacuum leaks. - Restriction in the air induction or exhaust system. - Internal engine component malfunction.
NOTE
Misfire may occur and may not be caused by component failure. Any of the following conditions can cause a misfire:
- Moisture on ignition system components - Insufficient fuel - Low quality fuel - Manual transmission bog - Towing overload Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the No.3 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector and Fuel Injector harness connector while the ASD Relay is actuating. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Connect the Ignition coil harness connector. Remove the Ignition wire/coil from the Cylinder 3 Spark Plug. Leave the Fuel Injector harness connector of the cylinder being tested disconnected. Install a spark tester on the Ignition wire. While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE
A crisp blue spark that is able to jump the gap of the spark tester should be generated.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 14.
NOTE
Connect the Fuel Injector harness connector before continuing.
5
SPARK PLUG
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broken electrode
NOTE
Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Replace the Spark Plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure reading.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 7. Below Specification Go To 12. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi).
Does the pressure fall below the listed specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Fuel Injector(s). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
CAUTION
After each Fuel Injector actuation, start the engine to clean the cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure. Ignition on, engine not running. Using a scan tool, actuate the No.3 Fuel Injector. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge. Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Turn the ignition off, remove the Fuel Pressure gauge, and connect the fuel lines before continuing.
9
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination CAM LOBES - must not be worn excessively CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST - must be within specifications VALVE SPRINGS - cannot be weak or broken Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
10
FUEL INJECTOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the No.3 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will shut down that cylinder's Injector Control circuit.
With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Install an Injector Noid light. With the scan tool, actuate the Fuel Injector. Does the Noid light blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Injector and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Injector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K13) INJECTOR 3 CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K13) Injector 3 Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K13) Injector 3 Control circuit?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance or short in the (K13) Injector 3 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
12
FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTED
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Before continuing, check the Fuel Pump Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Make sure the ground circuit is functional. Repair as necessary. Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Disconnect the No.3 Ignition Coil harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit.
NOTE
Make sure the test light is probing the circuit before actuating the Coil or a DTC may set and not allow the actuation.
Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. Does the test light brightly blink/flicker while the engine is cranking?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ignition Coil. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
(K93) COIL CONTROL 3 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit?
Yes Repair the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
16
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor, Coil, Injector, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors, Coils, Injectors, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0304-CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been successfully updated.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The threshold to set the fault is application specific; it is tied to the level of misfire that will cause emissions to increase to 1.5 times the standard or in some cases 1%. It is always a two trip fault above the calibrated RPM. It takes 1 soft fail to set a malfunction and two trips to set the MIL. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F344), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K14) INJECTOR 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • (K15) COIL CONTROL 4 CIRCUIT
  • SPARK PLUG
  • IGNITION COIL
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Diagnose and repair any other active component or circuit DTCs before continuing with this procedure. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC
was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause this DTC to set.
NOTE
When a misfire is detected, the PCM will shut down the injector control circuit for the misfiring cylinder.
Inspect the engine for any of the following conditions: - Worn serpentine belt - Misalignment or binding water pump, P/S pump or A/C compressor pulleys - Improper CKP, CMP, MAP, or TP Sensor mounting. - Poor connector/terminal to component connection for CKP sensor, CMP sensor, MAP sensor, TP sensor, fuel injector, ignition coil, etc. - Corroded PCM power or ground circuits. - Vacuum leaks. - Restriction in the air induction or exhaust system. - Internal engine component malfunction.
NOTE
Misfire may occur and may not be caused by component failure. Any of the following conditions can cause a misfire:
- Moisture on ignition system components - Insufficient fuel - Low quality fuel - Manual transmission bog - Towing overload Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the No.4 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector and Fuel Injector harness connector while the ASD Relay is actuating. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Connect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the Ignition wire/coil from the Cylinder 4 Spark Plug. Leave the Fuel Injector harness connector of the cylinder being tested disconnected. Install a spark tester on the Ignition wire. While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE
A crisp blue spark that is able to jump the gap of the spark tester should be generated.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 14.
NOTE
Connect the Fuel Injector harness connector before continuing.
5
SPARK PLUG
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broken electrode
NOTE
Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Replace the Spark Plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure reading.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 7. Below Specification Go To 12. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi)
Does the pressure fall below the listed specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Fuel Injector(s). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
CAUTION
After each Fuel Injector actuation, start the engine to clean the cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool, actuate the No.4 Fuel Injector. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge. Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Turn the ignition off, remove the Fuel Pressure gauge, and connect the fuel lines before continuing.
9
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination CAM LOBES - must not be worn excessively CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST - must be within specifications VALVE SPRINGS - cannot be weak or broken Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
10
FUEL INJECTOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the No.4 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will shut down that cylinder's Injector Control circuit.
With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Install an Injector Noid light. With the scan tool, actuate the Fuel Injector. Does the Noid light blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Injector and the Powertrain Control
Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Injector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K14) INJECTOR 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K14) Injector 4 Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K14) Injector 4 Control circuit?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance or short in the (K14) Injector 4 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
12
FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTED
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Before continuing, check the Fuel Pump Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Make sure the ground circuit is functional. Repair as necessary. Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
IGNITION COIL
Disconnect the No.4 Ignition Coil harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K15) Coil Control 4 circuit. With a scan tool, actuate the No.4 Ignition Coil. Does the test light brightly blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ignition Coil. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
(K15) COIL CONTROL 4 CIRCUIT
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K15) Coil Control 4 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. Does the test light brightly blink/flicker while the engine was cranking?
Yes Repair the (K15) Coil control 4 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
16
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor, Coil, Injector, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors, Coils, Injectors, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0305-CYLINDER 5 MISFIRE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been successfully updated.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The threshold to set the fault is application specific; it is tied to the level of misfire that will cause emissions to increase to 1.5 times the standard or in some cases 1%. It is always a two trip fault above the calibrated RPM. It takes 1 soft fail to set a malfunction and two trips to set the MIL. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K38) INJECTOR 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • (K16) COIL CONTROL 5 CIRCUIT
  • SPARK PLUG
  • IGNITION COIL
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Diagnose and repair any other active component or circuit DTCs before continuing with this procedure. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause this DTC to set.
NOTE
When a misfire is detected, the PCM will shut down the injector control circuit for the misfiring cylinder.
Inspect the engine for any of the following conditions: - Worn serpentine belt - Misalignment or binding water pump, P/S pump or A/C compressor pulleys - Improper CKP, CMP, MAP, or TP Sensor mounting. - Poor connector/terminal to component connection for CKP sensor, CMP sensor, MAP sensor, TP sensor, fuel injector, ignition coil, etc. - Corroded PCM power or ground circuits. - Vacuum leaks. - Restriction in the air induction or exhaust system. - Internal engine component malfunction.
NOTE
Misfire may occur and may not be caused by component failure. Any of the following conditions can cause a misfire:
- Moisture on ignition system components - Insufficient fuel - Low quality fuel - Manual transmission bog - Towing overload Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the No.5 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector and Fuel Injector harness connector while the ASD Relay is actuating. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Connect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the Ignition wire/coil from the cylinder 5 spark plug. Leave the Fuel Injector harness connector of the cylinder being tested disconnected. Install a spark tester on the Ignition wire. While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE
A crisp blue spark that is able to jump the gap of the spark tester should be generated.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 14.
NOTE
Connect the Fuel Injector harness connector before continuing.
5
SPARK PLUG
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broken electrode
NOTE
Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Replace the Spark Plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure reading.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 7. Below Specification Go To 12. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi).
Does the pressure fall below the listed specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Fuel Injector(s). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
CAUTION
After each Fuel Injector actuation, start the engine to clean the cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool, actuate the No.5 Fuel Injector. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge. Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Turn the ignition off, remove the Fuel Pressure gauge, and connect the fuel lines before continuing.
9
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination CAM LOBES - must not be worn excessively CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST - must be within specifications VALVE SPRINGS - cannot be weak or broken Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
10
FUEL INJECTOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the No.5 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will shut down that cylinder's Injector Control circuit.
With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Install an Injector Noid light. With the scan tool, actuate the Fuel Injector. Does the Noid light blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Injector and the Powertrain Control
Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Injector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K38) INJECTOR 5 CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K38) Injector 5 Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K38) Injector 5 Control circuit?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance or short in the (K38) Injector 5 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
12
FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTED
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Before continuing, check the Fuel Pump Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Make sure the ground circuit is functional. Repair as necessary. Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Disconnect the No.5 Ignition Coil harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K16) Coil Control 5 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. Does the test light brightly blink/flicker while the engine was cranking?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ignition Coil. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
(K16) COIL CONTROL 5 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K16) Coil Control 5 circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K16) Coil Control 2 circuit?
Yes Repair the (K16) Coil Control 5 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
16
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor, Coil, Injector, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors, Coils, Injectors, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0306-CYLINDER 6 MISFIRE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been successfully updated.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The threshold to set the fault is application specific; it is tied to the level of misfire that will cause emissions to increase to 1.5 times the standard or in some cases 1%. It is always a two trip fault above the calibrated RPM. It takes 1 soft fail to set a malfunction and two trips to set the MIL. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K58) INJECTOR 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • (K10) COIL CONTROL 6 CIRCUIT
  • SPARK PLUG
  • IGNITION COIL
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Diagnose and repair any other active component or circuit DTCs before continuing with this procedure. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC
was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause this DTC to set.
NOTE
When a misfire is detected, the PCM will shut down the injector control circuit for the misfiring cylinder.
Inspect the engine for any of the following conditions: - Worn serpentine belt - Misalignment or binding water pump, P/S pump or A/C compressor pulleys - Improper CKP, CMP, MAP, or TP Sensor mounting. - Poor connector/terminal to component connection for CKP sensor, CMP sensor, MAP sensor, TP sensor, fuel injector, ignition coil, etc. - Corroded PCM power or ground circuits. - Vacuum leaks. - Restriction in the air induction or exhaust system. - Internal engine component malfunction.
NOTE
Misfire may occur and may not be caused by component failure. Any of the following conditions can cause a misfire:
- Moisture on ignition system components - Insufficient fuel - Low quality fuel - Manual transmission bog - Towing overload Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(F342), (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the No. 6 Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the No.6 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Ignition Coil harness connector and Fuel Injector harness connector while the ASD Relay is actuating. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342), (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Connect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Disconnect the Ignition wire/coil from the spark plug. Leave the Fuel Injector harness connector of the cylinder being tested disconnected. Install a spark tester on the Ignition wire. While cranking the engine observe the spark coming from the spark tester.
NOTE
A crisp blue spark that is able to jump the gap of the spark tester should be generated.
Is good spark present?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 14.
NOTE
Connect the Fuel Injector harness connector before continuing.
5
SPARK PLUG
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Spark Plug. Inspect the Spark Plug for the following conditions. - Cracks - Carbon Tracking - Foreign Material - Gap size out of specifications - Loose or broken electrode
NOTE
Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Replace the Spark Plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure reading. Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 7. Below Specification Go To 12. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
7
FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi).
Does the pressure fall below the listed specification?
Yes Replace the leaking Fuel Injector(s). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
CAUTION
After each Fuel Injector actuation, start the engine to clean the cylinder of fuel. Failure to do so could cause engine damage.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel pressure to reach maximum pressure. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool, actuate the No.6 Fuel Injector. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge. Does the fuel pressure gauge indicate a drop in fuel pressure?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Turn the ignition off, remove the Fuel Pressure gauge, and connect the fuel lines before continuing.
9
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination CAM LOBES - must not be worn excessively CYLINDER LEAKAGE TEST - must be within specifications VALVE SPRINGS - cannot be weak or broken Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
10
FUEL INJECTOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the No.6 Fuel Injector harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
When a Misfire is detected for a particular cylinder, the PCM will shut down that cylinder's Injector Control circuit.
With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Install an Injector Noid light. With the scan tool, actuate the Fuel Injector. Does the Noid light blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Injector and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Injector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K58) INJECTOR 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K58) Injector 6 Control circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K58) Injector 6 Control circuit?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance or short in the (K58) Injector 6 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
12
FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTED
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Before continuing, check the Fuel Pump Module harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Make sure the ground circuit is functional. Repair as necessary. Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Disconnect the Ignition Coil harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (K10) Coil Control 6 circuit. Using a scan tool, actuate the No.6 Ignition Coil. Does the test light brightly blink/flicker during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ignition Coil. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
(K10) COIL CONTROL 6 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Check the (K10) Coil Control 6 circuit for an open, short to ground, and short to voltage. Was a problem found with the (K10) Coil Control 6 circuit?
Yes Repair the (K10) COIL CONTROL 6 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
16
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor, Coil, Injector, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors, Coils, Injectors, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0315-NO CRANK SENSOR LEARNED📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Under closed throttle decel and A/C off. ECT above 75° C (167° F). Engine start time is greater than 50 seconds.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
One of the CKP sensor target windows has more than 2.86% variance from the reference. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING
  • WIRE HARNESS
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and read and record the related Freeze Frame data. With a scan tool, clear DTCs, PCM battery disconnect to reset the PCM. Start the engine. If the MIL has not yet illuminated, test drive the vehicle to try to get the code to reset. Does the code reset while cranking or during the test drive?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
WIRE HARNESS INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Visually inspect the CKP wire harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Visually inspect the CKP wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Make sure the Crankshaft Position Sensor is properly installed and the mounting bolt(s) are torqued to the proper specification. Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Repair as necessary Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
TONE WHEEL/FLEX PLATE INSPECTION
Remove the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Inspect the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate slots for damage, foreign material, or excessive movement. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0325-KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Knock is the spontaneous auto-ignition of the remaining fuel/air mixture in the engine combustion chamber that occurs after normal combustion has started. It can occur under extreme vehicle operating conditions such as high engine temperature, high MAP, low humidity, and heavy loads to the engine. Knock is caused by excessive spark advance for the given engine operating conditions. Severe, continuous knock may be caused by carbon deposits, bad gasoline, and/or low octane fuel. Avoiding light audible knock is important for customer satisfaction while preventing excessive knock is important to protect engine components. The output voltage from the knock circuit represents the strength of the engine knock and is read by the engine controller. The knock system output voltage is not zero due to engine background noise, even when knock is not present. When the engine is operated under high load conditions where knock is possible, the knock voltage is tested to decide if it exceeds the knock voltage threshold. Knock has occurred when the knock voltage is at or above this knock threshold. When knock is detected a calibrated short term knock spark retard to be subtracted from the spark advance is calculated. The amount of retarded spark advance is based off a calibrated severity of the knock event. This retarded spark advance is used in the next ignition event to prevent further knock events. If knock continues, an additional amount of short term spark advance retard is added. When knock stops, short term knock spark retard is eliminated, the long term knock spark retard is reduced by a calibrated amount to recover some previously retarded spark advance. This decreases spark retard to improve engine performance.

When monitored

This monitor runs above 2000 rpm, under open throttle conditions. The Knock diagnostic does not run at idle or during decelerations. The high voltage test runs all the times the engine is running.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The High voltage fault will set at 4.8 volts. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K42) KS SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K42) KS SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K942) KS RETURN 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K42) KS SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K942) KS RETURN 1 CIRCUIT
  • (K42) KS SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • KNOCK SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K42) KS SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Knock Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K42) KS Signal 1 circuit in the Knock Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K42) KS Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K42) KS SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K42) KS Signal 1 circuit from the Knock Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (K42) KS Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K942) KS RETURN 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K942) KS Return 1 circuit from the Knock Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K942) KS Return 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K42) KS SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO THE (K942) KS RETURN 1 CIRCUIT
Circuit Measure the resistance between the (K42) KS Signal 1 circuit and the (K942) KS Return 1 circuit in the Knock Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K42) KS Signal 1 circuit and the (K942) KS Return 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K42) KS SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K42) KS Signal 1 circuit in the Knock Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K42) KS Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
KNOCK SENSOR 1
Turn the ignition off. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Knock Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If the connectors are OK, replace the Knock Sensor 1. Connect the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, clear DTCs. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to reset.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 8.
No Test complete. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Knock Sensor 1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0330-KNOCK SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Knock is the spontaneous auto-ignition of the remaining fuel/air mixture in the engine combustion chamber that occurs after normal combustion has started. It can occur under extreme vehicle operating conditions such as high engine temperature, high MAP, low humidity, and heavy loads to the engine. Knock is caused by excessive spark advance for the given engine operating conditions. Severe, continuous knock may be caused by carbon deposits, bad gasoline, and/or low octane fuel. Avoiding light audible knock is important for customer satisfaction while preventing excessive knock is important to protect engine components. The output voltage from the knock circuit represents the strength of the engine knock and is read by the engine controller. The knock system output voltage is not zero due to engine background noise, even when knock is not present. When the engine is operated under high load conditions where knock is possible, the knock voltage is tested to decide if it exceeds the knock voltage threshold. Knock has occurred when the knock voltage is at or above this knock threshold. When knock is detected a calibrated short term knock spark retard to be subtracted from the spark advance is calculated. The amount of retarded spark advance is based off a calibrated severity of the knock event. This retarded spark advance is used in the next ignition event to prevent further knock events. If knock continues, an additional amount of short term spark advance retard is added. When knock stops, short term knock spark retard is eliminated, the long term knock spark retard is reduced by a calibrated amount to recover some previously retarded spark advance. This decreases spark retard to improve engine performance.

When monitored

This monitor runs above 2000 rpm, under open throttle conditions. The Knock diagnostic does not run at idle or during decelerations. The high voltage test runs all the times the engine is running.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The High voltage fault will set at 4.8 volts. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K242) KS SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K242) KS SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K924) KS RETURN 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K242) KS SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K924) KS RETURN 2 CIRCUIT
  • (K242) KS SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • KNOCK SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K242) KS SIGNAL 2 SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the No.2 Knock Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K242) KS Signal 2 circuit in the Knock Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K242) KS Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K242) KS SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K242) KS Signal 2 circuit from the Knock Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (K242) KS Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K924) KS RETURN 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K924) KS Return 2 circuit from the Knock Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K924) KS Return 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K242) KS SIGNAL 2 SHORTED TO THE (K924) KS RETURN 2 CIRCUIT
Circuit Measure the resistance between the (K242) KS Return 2 circuit and the (K924) KS Return 2 circuit in the Knock Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K242) KS Signal 2 circuit and the (K924) KS Return 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K242) KS SIGNAL 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K242) KS Signal 2 circuit in the Knock Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K242) KS Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
KNOCK SENSOR 2
Turn the ignition off. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Knock Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If the connectors are OK, replace the Knock Sensor 2. Connect the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, clear DTCs. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to reset.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC?
Yes Go to 8.
No Test complete. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Knock Sensor 2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0335-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT📷 11
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

During engine cranking and with the engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
No CKP signal is present during engine cranking, and at least 8 camshaft position sensor signals have occurred within 8 seconds. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND
  • (K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan.
Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 14.
2
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 10.
3
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Connector Measure the voltage on the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 7.
4
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the CKP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Circuit In The CKP Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (K24) CKP Signal circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K24) CKP Signal circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
NOTE
Inspect the slots on the flywheel for damage. If a problem is found repair as necessary.
Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Crankshaft Position Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair If no problems were found in the connectors, replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K24) CKP Signal circuit from the CKP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
10
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the CKP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 12.
No Repair the open in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
ERRATIC CKP SENSOR SIGNAL
Turn the ignition off. With a lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Ignition on, engine not running. Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Observe the lab scope screen. Look for any pulses generated by the CKP Sensor. Allow the engine to idle. Observe the lab scope screen. Did the CKP Sensor generate any erratic pulses?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Crank Position Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Crank Position Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
ERRATIC CMP SIGNAL
Turn the ignition off. With a lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Ignition on, engine not running. Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Cam Position Sensor. Observe the lab scope screen. Look for any pulses generated by the CMP Sensor. Allow the engine to idle. Observe the lab scope screen. Did the CMP Sensor generate any pulses?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the CMP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+1 more figures in this topic
P0339-CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

During engine cranking and with the engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the CKP Sensor failure counter reaches 20. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WITH A LAB SCOPE
Turn the ignition off. With a lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the Sensor harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Ignition on, engine not running. Observe the lab scope screen. Start the engine. Observe the lab scope screen. Are there any irregular or missing signals?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 8.
3
WIRE HARNESS INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Visually inspect the related wire harness including the ground circuit. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Make sure the Crankshaft Position Sensor and the Camshaft Position Sensor are properly installed and the mounting bolt(s) are torqued to the proper specification. Refer to any TSBs that may apply. Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND
Connector Disconnect the CKP Sensor connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Use Miller special tool #8815 when checking for an open circuit to prevent PCM harness connector terminal damage. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
TONE WHEEL/FLEX PLATE INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Carefully disconnect the Negative Battery (Ground) cable. Remove the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Inspect the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate slots for damage, foreign material, or excessive movement. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace the Tone Wheel/Flex Plate as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
CHECKING CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WITH A LAB SCOPE
Install the CKP Sensor and connect the battery cable.
NOTE
An intermittent condition in the Cam Position Sensor can cause the P0339 to set.
With the a lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the Sensor harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear
loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death. Ignition on, engine not running. Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Camshaft Position Sensor. Observe the lab scope screen. Start the engine. Observe the lab scope screen. Are there any irregular or missing signals?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the CMP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Camshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the CKP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the Sensor harness connector. Wiggle the related wire harness while taking this measurement. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit from the CKP harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Wiggle the wire harness while taking this measurement. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K24) CKP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Wiggle the related wire harness while monitoring the resistance value. Does the resistance ever go below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K24) Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K24) CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Circuit In The CKP Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP harness connector. Wiggle the related wire harness while taking this measurement. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K24) CKP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
12
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the CKP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the CKP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0340-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT📷 11
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

During engine cranking and with the engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
At least 5 seconds or 2.5 engine revolutions have elapsed with crankshaft position sensor signals present but no camshaft position sensor signal. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND
  • (K44) CMP SIGNAL SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 14.
2
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 10.
3
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Connector Measure the voltage on the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 7.
4
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Harness Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the CMP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K44) CMP SIGNAL SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Circuit In The CMP Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (K44) CMP Signal circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K44) CMP Signal circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
NOTE
Inspect the Camshaft sprocket for damage per the Service Information. If a problem is found repair as necessary.
Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the CKP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair If no problems were found in the connectors, replace the Camshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K44) CMP Signal circuit from the CMP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Harness Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit between the CMP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 12.
No Repair the open in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
ERRATIC CMP SIGNAL
With a lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, back probe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Ignition on, engine not running. Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap the Camshaft Position Sensor. Observe the lab scope screen. Allow the engine to idle. Observe the lab scope screen. Did the CMP Sensor generate any erratic pulses?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the CMP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Camshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
ERRATIC CKP SIGNAL
Turn the ignition off. With a lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Ignition on, engine not running. Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Observe the lab scope screen. Allow the engine to idle. Observe the lab scope screen. Did the CKP Sensor generate any erratic pulses?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the CKP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No The condition that originally set this DTC is no longer present. Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+1 more figures in this topic
P0344-CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While cranking the engine and engine running.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the failure counter reaches 20. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING
  • CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WITH A LAB SCOPE
Turn the ignition off. With a lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Ignition on, engine not running. Observe the lab scope screen. Start the engine. Observe the lab scope screen. Are there any irregular or missing signals?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 8.
3
WIRE HARNESS INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Visually inspect the related wire harness including the ground circuit. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Make sure the Crankshaft Position Sensor and the Camshaft Position Sensor are properly installed and the mounting bolt(s) are torqued to the proper specification. Refer to any TSBs that may apply. Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND
Connector Disconnect the CMP Sensor connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Use Miller special tool #8815 when checking for an open circuit to prevent PCM harness connector terminal damage. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Carefully disconnect the Battery Ground cable. Remove the Camshaft Position Sensor. Inspect the Tone Wheel/Pulse Ring for damage, foreign material, or excessive movement. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace the Tone Wheel/Pulse Ring as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
CHECKING CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL WITH A LAB SCOPE
NOTE
An intermittent condition in the Crank Position Sensor can cause the P0344 to set.
Install the CMP Sensor and connect the Battery cable. With a lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the CKP harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Ignition on, engine not running. Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Observe the lab scope screen. Start the engine. Observe the lab scope screen. Are there any irregular or missing signals?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Crankshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Camshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CMP Sensor connector. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K44) CMP Signal circuit. Wiggle the related wire harness while taking this measurement. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit from the CMP harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Wiggle the related wire harness while taking this measurement. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Wiggle the related wire harness while monitoring the resistance value. Does the resistance ever go below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K44) CMP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(K44) CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Circuit In The CMP Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the CMP harness connector. Wiggle the related wire harness while taking this measurement. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K44) CMP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
12
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the CMP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0401-EGR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Exhaust gas recirculation is a method of reducing emissions of oxides of nitrogen. As the inert exhaust gas is recirculated, the mixture absorbs heat in the combustion chamber without interacting with the fuel/air mixture and reduces the formation of NOx emissions. After the EGR monitor conditions are met, the EGR valve is turned on and off momentarily. The EGR monitor calculated the difference in engine roughness from the EGR off condition to the EGR condition. This engine combustion stability difference as measured by engine roughness is the measure of a functional EGR system.

When monitored

Engine running for greater than two minutes with the Engine Coolant Temp greater than 70° C (158° F). EGR active. Less than 8500 feet. Ambient temperature greater than -6° C (20° F).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM closes the EGR valve while monitoring the O2 Sensor signal. Once a closed EGR fueling sample has been established the PCM then ramps in EGR and additional fueling while monitoring the O2 sensor signal in the open state. A fueling sample is again established. The PCM then compares the different O2 Sensor signal readings (fueling samples). If a larger than expected variation is detected, a soft failure is recorded. Three soft failures set a one trip failure. After two failed trips, a DTC is set and the MIL is illuminated.

Possible causes

  • (Z904) EGR SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • EGR SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any EGR circuit DTCs before continuing with this procedure.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Copy DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
ROUGH IDLE OR STALLING AT IDLE
Turn the ignition off. Turn all accessories off. Start the engine.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Does the engine run rough or stall at idle?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 5.
3
EGR VALVE ASSEMBLY CONTROL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector. Start the engine.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Does the engine continue to run rough or stall with the EGR Valve Assembly connector disconnected?
Yes Go To 8.
No Go To 4.
4
(K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit in the EGR Solenoid connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
figure
figure
5. EGR SYSTEM TEST📷 1
Turn all accessories off.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING: When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, perform the EGR System Test.
Select OPEN to open the EGR valve.
Did the engine run rough or stall when the valve was opened during the system test?
Yes
Go To 8.
No
Go To 6. 6. (Z904) EGR SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z904) EGR Solenoid ground circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector.
Does the 12-volt test light illuminate brightly?
Yes
Go To 7.
No
Repair the open in the (Z904) EGR Solenoid ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . 7. (K35) EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off.
Connect the EGR Valve Assembly connector.
CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter, perform a voltage drop test by backprobing the (K35) EGR Control circuit at the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector and probing the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so that positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING: When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, perform the EGR System Test.
Select OPEN to open the EGR valve.
Monitor the circuit voltage on the voltmeter.
Is the voltage below 0.5 volts when the valve was opened during the system test?
Yes
Go To 8.
No
Repair the (K35) EGR Control circuit for excessive resistance. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . 8. EGR VALVE ASSEMBLY
WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the EGR system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the EGR system until it has cooled.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EGR Valve Assembly and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
Inspect the EGR Valve Assembly for the following:
- Proper mounting, leaking gasket(s)
- Damaged, leaking, or obstructed EGR tube(s)
- Carbon build up on or near the EGR pintle or within passages.
Were any problem found?
Yes
Repair or replace the EGR system components as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Replace the EGR Valve Assembly. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . 9. POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EGR Solenoid Assembly and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
Were there any problems found?
Yes
Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0403-EGR SOLENOID CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The EGR solenoid control circuit is not in the expected state when requested to operate by the PCM. One Trip Fault.

Possible causes

  • (Z904) EGR SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • EGR SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, Clear DTCs in the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). With the scan tool, actuate the EGR Valve Solenoid Duty Cycle to 79.9%. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go to 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K35) EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Valve Assembly connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the (K35) EGR Control circuit in the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K35) EGR Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to 3.
3
(K35) EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K35) EGR Control circuit in the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector. Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes Go to 4.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K35) EGR Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K35) EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K35) EGR Control circuit between the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go to 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K35) EGR Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(Z904) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the (Z904) Ground circuit in the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go to 6.
No Repair the (Z904) Ground circuit for an open circuit or high resistance. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
EGR VALVE ASSEMBLY
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, actuate the EGR Valve Solenoid Duty Cycle. Select the Duty Cycle reading of 79.9% Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, check the (K35) EGR Control circuit in the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector.
NOTE
If the DTC is active, the actuation test may not be allowed by the PCM. If may be necessary to clear the DTCs before starting the actuation.
NOTE
The voltage supplied to the solenoid circuit during the actuation may be less than battery voltage. The test light should be illuminated, but may not be as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the EGR Valve Assembly in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to 7.
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EGR Solenoid Assembly and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0404-EGR POSITION SENSOR RATIONALITY OPEN📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The EGR valve has a position sensor and the EGR position rationality is designed to make sure that the valve moves freely within its operating range. Closed valve position reference check verifies that the valve is within its allowable upper and lower limits. The EGR position rationality test looks for a sustained error relative to commanded valve position.

When monitored

Engine running.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The EGR flow or valve movement is not what is expected. A rationality error has been detected fro the EGR Close Position Performance. Two trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (K34) EGR SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
  • (K857) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
  • (K35) EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
  • (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z904) EGR SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • EGR SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any EGR signal circuit high or low DTCs before continuing with this procedure.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear
loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the EGR system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the EGR system until it has cooled.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K857) 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter, perform a voltage drop test by backprobing the (K857) 5 Volt Supply circuit at the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector and probing the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so that positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K857) 5 Volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K34) EGR SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter, perform a voltage drop test by backprobing the (K34) EGR Signal circuit at the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector and probing the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so that positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K34) EGR Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter, perform a voltage drop test by backprobing the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit at the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector and probing the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so that positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(Z904) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector. Using a 12 volt test light connected to the 12 volts, check the (Z904) Ground circuit in the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery. Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (Z904) Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K35) EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off. Connect the EGR Valve Assembly connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter, perform a voltage drop test by backprobing the (K35) EGR Control circuit at the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector and probing the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so that positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, perform the EGR System Test. Select OPEN to open the EGR valve. Monitor the circuit voltage on the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts when the valve was opened during the system test?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K35) EGR Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
EGR VALVE ASSEMBLY
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EGR Valve Assembly and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace the EGR system components as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the EGR Valve Assembly. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0405-EGR POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW📷 7
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage above 10.0 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
EGR Position Sensor Signal is less than the minimum acceptable value. One trip Fault.

Possible causes

  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K34) EGR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K34) EGR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K34) EGR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • EGR SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the EGR system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the EGR system until it has cooled.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC
was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 to 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 7.
3
(K34) EGR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground circuit in the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K34) EGR SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit and (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K900) Sensor ground and the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal
circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K34) EGR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K34) EGR Signal circuit between the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K34) EGR Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION VALVE
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve signal voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the EGR Valve Assembly in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
7
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the EGR Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EGR Solenoid Assembly and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0406-EGR POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
EGR position sensor signal is greater than the maximum acceptable value. One trip Fault.

Possible causes

  • (K34) EGR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY
  • CIRCUIT
  • (K34) EGR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K34) EGR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • EGR SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the EGR system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the EGR system until it has cooled.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC
was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K34) EGR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT
SUPPLY CIRCUIT Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K34) EGR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K34) EGR Sensor Signal circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
EGR SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
Turn the ignition off. Connect the PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, monitor the EGR Position Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the EGR Valve Assembly in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
(K34) EGR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit from the EGR Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K34) EGR Position Sensor Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the EGR Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 30 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EGR Solenoid Assembly and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0571-BRAKE SWITCH 1 PERFORMANCE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Anti-lock Brakes Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The brake switch rationality checks both failure modes of the brake switch. The brake switch stuck on test checks for a high vehicle speed condition where the brake switch is unexpectedly depressed. The brake switch stuck off test checks for repeated vehicle stop maneuvers without the brake switch depressed.

When monitored

With the gear selector in drive, vehicle speed above a minimum value, and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the output of Brake Switch No.1 to the PCM looks like it is not applied, while Brake Lamp Switch Output circuit is applied the fault will mature in 60ms. One Trip Fault.

Possible causes

  • (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (Z910) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • STOP LAMP SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Make sure the Stop Lamp Switch is properly adjusted before continuing.
NOTE
Make sure the Stop Lamp Switch is properly wired, such as (B15) Brake Signal 1 and (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit are not switched at the harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO GROUND
NOTE
Inspect the related Fuse and Relay.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform
diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(Z910) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance between ground and the (Z910) Ground circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (Z910) Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Measure the resistance between the (Z910) Ground circuit terminal and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Next, measure the resistance between the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch circuit terminal and the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Apply and release the brake pedal while monitoring the ohmmeter. Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to an open circuit for one or both of the measurements taken?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Stop Lamp Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0572-BRAKE SWITCH 1 STUCK ON📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Anti-lock Brakes Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

When vehicle speed cycles from 0 kph to 48 kph (30 mph) at least 10 times.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes Brake Switch No.1 is mechanically stuck in the low/on position. Two Trip Fault. Three Global Good Trips to Clear.

Possible causes

  • (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • STOP LAMP SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Verify battery voltage is greater than 10 volts.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
STOP LAMP SWITCH
NOTE
Inspect the related Fuse and Relay.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Stop Lamp Switch and disconnect the harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (Z910) Ground circuit terminal and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Measure the resistance between the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch circuit terminal and the (B16) Brake Signal 2 terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Apply and release the stop lamp switch plunger while monitoring the ohmmeter. Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to an open circuit?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Stop Lamp Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform
diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0573-BRAKE SWITCH 1 STUCK OFF📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: Anti-lock Brakes Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

When vehicle speed cycles from 0 kph to 48 kph (30 mph) at least 10 times.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes Brake Switch No.1 is stuck in the high/off position. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (Z910) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • STOP LAMP SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
STOP LAMP SWITCH
NOTE
Inspect the related Fuse and Relay.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (Z910) Ground circuit terminal and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Apply and release the Stop Lamp Switch while monitoring the ohmmeter. Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to an open circuit?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Stop Lamp Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(Z910) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance between the (Z910) Ground circuit and ground in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (Z910) Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0579-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH 1 PERFORMANCE📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cruise Control Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition key on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Cruise switch voltage output is not out of range but it does not equal any of the values for any of the button positions. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
  • SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle and operate the speed control in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
Turn the ignition off. Remove and disconnect the Speed Control Switch from the steering wheel per Service Information. Measure the resistance across each Speed Control Switch. Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on the switch. The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V71) S/C Signal 1 and (V937) S/C Return circuit of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position Not pressing any switch - 20.5k ohms On/Off - 0.47k ohms Set - 5.49k ohms Coast - 2.94k ohms Cancel - 1.24k ohms Resume/Accel - 15.4k ohms Does the function on the Speed Control Switches have the correct resistance value?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Speed Control Switch that had the incorrect resistance value. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit in the S/C Switch harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit from the Speed Control Switch to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (V937) S/C Return circuit from the S/C Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit in the S/C Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
At S/C Switch Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V937) S/C Return circuit in the S/C Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE VALUES
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Install Miller Special Tool #8815-1 on the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the S/C Switch harness connectors. Connect the SCCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. Using a voltmeter check the voltage on the (V37) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V38) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminals of the special tool #8815. Monitor the voltmeter. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. SWITCH SWITCH No.1 SWITCH No.2 POSITION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VALUE VALUE NO SWITCHES 4.31 to 4.78 volts 4.31 to 4.78 volts PRESSED ON/OFF PRESSED 0.59 to 1.13 volts 3.53 to 3.92 volts RES/ACCEL 3.88 to 4.17 volts 2.04 to 2.47 volts PRESSED SET/DECEL 3.16 to 3.56 volts 1.17 to 1.56 volts PRESSED COAST PRESSED 2.57 to 2.94 volts 0.77 to 1.09 volts CANCEL 1.59 to 1.99 volts 2.84 to 3.25 volts PRESSED Compare the voltage readings on the voltmeter to what the scan tool displayed. Are the voltage readings out of the listed specification and is there less than a 0.2 of a volt difference between the voltmeter switch values and the scan tool switch value?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switches and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Speed Control Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0580-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH 1 CIRCUIT LOW📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cruise Control Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition key on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Speed control switch input No.1 is below the minimum acceptable voltage at the PCM. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
  • SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle and operate the speed control in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
Turn the ignition off. Remove and disconnect the Speed Control Switch from the steering wheel per Service Information. Measure the resistance across each Speed Control Switch. Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button for each switch. The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit and (V937) S/C Return circuit of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following positions. Not pressing any switch - 20.5k ohms On/Off - 0.47k ohms Set - 5.49k ohms Coast - 2.94k ohms Cancel - 1.24k ohms Resume/Accel - 15.4k ohms Does the function on the Speed Control Switch have the correct resistance value?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
With the scan tool, monitor the Speed Control Switch voltage. Disconnect the Speed Control Switch harness connector per Service Information.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Replace the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
At S/C Switch Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (V937) S/C Return circuit and the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit at the S/C Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit in the S/C Switch harness connector. To help determine the location of a short, disconnect the Steering Column Control Module C2 and C5 harness connectors and see if the short goes away. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuits from both Speed Control harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (V71) S/C 1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE VALUES
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal
to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis. Install Miller Special Tool #8815-1 on the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the S/C Switch harness connectors. Connect the SCCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. Using a voltmeter check the voltage on the (V37) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V38) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminals of the special tool #8815. Monitor the voltmeter. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. SWITCH SWITCH No.1 SWITCH No.2 POSITION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VALUE VALUE NO SWITCHES 4.31 to 4.78 volts 4.31 to 4.78 volts PRESSED ON/OFF PRESSED 0.59 to 1.13 volts 3.53 to 3.92 volts RES/ACCEL 3.88 to 4.17 volts 2.04 to 2.47 volts PRESSED SET PRESSED 3.16 to 3.56 volts 1.17 to 1.56 volts COAST PRESSED 2.57 to 2.94 volts 0.77 to 1.09 volts CANCEL 1.59 to 1.99 volts 2.84 to 3.25 volts PRESSED Compare the voltage readings on the voltmeter to what the scan tool displayed. Are the voltage readings out of the listed specification and is there less than a 0.2 of a volt difference between the voltmeter switch values and the scan tool switch value?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switches and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Speed Control Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0581-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH 1 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cruise Control Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition key on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Speed control switch input above the maximum acceptable voltage at the PCM. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
  • SCCM
  • SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle using the Speed Control for the fault to become Active.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
Turn the ignition off. Remove and disconnect the Speed Control Switches from the steering wheel. Measure the resistance across each Speed Control Switch. Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on each switch. The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V71) S/C Signal 1 and (V937) S/C Return circuits of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position Not pressing any switch - 20.5 kohms On/Off - 0.47 kohms Set - 5.49 kohms Coast - 2.94 kohms Cancel - 1.24 kohms Resume/Accel - 15.4 kohms Does the function on the Speed Control Switches have the correct resistance value?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Speed Control Switch that had the incorrect resistance value. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit in the S/C Switch harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit from the Speed Control Switch to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Measure the resistance of the (V937) S/C Return circuit from the S/C Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE VALUES
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Install Miller Special Tool #8815-1 on the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the S/C Switch harness connectors. Connect the SCCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. Using a voltmeter check the voltage on the (V37) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V38) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminals of the special tool #8815. Monitor the voltmeter. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. SWITCH SWITCH No.1 SWITCH No.2 POSITION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VALUE VALUE NO SWITCHES 4.31 to 4.78 volts 4.31 to 4.78 volts PRESSED ON/OFF PRESSED 0.59 to 1.13 volts 3.53 to 3.92 volts RES/ACCEL 3.88 to 4.17 volts 2.04 to 2.47 volts PRESSED SET PRESSED 3.16 to 3.56 volts 1.17 to 1.56 volts COAST PRESSED 2.57 to 2.94 volts 0.77 to 1.09 volts CANCEL 1.59 to 1.99 volts 2.84 to 3.25 volts PRESSED Compare the voltage readings on the voltmeter to what the scan tool displayed. Are the voltage readings out of the listed specification and is there less than a 0.2 of a volt difference between the voltmeter switch values and the scan tool switch value?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Speed Control Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0585-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH 1/2 CORRELATION📷 11
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cruise Control Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Cruise Switch inputs are not coherent with each other. Example: PCM is reading Switch No.1 as Accel and Switch No.2 as Coast at the same time. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • RESISTANCE IN THE S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
  • S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHORTED TO GROUND
  • SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
This DTC is a two trip fault. If the scan tool indicates a one trip failure, the possible cause may have been the customer pressing the switch in two positions simultaneously. Test drive the vehicle and activate the Speed Control system. If the DTC matures to an active fault a repair is necessary.
Ask the customer if it is possible that button was held in two positions at the same time before this DTC set. If this is the case, no repair is necessary. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
With the scan tool, monitor the Speed Control Switch voltage. Disconnect the Speed Control Switch harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
Turn the ignition off. Remove and disconnect the Speed Control Switch from the steering wheel per Service Information. Measure the resistance across each Speed Control Switch. Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on each switch. The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V72) S/C Signal 2 and (V937) S/C Return circuit of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position. Not pressing any switch - 20.5k ohms On/Off - 8.87k ohms Set - 0.825k ohms Coast - 0.47k ohms Cancel - 3.92k ohms Resume/Accel - 1.87k ohms The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V71) S/C Signal 1 and (V937) S/C Return circuits of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position Not pressing any switch - 20.5k ohms On/Off - 0.47k ohms Set - 5.49k ohms Coast - 2.94k ohms Cancel - 1.24k ohms Resume/Accel - 15.4k ohms Does the function on the Speed Control Switch have the correct resistance value?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Speed Control Switch that had the incorrect resistance value. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (V71) and (V72) S/C Signal circuits at the Speed Control harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (V71) or (V72) S/C Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (V71) and (V72) S/C Signal circuits from both Speed Control harness connector to the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (V71) or (V72) S/C Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Measure the resistance of the (V937) S/C Return circuit at the Speed Control harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
At S/C Switch Harness Connector Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (V937) S/C Return circuit and both of the (V71) and (V72) S/C Signal circuits in the S/C Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (V937) S/C Return circuit and the (V71) or (V72) S/C Switch Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
At Speed Control Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the Speed Control harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms for each circuit?
Yes Repair the short between the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit and the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Harness Connectors Measure the resistance between ground and the (V71) and (V72) S/C Switch Signal circuits at both S/C Switch harness connectors. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V71) or (V72) S/C Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE VALUES
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Install Miller Special Tool #8815-1 on the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the S/C Switch harness connectors. Connect the SCCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. Using a voltmeter check the voltage on the (V37) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V38) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminals of the special tool #8815. Monitor the voltmeter. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. SWITCH SWITCH No.1 SWITCH No.2 POSITION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VALUE VALUE NO SWITCHES 4.31 to 4.78 volts 4.31 to 4.78 volts PRESSED ON/OFF PRESSED 0.59 to 1.13 volts 3.53 to 3.92 volts RES/ACCEL 3.88 to 4.17 volts 2.04 to 2.47 volts PRESSED SET PRESSED 3.16 to 3.56 volts 1.17 to 1.56 volts COAST PRESSED 2.57 to 2.94 volts 0.77 to 1.09 volts CANCEL 1.59 to 1.99 volts 2.84 to 3.25 volts PRESSED Compare the voltage readings on the voltmeter to what the scan tool displayed. Are the voltage readings out of the listed specification and is there less than a 0.2 of a volt difference between the voltmeter switch values and the scan tool switch values?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switches and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Speed Control Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+1 more figures in this topic
P0591-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH 2 PERFORMANCE📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cruise Control Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition key on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Cruise switch voltage output is not out of range but it does not equal any of the values for any of the button positions. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
  • SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
This DTC is a two trip fault. If the scan tool indicates a one trip failure, the possible cause may have been the customer pressing both switches simultaneously. Test drive the vehicle and activate the Speed Control system. If the DTC matures to an active fault a repair is necessary.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Speed Control Switch from the steering wheel. Measure the resistance across the Speed Control Switch. Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on the switch. The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit and (V937) S/C Return circuit of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position. Not pressing any switch - 20.5k ohms On/Off - 8.87k ohms Set - 0.825k ohms Coast - 0.47k ohms Cancel - 3.92k ohms Resume/Accel - 1.87k ohms The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V71) S/C Signal 1 and (V937) S/C Return circuit of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position Not pressing any switch - 20.5k ohms On/Off - 0.47k ohms Set - 5.49k ohms Coast - 2.94k ohms Cancel - 1.24k ohms Resume/Accel - 15.4k ohms Does the function on the Speed Control Switch have the correct resistance value?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Speed Control Switch that had the incorrect resistance value. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit in the Switch harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit from the Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Measure the resistance of the (V937) S/C Return circuit from the Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connectors Measure the resistance between ground and the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit in the Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit and the (V937) S/C Return circuit in the Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit and the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE VALUES
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Install Miller Special Tool #8815-1 on the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the S/C Switch harness connectors. Connect the SCCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. Using a voltmeter check the voltage on the (V37) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V38) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminals of the special tool #8815. Monitor the voltmeter. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. SWITCH SWITCH No.1 SWITCH No.2 POSITION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VALUE VALUE NO SWITCHES 4.31 to 4.78 volts 4.31 to 4.78 volts PRESSED ON/OFF PRESSED 0.59 to 1.13 volts 3.53 to 3.92 volts RES/ACCEL 3.88 to 4.17 volts 2.04 to 2.47 volts PRESSED SET PRESSED 3.16 to 3.56 volts 1.17 to 1.56 volts COAST PRESSED 2.57 to 2.94 volts 0.77 to 1.09 volts CANCEL 1.59 to 1.99 volts 2.84 to 3.25 volts PRESSED Compare the voltage readings on the voltmeter to what the scan tool displayed. Are the voltage readings out of the listed specification and is there less than a 0.2 of a volt difference between the voltmeter switch values and the scan tool switch values?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switches and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Speed Control Switch if no problems were found in the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Speed Control Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0592-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH 2 CIRCUIT LOW📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cruise Control Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition key on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Speed control switch input No.2 is below the minimum acceptable voltage at the PCM. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
With the scan tool, monitor the Speed Control Switch voltage. Disconnect the Speed Control Switch harness connector. Did the voltage change to above 4.7 volts?
Yes Replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connectors Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit in the Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C SWITCH RETURN CIRCUIT
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit and the (V937) S/C Return circuit in the Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit and the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit from the Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE VALUES
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to
perform diagnosis. Install Miller Special Tool #8815-1 on the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the S/C Switch harness connectors. Connect the SCCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. Using a voltmeter check the voltage on the (V37) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V38) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminals of the special tool #8815. Monitor the voltmeter. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. SWITCH SWITCH No.1 SWITCH No.2 POSITION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VALUE VALUE NO SWITCHES 4.31 to 4.78 volts 4.31 to 4.78 volts PRESSED ON/OFF PRESSED 0.59 to 1.13 volts 3.53 to 3.92 volts RES/ACCEL 3.88 to 4.17 volts 2.04 to 2.47 volts PRESSED SET PRESSED 3.16 to 3.56 volts 1.17 to 1.56 volts COAST PRESSED 2.57 to 2.94 volts 0.77 to 1.09 volts CANCEL 1.59 to 1.99 volts 2.84 to 3.25 volts PRESSED Compare the voltage readings on the voltmeter to what the scan tool displayed. Are the voltage readings out of the listed specification and is there less than a 0.2 of a volt difference between the voltmeter switch values and the scan tool switch values?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switches and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Speed Control Switch if no problems were found in the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Speed Control Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0593-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH 2 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cruise Control Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition key on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Speed control switch input above the maximum acceptable voltage at the PCM. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
  • SCCM
  • SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle using the Speed Control for the fault to become Active.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
Turn the ignition off. Remove and disconnect the Speed Control Switches from the steering wheel. Measure the resistance across each Speed Control Switch. Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on each switch. The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V72) S/C Switch No.2 Signal and (V937) S/C Return circuit of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position Not pressing any switch - 20.5 kohms On/Off - 0.47 kohms Set - 5.49 kohms Coast - 2.94 kohms Cancel - 1.24 kohms Resume/Accel - 15.4 kohms Does the function on the Speed Control Switches have the correct resistance value?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Speed Control Switch that had the incorrect resistance value. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit in the S/C Switch harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit from the Speed Control Switch to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Measure the resistance of the (V937) S/C Return circuit from the S/C Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE VALUES
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Install Miller Special Tool #8815-1 on the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the S/C Switch harness connectors. Connect the SCCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. Using a voltmeter check the voltage on the (V37) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V38) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminals of the special tool #8815. Monitor the voltmeter. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. SWITCH SWITCH No.1 SWITCH No.2 POSITION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VALUE VALUE NO SWITCHES 4.31 to 4.78 volts 4.31 to 4.78 volts PRESSED ON/OFF PRESSED 0.59 to 1.13 volts 3.53 to 3.92 volts RES/ACCEL 3.88 to 4.17 volts 2.04 to 2.47 volts PRESSED SET PRESSED 3.16 to 3.56 volts 1.17 to 1.56 volts COAST PRESSED 2.57 to 2.94 volts 0.77 to 1.09 volts CANCEL 1.59 to 1.99 volts 2.84 to 3.25 volts PRESSED Compare the voltage readings on the voltmeter to what the scan tool displayed. Are the voltage readings out of the listed specification and is there less than a 0.2 of a volt difference between the voltmeter switch values and the scan tool switch value?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Speed Control Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0600-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Internal Bus communication failure between processors. One Trip Fault. Three Global Good Trips to Clear.

Possible causes

  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
NOTE
Diagnose any CMP or CKP Sensor faults before continuing. Check for intermittent loose CMP or CKP connections.
The Powertrain Control Module is reporting internal errors, view repair to continue. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P0601-INTERNAL MEMORY CHECKSUM INVALID
⚡ Wiring diagram: Memory Systems Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Internal checksum for software failed, does not match calculated value. One Trip Fault, Three Good Trips to clear.

Possible causes

  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
NOTE
Diagnose any CMP or CKP Sensor faults before continuing. Check for intermittent loose CMP or CKP connections.
The Powertrain Control Module is reporting internal errors, view repair to continue. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P0606-INTERNAL ECM PROCESSOR
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes an internal failure to communicate with the ECM or the CMP and CKP Sensor count periods are too short. One trip fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
NOTE
Diagnose any CMP or CKP Sensor faults before continuing. Check for intermittent loose CMP or CKP connections.
The Powertrain Control Module is reporting internal errors, view repair to continue. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P060B-ETC A/D GROUND PERFORMANCE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

When the Throttle Motor is powered.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When A2D reading does not return to ground within a set period of time of test activation, this fault sets. The test typically runs a couple of times per second, and is the reason why APP2 signal spikes to ground a couple of times per second in normal running. Reprogramming the module may not always fix this fault. One trip fault. ETC lamp is illuminated.

Possible causes

  • PCM NEEDS TO BE PROGRAMMED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Verify the PCM is at the latest calibration (flash level).
NOTE
An intermittent loss of power to the PCM without performing an ETC Relearn procedure may cause this DTC to set.
NOTE
Diagnose any other DTCs that may have set with the P060B.
Flash the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information if any updates are available. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Operate the accelerator pedal. (do not exceed 3500 rpm) With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Does this DTC reset by itself?
Yes Replace and reprogram the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P060D-ETC LEVEL 2 APP PERFORMANCE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Throttle motor is powered and no matured faults related to APP Sensors.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When secondary software determines that APPS 1 and APPS 2 signals do not match for a period of time. One trip fault. ETC lamp will flash

Possible causes

  • PCM NEEDS TO BE PROGRAMMED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Verify the PCM is at the latest calibration (flash level).
NOTE
An intermittent loss of power to the PCM without performing an ETC Relearn procedure may cause this DTC to set.
Flash the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information if any updates are available. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Operate the accelerator pedal. (do not exceed 3500 rpm) With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any other DTCs that may have set with the P060D.
Does this DTC reset by itself?
Yes Replace and reprogram the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P060E-ETC LEVEL 2 TPS PERFORMANCE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Throttle motor is powered and no matured faults related to TP Sensors.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When secondary software determines that TPS 1 and TPS 2 signals do not match for a period of time. One trip fault. ETC lamp will flash.

Possible causes

  • PCM NEEDS TO BE PROGRAMMED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Verify the PCM is at the latest calibration (flash level).
NOTE
An intermittent loss of power to the PCM without performing an ETC Relearn procedure may cause this DTC to set.
Flash the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information if any updates are available. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Operate the accelerator pedal. (do not exceed 3500 rpm) With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any other DTCs that may have set with the P060E.
Does this DTC reset by itself?
Yes Replace and reprogram the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P060F-ETC LEVEL 2 ECT PERFORMANCE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Throttle motor is powered and no matured faults related to the Engine Coolant Temp Sensor.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When secondary software determines that the Coolant Temperature is implausible for a period of time. One trip fault. ETC lamp will flash.

Possible causes

  • PCM NEEDS TO BE PROGRAMMED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
NOTE
Diagnose any Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor DTCs before continuing.
Verify the PCM is at the latest calibration (flash level).
NOTE
An intermittent loss of power to the PCM without performing an ETC Relearn procedure may cause this DTC to set.
Flash the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information if any updates are available. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Operate the accelerator pedal. (do not exceed 3500 rpm) With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any other DTCs that may have set with the P060F.
Does this DTC reset by itself?
Yes Replace and reprogram the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P061A-ETC LEVEL 2 TORQUE PERFORMANCE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Throttle motor is powered.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When secondary software determines that the customer requested output is not being achieved by the engine for a period of time. One trip fault. ETC lamp will flash.

Possible causes

  • PCM NEEDS TO BE PROGRAMMED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
NOTE
Check the engine for air/vacuum leaks and diagnose any Fuel System Lean/Rich as well as MAP Sensor DTCs before continuing.
Verify the PCM is at the latest calibration (flash level).
NOTE
An intermittent loss of power to the PCM without performing an ETC Relearn procedure may cause this DTC to set.
Flash the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information if any updates are available. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Operate the accelerator pedal. (do not exceed 3500 rpm) With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any other DTCs that may have set with the P061A.
Does this DTC reset by itself?
Yes Replace and reprogram the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P061C-ETC LEVEL 2 RPM PERFORMANCE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Throttle motor is powered and no camshaft or crankshaft electrical signal related DTCs are set.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When secondary software determines that the engine speed is implausible for a period of time. One trip fault. ETC lamp will flash.

Possible causes

  • PCM NEEDS TO BE PROGRAMMED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
NOTE
Diagnose any Camshaft Position and Crankshaft Position Sensor DTCs before continuing.
Verify the PCM is at the latest calibration (flash level).
NOTE
An intermittent loss of power to the PCM without performing an ETC Relearn procedure may cause this DTC to set.
Flash the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information if any updates are available. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Operate the accelerator pedal. (do not exceed 3500 rpm) With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any other DTCs that may have set with the P061C.
Does this DTC reset by itself?
Yes Replace and reprogram the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Charging Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine running, battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, and the Generator control active.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM tries to regulate the generator field with no result during monitoring. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K125) GEN FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K125) GEN FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K125) GEN FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • GENERATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, Clear DTCs in the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Increase engine speed by pressing the accelerator pedal. Do not exceed 3500 rpm. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
GENERATOR OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K125) Generator Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
The DTC needs to be cleared before actuating the Generator Field, if the DTC is not cleared, the Generator Field may not be allowed to actuate.
With the scan tool, actuate the Generator Field Control circuit.
NOTE
The voltage supplied to the solenoid circuit during the actuation will be less than battery voltage. The test light should be illuminated, but not as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the
maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery. Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Generator if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K125) GEN FIELD CIRCUIT SHORTED VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K125) GEN FIELD CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit from the Generator Field harness connector to appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K125) GEN FIELD CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Generator and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0627-FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT📷 7
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts and the ASD sense switch is on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Actual Fuel Pump state is not equal to desired state. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (N1) FUSED FUEL PUMP OUTPUT OPEN
  • (N1) FUSED FUEL PUMP OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL PUMP CONTROL OPERATION FROM THE PCM
TIPM Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector.
NOTE
Before continuing, check the TIPM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running. Using a 12-volt test light connected to B+, probe the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit in the C1 TIPM harness connector. Using a scan tool actuate the Fuel Pump under the PCM actuations. Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 3.
3
(K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit from the C1 TIPM harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit in the TIPM C1 harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
5
(N1) FUEL PUMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector And Fuel Pump Module Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C5 TIPM harness connector. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit from the C5 TIPM harness connector and the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the open in the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(N1) FUEL PUMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Pump Module Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
FUEL PUMP MODULE/TIPM
Circuit At Fuel Pump Module Harness Connector Connect the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the C1 and C5 TIPM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. Using a scan tool actuate the Fuel Pump Module. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Does the test light illuminate?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to REMOVAL . Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to

Removal

Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Pump Module and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P062C-ETC LEVEL 2 MPH PERFORMANCE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Throttle motor is powered and no vehicle speed related DTCs have matured.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When secondary software determines that the vehicle speed is implausible for a period of time. One trip fault. ETC lamp will flash.

Possible causes

  • PCM NEEDS TO BE PROGRAMMED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Verify the PCM is at the latest calibration (flash level).
NOTE
An intermittent loss of power to the PCM without performing an ETC Relearn procedure may cause this DTC to set.
Flash the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information if any updates are available. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Operate the accelerator pedal. (do not exceed 3500 rpm) With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any other DTCs that may have set with the P062C.
Does this DTC reset by itself?
Yes Replace and reprogram the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P0630-VIN NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

At initialization.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • PROGRAMMING VIN INTO PCM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAMMING VIN INTO THE PCM
Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool, program VIN into the PCM. Start the engine.
NOTE
If the engine will not start, crank the engine over for 15 seconds. Crank at least 2 times with the ignition switch returning to the off position each time.
Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Does the DTC reset?
Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No The VIN has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test is complete. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P0632-ODOMETER NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM
⚡ Wiring diagram: Instrument Cluster Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Odometer is not programed into the PCM. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • PROGRAMMING MILEAGE INTO THE PCM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAMMING MILEAGE INTO THE PCM
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Using a scan tool, program the mileage into the PCM. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Does the DTC reset?
Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No The mileage has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test is complete. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P0633-SKIM KEY NOT PROGRAMMED IN PCM
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The SKIM Key information has not been programmed into the PCM. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • PROGRAMMING SKIM KEY INTO THE PCM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PROGRAMMING SKIM KEY INTO THE PCM
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, erase DTCs. Using the scan tool, program the SKIM Key information into the PCM. Start the engine.
NOTE
If the engine will not start, crank the engine over for 15 seconds. Crank at least 2 times with the ignition switch returning to the off position each time.
Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Does the DTC reset?
Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No The SKIM KEY information has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test is complete. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P063A-GENERATOR VOLTAGE SENSE CIRCUIT📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: Charging Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The engine running. The engine speed greater than 1157 RPM.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM recognizes the alternator output voltage is less than the Battery feed circuit voltage. One trip failure. The Generator light will illuminate. The fault will be checked again on the next key cycle.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (A803) GENERATOR SENSE CIRCUIT
  • (A803) GENERATOR SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • GENERATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the Generator System output.
NOTE
The battery must be fully charged.
NOTE
The Generator belt tension and condition must be checked before continuing.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Start the engine. Allow the idle to stabilize. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (A803) GENERATOR SENSE CIRCUIT
Connector To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator harness connector. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (A803) Generator Sense circuit from the Generator harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (A803) Generator Sense circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(A803) GENERATOR SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (A803) Generator Sense circuit at the Generator harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (A803) Generator Sense circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
GENERATOR OPERATION
Connect the C1 PCM harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K125) Generator Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
The DTC needs to be cleared before actuating the Solenoid, if the DTC is not cleared, the Solenoid may not be allowed to actuate.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Generator.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Generator and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0420-CATALYST EFFICIENCY (BANK 1)📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The State of Change (SOC) catalyst monitor uses the signals from both the upstream and downstream O2 sensors to detect aging of the catalyst. Based on the fact that when a catalyst ages, it loses some of its Oxygen Storage Capacity (OSC). As a result, part of the untreated exhaust gases can breakthrough the catalyst and causes the downstream O2 sensor to deviate from its neutral (Stoichiometric) position. By observing the activities in the downstream O2 signal, the degradation level of catalyst can be detected. In general, the higher the downstream O2 sensor SOC value, the more exhaust gas breakthrough and the lower the OSC of the catalytic converter.

When monitored

The monitor will run at between 1400 and 2300 RPM. It also runs between 40 and 70 kPA.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the final State of Change index is within the calibrated fail threshold. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL CONDITION
  • AGING O2 SENSOR
  • CATALYTIC CONVERTER
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
A new rear O2 Sensor along with an aging front O2 Sensor may cause the DTC to set. Review the repair history of the vehicle before continuing.
NOTE
If an O2 Sensor DTC set along with the Catalytic Converter Efficiency DTC diagnose the O2 Sensor DTC(s) before continuing.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor and Catalytic Converter: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant, repair necessary.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUALLY INSPECT CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Inspect the Catalytic Converter for the following damage. Damage Catalytic Converter, dents or holes. Severe discoloration caused by overheating the Catalytic Converter. Catalytic Converter broke internally. Inspect both ends of the converter, inlet and outlet. Leaking Catalytic Converter. Were any problems found?
Yes Replace the Catalytic Converter. Repair the condition that may have caused the failure. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT VOLTAGE CHECK
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT VOLTAGE CHECK
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 10.
No Go To 7.
5
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit from the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/2 O2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit from the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine
operating time. Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Leak Location Repair required if results at 4 psi reveal bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
ENGINE MECHANICAL CONDITION
Check the exhaust for excessive smoke caused by an internal problem in the engine. Is an engine mechanical condition present?
Yes Repair the engine mechanical condition as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
12
AGING O2 SENSOR
A new rear O2 Sensor along with an aging front O2 Sensor may cause the DTC to set. Review the vehicles repair history. Has the rear O2 Sensor been replaced without replacing the front O2 Sensor?
Yes Replace the Front O2 Sensor as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
If there are no possible cause remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Catalytic Converter. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0430-CATALYST EFFICIENCY (BANK 2)📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The State of Change (SOC) catalyst monitor uses the signals from both the upstream and downstream O2 sensors to detect aging of the catalyst. Based on the fact that when a catalyst ages, it loses some of its Oxygen Storage Capacity (OSC). As a result, part of the untreated exhaust gases can breakthrough the catalyst and causes the downstream O2 sensor to deviate from its neutral (Stoichiometric) position. By observing the activities in the downstream O2 signal, the degradation level of catalyst can be detected. In general, the higher the downstream O2 sensor SOC value, the more exhaust gas breakthrough and the lower the OSC of the catalytic converter.

When monitored

The monitor will run at between 1400 and 2300 RPM. It also runs between 40 and 70 KPA.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the final State of Change index is within the calibrated fail threshold. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL CONDITION
  • AGING O2 SENSOR
  • CATALYTIC CONVERTER
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
A new rear O2 Sensor along with an aging front O2 Sensor may cause the DTC to set. Review the repair history of the vehicle before continuing.
NOTE
If an O2 Sensor DTC set along with the Catalytic Converter Efficiency DTC diagnose the O2 Sensor DTC(s) before continuing.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor and Catalytic Converter: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant, repair necessary.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUALLY INSPECT CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Inspect the Catalytic Converter for the following damage. Damage Catalytic Converter, dents or holes. Severe discoloration caused by overheating the Catalytic Converter. Catalytic Converter broke internally. Inspect both ends of the converter, inlet and outlet. Leaking Catalytic Converter. Were any problems found?
Yes Replace the Catalytic Converter. Repair the condition that may have caused the failure. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT VOLTAGE CHECK
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT VOLTAGE CHECK
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 10.
No Go To 7.
5
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit from the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 2/2 O2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit from the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine
operating time. Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Leak Location Repair required if results at 4 psi reveal bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
ENGINE MECHANICAL CONDITION
Check the exhaust for excessive smoke caused by an internal problem in the engine. Is an engine mechanical condition present?
Yes Repair the engine mechanical condition as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
12
AGING O2 SENSOR
A new rear O2 Sensor along with an aging front O2 Sensor may cause the DTC to set. Review the vehicles repair history. Has the rear O2 Sensor been replaced without replacing the front O2 Sensor?
Yes Replace the Front O2 Sensor as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
If there are no possible cause remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Catalytic Converter. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0440-GENERAL EVAP SYSTEM FAILURE📷 7
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The EVAP Purge Monitor tests the integrity of the hoses/tube between the throttle body/intake and the fuel tank. The monitor is a two stage test and runs only after the EVAP system passes the small leak test. Stage one is non-intrusive. The PCM monitors the purge vapor ratio and the ESM switch closed ratio. If the purge vapor ratio is above a calculated value, the monitor passes. If the ESM switch closed ratio is greater than calculated value when purge flow is greater than a minimum value, the monitor passes. Stage two is an intrusive test and runs only if stage one does not pass. The PCM commands the purge solenoid to flow at a specified rate to force the purge vapor ratio to update. The ratio is compared to a calibrated specification. If it is less than specified, a one trip failure is recorded. This test can detect if the purge hose is off, obstructed, or the purge valve is not operational.

When monitored

Engine running after a cold start with the difference between ECT and AAT is less than 10° C (19° F). Fuel Level between 12% and 88% full. Manifold vacuum greater than a calculated minimum value. Ambient Temperature between 4° C and 32° C (39° F and 89° F).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the monitor conditions are met, the PCM will ramp in purge flow. If the PCM does not sense an ESM switch closure after a calculated amount of purge flow accumulation, an error is detected. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID VACUUM SUPPLY
  • EVAP PURGE HOSE/TUBE AND FRESH AIR FILTER OBSTRUCTION
  • (Z913) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K107) ESM SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LEAK
  • EVAP SYSTEM MONITOR SWITCH
  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
VEHICLE HISTORY AND SERVICE BULLETIN INVESTIGATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Record the related Freeze Frame data if any DTC(s) are present. Whether or not any DTC(s) are active you will want to check the following items which may assist in repairing the customer's complaint successfully. Check the vehicle's repair history. If the vehicle has a repair history that pertains to the customer's current complaint, review the repair. Inspect the vehicle for any aftermarket accessories that may have been installed incorrectly. Check for any service bulletin(s) related to the customer's complaint or DTCs. If a service bulletin applies, follow the instructions per the service bulletin. Choose the following scenario that best applies. The service bulletin repaired the customer's complaint. Testing complete. A DTC is present, no service bulletins apply, or the service bulletin didn't repair the customer's complaint. Go To 2.
2
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Allow the vehicle to reach ambient temperature before continuing with this procedure.
NOTE
A loose gas cap could have caused this DTC to set. Make sure the gas cap is tight and in good condition.
NOTE
If the customer is experiencing an early fuel shut off during the fuel filling process along with P0440, P0441, and P0452 setting, you need to check for restrictions in the EVAP Purge tubes/hoses as well as the Fresh Air Filter before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by
reviewing the Freeze Frame data. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 3.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
3
VISUAL AND PHYSICAL INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Perform a visual and physical inspection of the entire Evaporative Emission system. Check for the following conditions: - Hoses disconnected or left off - Holes or cracks - Loose seal points - Evidence of damaged components - Incorrect routing of hoses and tubes - Fuel Cap left off or bad gasket seal Were any of the above conditions found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
EVAP VACUUM SUPPLY HOSE INSPECTION
Carefully inspect the EVAP Purge Solenoid vacuum supply hose for proper routing. Check for a pinched or plugged hose from the throttle body or intake manifold to the Purge Solenoid. Make sure the vacuum port at the throttle body or intake manifold is free from any blockage. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair the vacuum supply, hose/tube as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
NOTE
To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD).
WARNING
Keep lit cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases, Keep the test area well ventilated.
Connect the red power lead of the EELD to the battery positive terminal and the black ground lead to battery negative terminal. Disconnect the vacuum hoses at the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Connect the SMOKE supply tip (black hose) to the "CAN" port on the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Set the smoke/air control switch to SMOKE. While still holding the remote smoke/air start button, check to see if smoke is exiting the purge valve. This indicates that there is a leak internal to the purge valve.
NOTE
This is an optional method of checking the purge valve for leaks if the EELD is unavailable.
Disconnect the Smoke supply tip from the vacuum supply hoses at the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 in Hg to the "CAN" side of the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Observe the vacuum gauge for at least 15 seconds. Is smoke visible from the EVAP Purge Solenoid or NOT hold a vacuum?
Yes Replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
ESIM SWITCH STATE
Turn the ignition off. Connect the previously disconnected vacuum hose. Disconnect the EVAP System Monitor Switch harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Monitor the ESIM Switch state on the scan tool. Carefully connect a jumper wire between the (K107) ESM Signal circuit and the (Z913) Ground circuit in the EVAP System Monitor Switch harness connector. Monitor the ESIM Switch state on the scan tool. Did the Switch change from OPEN to CLOSED when the jumper wire was installed?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 7.
7
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K107) ESM SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K107) ESM Signal circuit from the ESM harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K107) ESM Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (Z913) GROUND CIRCUIT
Using a 12-volt test light connected to B+, probe the (Z913) Ground circuit in the ESM harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to B- (ground).
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 14.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (Z913) Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
VERIFY EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LEAK
WARNING
Keep lit cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the test area well ventilated.
Turn the ignition off. To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD).
NOTE
The fuel tank should have between 20% and 80% of fuel tank capacity to properly test the EVAP system.
Connect the red power lead of EELD to the battery positive terminal and the black ground lead to battery negative terminal. Block the vent hose of the EVAP Canister. Connect shop air to the EELD. Set the smoke/air control switch to AIR. Insert the tester's AIR supply tip (clear hose) into the.040 orifice on the tester's control panel. Press the remote smoke/air start button. Position the red flag on the air flow meter so it is aligned with the indicator ball. When the calibration is complete, release the remote button. The EELD flow meter is now calibrated in liters per minute. Install the service port adapter #8404-14 on the vehicle's service port (if equipped) or install the #8404- ADP into the filter line. Connect the Air supply hose from the EELD to the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter. Press the remote button to activate AIR flow. Compare the flow meter indicator ball reading to the red flag. ABOVE the red flag indicates a leak present. BELOW the red flag indicates a sealed system. Is the indicator ball above the red flag?
Yes Go To 10.
No Go To 12.
10
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LEAK DETECTION
NOTE
A thorough visual inspection of the EVAP system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid diagnosis also.
Remove the Air supply hose from the service port or the #8404-ADP adapter. Connect the SMOKE supply tip (black hose) to the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter. Set the smoke/air control switch to SMOKE.
NOTE
The flow meter indicator ball will not move at this point.
Press the remote smoke/air start button.
NOTE
Make sure that smoke has filled the EVAP system by continuing to press the remote smoke/air start button, remove the vehicle fuel cap, and wait for the smoke to exit. Once smoke is indicated reinstall the fuel cap.
NOTE
For optimal performance, introduce smoke into the system for an additional 60 seconds; continue introducing smoke at 15 second intervals, as necessary.
While still holding the remote smoke/air start button, use the white light (#8404-CLL) to follow the EVAP system path, and look for the source of the leak indicated by exiting smoke. If a leak is concealed from view (i.e, top of fuel tank), release the remote smoke/air start button, and use the ultraviolet (UV) black light #8404-UVL and the yellow goggles 8404-20 to look for residual traces of dye that are left behind by the smoke. The exiting smoke deposits a residual fluid that is either bright green or bright yellow in color when viewed with a UV light.
NOTE
The EVAP System is divided into three zones. A leak from any of these zones can cause this DTC to set. The lists below specify the possible leak points in that specific zone. For further assistance see the Zone Identification below.
ZONE 1 1 Fuel Cap 2 Recirculation Check Valve. 3 Vapor Recirculation Line. 4 Signal Vapor Line for FVM. 5 Flow Management Valve. 6 Fuel Tank to Canister Vapor Line connection. 7 Fuel Tank Vent (Check Valve). 8 Vapor Line to Canister. 9 Flow Control Orifice. 10 Control Valve. 11 Liquid Trap. 12 Fuel Tank. 13 Check valve. 14 Fuel Fill Tube to Tank connector. 15 Fuel Fill Tube Damaged or disconnected EVAP system components. ZONE 2 1 Filter. 2 ESIM. 3 Canister Vent Line. 4 EVAP Canister. 5 Chassis Purge Valve. 6 Fuel Tank to Canister Vapor Line connection. 7 EVAP Purge connection. ZONE 3 1 EVAP Purge Vacuum Line. 2 Connection to Chassis Line. 3 Connection to Canister. 4 Chassis Purge Line. 5 EVAP Purge Vacuum Line. 6 Connection to EVAP Purge Harness. 7 Chassis EVAP Purge Line connection to Engine Vacuum. 8 EVAP Purge Valve. 9 Service Port.
NOTE
Carefully inspect the vent side of the EVAP Canister. Due to the filtering system in the canister the smoke or dye may or may not be visible. Introducing smoke into the filtered side of the canister may assist in locating the leak.
Select the appropriate response from the list below: A leak was found at the gas cap or fuel filler tube. Go To 11. A leak was found in one or more of the EVAP System zones. If the leak is at a hose connection, remove the hose then reconnect the hose and check for a leak again. All other leaks repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . No leaks were detected. Go To 12.
11
LEAK AT GAS CAP
Remove the SMOKE supply tip (black hose) from the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter. Install gas cap adapter, Miller Tool #8382 (1/4 turn cap) or #6922 (screw cap) and #8399 (secondary seal depressor) and repeat test 5.
NOTE
The gas cap adapter is being used as a known good cap.
Was a leak found at the gas cap adapter?
Yes Replace the Fuel Filler tube assembly. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the gas cap. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
EVAP PURGE HOSE/TUBE AND FRESH AIR FILTER OBSTRUCTION
Inspect the EVAP Purge hose/tube for proper routing and installation between the EVAP Purge Solenoid and the Fuel Tank between the Fuel Tank and the EVAP Purge Canister Make sure the hose/tube and fresh air filter are not damaged, kinked, and free from any obstructions. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
EVAP SYSTEM MONITOR SWITCH
Use the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connections between the EVAP System Monitor Switch and the PCM. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for any broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ESIM Switch and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair and Replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the EVAP System Monitor Switch per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EVAP Purge Solenoid Assembly, ESIM Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch, Solenoid, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0441-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The EVAP Purge Monitor tests the integrity of the hoses/tube between the throttle body/intake and the fuel tank. The monitor is a two stage test and runs only after the EVAP system passes the small leak test. Stage one is non-intrusive. The PCM monitors the purge vapor ratio and the ESM switch closed ratio. If the purge vapor ratio is above a calculated value, the monitor passes. If the ESM switch closed ratio is greater than calculated value when purge flow is greater than a minimum value, the monitor passes. Stage two is an intrusive test and runs only if stage one does not pass. The PCM commands the purge solenoid to flow at a specified rate to force the purge vapor ratio to update. The ratio is compared to a calibrated specification. If it is less than specified, a one trip failure is recorded. This test can detect if the purge hose is off, obstructed, or the purge valve is not operational.

When monitored

After the EVAP System small leak test has passed, with the engine running, ambient temperature between 4° C (39° F) and 35° (95° F), with the engine at idle after a calibrated amount of drive time has accumulated.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the PCM detects that the purge vapor ratio and the ESM switch closed ratio are below a calculated value, the PCM commands the purge solenoid to flow at a specified rate to update the purge vapor ratio. If the ratio remains below a specified value, a one trip failure is recorded. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID VACUUM SUPPLY
  • EVAP PURGE HOSE/TUBE AND FRESH AIR FILTER OBSTRUCTION
  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
VEHICLE HISTORY AND SERVICE BULLETIN INVESTIGATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Record the Freeze Frame data if any DTCs are present. Whether or not any DTC(s) are Active you will want to check the following items which may assist in repairing the customer's complaint successfully. Check the vehicle's repair history. If the vehicle has a repair history that pertains to the customer's current complaint, review the repair. Inspect the vehicle for any aftermarket accessories that may have been installed incorrectly. Check for any service bulletin(s) related to the customer's complaint or DTC(s). If a service bulletin applies, follow the instructions per the service bulletin. Choose the following scenario that best applies. The service bulletin repaired the customer's complaint. Testing complete. A DTC is present, no service bulletins apply, or the service bulletin didn't repair the customer's complaint. Go To 2.
2
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If P0443 is set along with this DTC, perform the diagnostic procedure for P0443 before continuing with this test.
NOTE
If the customer is experiencing an early fuel shut off during the fuel filling process along with P0440, P0441, and P0452 setting, you need to check for restrictions in the EVAP Purge tubes/hoses as well as the Fresh Air Filter before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle. Using the scan tool, perform the ESIM FORCED MONITOR TEST. Allow the test to complete. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
If any other DTC sets, active or pending, perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC before proceeding with this test.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 3.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
3
VISUAL INSPECTION
Inspect the EVAP System for any of the following conditions: - Holes or cracks - Loose seal points - Damaged or missing components - Incorrect routing of hoses and tubes - Loose or missing Fuel Cap - Damaged or missing Fuel Cap seal - Improper installation of the Fuel Cap - Damaged Locking tabs on the Fuel Cap and/or filler tube - Damaged seal points on the Fuel Cap and/or filler tube Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
INSUFFICIENT VACUUM SUPPLY TO THE EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
Turn the ignition off. Carefully inspect the EVAP Purge Solenoid vacuum supply hose for proper routing. Check for a pinched or plugged hose from the throttle body or intake manifold to the Purge Solenoid. Inspect the vacuum port at the throttle body or intake manifold for any damage or obstructions. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair the vacuum supply hose/tube as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to 5.
5
EVAP PURGE HOSE/TUBE AND FRESH AIR FILTER OBSTRUCTION
Inspect the EVAP Purge hose/tube for proper routing and installation between the EVAP Purge Solenoid and the Fuel Tank and between the Fuel Tank and the EVAP Purge Canister. Make sure the hose/tube and fresh air filter are not damaged, kinked, and free from any obstructions. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
NOTE
After disconnecting the EVAP Purge Solenoid vacuum connections, inspect the lines and solenoid for signs of contamination.
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 in Hg to the "CAN" side of the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
NOTE
The solenoid should hold vacuum for a minimum of 15 seconds.
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the EVAP Purge Solenoid to the ON position.
NOTE
The vacuum should drop when the solenoid is actuated.
Does the solenoid function as described above?
Yes Go To 7.
No Replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EVAP Purge Solenoid Assembly, ESIM Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch, Solenoid, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT📷 7
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The ignition on or engine running. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM will set a trouble code if the actual state of the solenoid does not match the intended state. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K52) EVAP PURGE CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K70) EVAP PURGE RETURN CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K52) EVAP PURGE CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K52) EVAP PURGE CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K70) EVAP PURGE RETURN CIRCUIT
  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
VEHICLE HISTORY AND SERVICE BULLETIN INVESTIGATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data if any DTC(s) are present. Whether or not any DTC(s) are Active you will want to check the following items which may assist in repairing the customer's complaint successfully. Check the vehicle's repair history. If the vehicle has a repair history that pertains to the customer's current complaint, review the repair. Inspect the vehicle for any aftermarket accessories that may have been installed incorrectly. Check for any service bulletin(s) related to the customer's complaint or DTC(s). If a service bulletin applies, follow the instructions per the service bulletin. Choose the following scenario that best applies. The service bulletin repaired the customer's complaint. Testing complete. A DTC is present, no service bulletins apply, or the service bulletin didn't repair the customer's complaint. Go To 2.
2
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, Select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 3.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
3
(K52) EVAP PURGE CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit in the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K70) EVAP PURGE RETURN CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage of the (K70) EVAP Purge Return circuit in the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K70) EVAP Purge Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K52) EVAP PURGE CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit in the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit for a short to ground. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K52) EVAP PURGE CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit from the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K70) EVAP PURGE RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K70) EVAP Purge Return circuit from the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the open in the (K70) EVAP Purge Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
Connect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
The DTC needs to be cleared before actuating the Purge Solenoid, if the DTC is not cleared, the Solenoid may not be allowed to actuate.
With the scan tool, actuate the EVAP Purge Solenoid control to the ON (100%) position. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit in the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate accordingly?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EVAP Purge Solenoid Assembly, ESIM Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch, Solenoid, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0452-EVAP PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK CLOSED📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Immediately after the ignition has been turned off.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
At key off, the PCM energizes the Purge Solenoid for a calibrated amount of time (30 seconds maximum) and stores the state of the ESIM switch. The state is evaluated again at the next key on. If the PCM does not detect that the ESIM switch is open, an error is detected. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EVAP PURGE HOSE/TUBE AND FRESH AIR FILTER OBSTRUCTION
  • (K52) EVAP PURGE CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K107) ESM SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • ESM SWITCH
  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
VEHICLE HISTORY AND SERVICE BULLETIN INVESTIGATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTC(s) and record the related Freeze Frame data if any DTC(s) are present. Whether or not any DTC(s) are Active you will want to check the following items which may assist in repairing the customer's complaint successfully. Check the vehicle's repair history. If the vehicle has a repair history that pertains to the customer's current complaint, review the repair. Inspect the vehicle for any aftermarket accessories that may have been installed incorrectly. Check for any service bulletin(s) related to the customer's complaint or DTC(s). If a service bulletin applies, follow the instructions per the service bulletin. Choose the following scenario that best applies. The service bulletin repaired the customer's complaint. Testing complete. A DTC is present, no service bulletins apply, or the service bulletin didn't repair the customer's complaint. Go To 2.
2
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If the customer is experiencing an early fuel shut off during the fuel filling process along with P0440, P0441, and P0452 setting, you need to check for restrictions in the EVAP Purge tubes/hoses as well as the Fresh Air Filter before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 3.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
3
ESIM SWITCH STATE
With a scan tool, select Data Display and view the ESIM Switch state. Disconnect the purge hose from the EVAP canister. Is the ESIM Switch state change from 'Closed' to 'Open' when the purge hose was disconnected?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 7.
4
EVAP PURGE HOSE/TUBE AND FRESH AIR FILTER OBSTRUCTION
Turn the ignition off. Inspect the EVAP Purge hose/tube for proper routing and installation between the EVAP Purge Solenoid and the Fuel Tank and between the Fuel Tank and the EVAP Purge Canister. Make sure the hose/tube and fresh air filter are not damaged, kinked, and free from any obstructions. Check for any kink in the purge line connecting the LPV (Linear Purge Valve) to intake manifold. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K52) EVAP PURGE CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit in the EVAP Purge Solenoid harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K52) EVAP Purge Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EVAP Purge Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the EVAP Purge Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
ESIM ASSEMBLY
With a scan tool, select Data Display and view the ESIM Switch state. Disconnect the EVAP System Monitor Switch electrical connector. Does the ESIM Switch state change from CLOSED to OPEN when the switch is disconnected?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ESIM and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the ESIM Assembly. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K107) ESM SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K107) ESM Signal circuit in the ESIM Assembly harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K107) ESM Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EVAP Purge Solenoid Assembly, ESIM Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ESIM, EVAP Purge Solenoid, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0455-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM LARGE LEAK📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine running, during a cold start test with the fuel level above 12%, ambient temperature between 4° C and 32° C (39° F and 89° F) and the fuel system in closed loop. The test runs when the small leak test is maturing.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM activates the EVAP Purge Solenoid to pull the EVAP system into a vacuum to close the ESM switch. Once the ESM switch is closed, the PCM turns the EVAP Purge solenoid off to seal the EVAP system. If the ESM switch reopens before the calibrated amount of time, a large leak error is detected. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EVAP PURGE SYSTEM LEAK
  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
  • EVAP SYSTEM MONITOR SWITCH
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
VEHICLE HISTORY AND SERVICE BULLETIN INVESTIGATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data if any DTC(s) are present. Whether or not any DTC(s) are Active you will want to check the following items which may assist in repairing the customer's complaint successfully. Check the vehicle's repair history. If the vehicle has a repair history that pertains to the customer's current complaint, review the repair. Inspect the vehicle for any aftermarket accessories that may have been installed incorrectly. Check for any service bulletin(s) related to the customer's complaint or DTC(s). If a service bulletin applies, follow the instructions per the service bulletin. Choose the following scenario that best applies. The service bulletin repaired the customer's complaint. Testing complete. A DTC is present, no service bulletins apply, or the service bulletin didn't repair the customer's complaint. Go To 2.
2
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Since a hot vehicle can conceal a leak, it is best to perform this test at room temperature.
NOTE
A loose gas cap could have caused this DTC to set. Make sure gas cap is tight and in good condition. Make sure the gas cap meets OEM

Specifications

Start the engine.
Allow the engine to idle.
Using the scan tool, perform the ESIM FORCED MONITOR TEST. Allow the test to complete.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes
Go To 3.
No
Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure. 3. EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM INSPECTION
Perform a visual and physical inspection of the entire Evaporative Emission system.
Check for the following conditions:
- Holes or cracks
- Loose seal points
- Evidence of damaged components
- Incorrect routing of hoses and tubes
- Loose or missing Fuel Filler Cap
- Improper installation of the Fuel Fill Cap
- Damaged Locking tabs on Cap and/or fill tube
- Damaged seal points on Cap and/or fill tube
- Fuel cap gasket seal
Were any of the above conditions found?
Yes
Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Go To 4. 4. VERIFY EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LEAK
WARNING: Keep lit cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the test area well ventilated.
To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404A Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD).
NOTE: The fuel tank should have between 20% and 80% of fuel tank capacity to properly test the EVAP system.
Connect the red power lead of the EELD to the battery positive terminal and the black ground lead to battery negative terminal.
Block the vent hose of the canister if using the service port.
Connect shop air to the EELD.
Set the smoke/air control switch to AIR.
Insert the tester's AIR supply tip (clear hose) into the appropriate calibration orifice on the tester's control panel (based on DTC leak size).
Press the remote smoke/air start button.
Position the red flag on the air flow meter so it is aligned with the indicator ball.
When the calibration is complete, release the remote button. The EELD flow meter is now calibrated in liters per minute to the size leak indicated by the DTC set in the PCM.
Install the service port adapter #8404-14 on the vehicle's service port and block the vent hose of the EVAP Canister (if equipped) or install the #8404-ADP service adapter into the filter line.
Connect the Air supply hose from the EELD to the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter.
Press the remote button to activate AIR flow.
NOTE: Larger volume fuel tanks, lower fuel levels or if the vehicle is equipped with a Flow Management Valve may indicate high flow and will require 4 to 5 minutes to fill.
Compare the flow meter indicator ball reading to the red flag.
ABOVE the red flag indicates a leak present.
BELOW the red flag indicates a sealed system.
Is the indicator ball above the red flag?
Yes
Go To 5.
No
Refer to the Freeze Frame data recorded in step 1. If the data indicates that the vehicle was in motion when the DTC was set, verify that all hoses are properly connected. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . 5. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LEAK DETECTION
NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the EVAP system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid diagnosis also.
To continue testing, you will need Miller Tool #8404A Evaporative Emissions Leak Detector (EELD).
Remove the Air supply hose from the service port (if equipped) or from the #8404-ADP adapter.
Connect the SMOKE supply tip (black hose) to the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter.
Set the smoke/air control switch to SMOKE.
NOTE: The flow meter indicator ball will not move in the smoke mode.
Press the remote smoke/air start button.
NOTE: Make sure that smoke has filled the EVAP system by continuing to press the remote smoke/air start button, remove the vehicle fuel cap, and wait for the smoke to exit. Once smoke is indicated reinstall the fuel cap.
NOTE: For optimal performance, introduce smoke into the system for an additional 60 seconds; continue introducing smoke at 15 second intervals, as necessary.
While still holding the remote smoke/air start button, use the white light (#8404-CLL) to follow the EVAP system path, and look for the source of the leak indicated by exiting smoke.
If a leak is concealed from view (i.e, top of fuel tank), release the remote smoke/air start button, and use the ultraviolet (UV) black light #8404-UVL and the yellow goggles 8404-20 to look for residual traces of dye that is left behind by the smoke.
The exiting smoke deposits a residual fluid that is either bright green or bright yellow in color when viewed with a UV light.
NOTE: The EVAP System is divided into three zones. A leak from any of these zones can cause this DTC to set. The lists below specify the possible leak points in that specific zone. For further assistance see the Zone Identification below.
ZONE 1
1 Fuel Cap.
2 Recirculation Check Valve.
3 Vapor Recirculation Line.
4 Signal Vapor Line for FVM.
5 Flow Management Valve.
6 Fuel Tank to Canister Vapor Line connection.
7 Fuel Tank Vent (Check Valve).
8 Vapor Line to Canister.
9 Flow Control Orifice.
10 Control Valve.
11 Liquid Trap.
12 Fuel Tank.
13 Check valve.
14 Fuel Fill Tube to Tank connector.
15 Fuel Fill Tube.
Damaged or disconnected EVAP system components.
ZONE 2
1 Filter.
2 ESM.
3 Canister Vent Line.
4 EVAP Canister.
5 Chassis Purge Valve.
6 Fuel Tank to Canister Vapor Line connection.
7 EVAP Purge connection.
ZONE 3
1 EVAP Purge Vacuum Line.
2 Connection to Chassis Line.
3 Connection to Canister.
4 Chassis Purge Line.
5 EVAP Purge Vacuum Line.
6 Connection to EVAP Purge Harness.
7 Chassis EVAP Purge Line connection to Engine Vacuum.
8 EVAP Purge Valve.
9 Service Port.
NOTE: Carefully inspect the vent side of the EVAP Canister. Due to the filtering system in the canister the smoke may not be as thick. Introducing smoke into the filtered side of the canister may assist in locating the leak.
Select the appropriate response from the list below:
A leak was found at the gas cap or fuel filler tube
Go To 6.
A leak was found in one or more of the EVAP System zones
If the leak is at a hose connection, remove the hose then reconnect the hose and check for a leak again. All other leaks repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No leaks were detected
Go To 7. 6. LEAK AT GAS CAP
Remove the SMOKE supply tip (black hose) from the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter.
Install gas cap adapter, Miller Tool #8382 (1/4 turn cap) or #6922 (screw cap) and #8399 (secondary seal depressor) and repeat test 5.
NOTE: The gas cap adapter is being used as a known good cap.
Was a leak found at the gas cap adapter?
Yes
Replace the Fuel Filler tube assembly.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Replace the gas cap. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . 7. EVAP PURGE SOLENOID OPERATION
NOTE: After disconnecting the EVAP Purge Solenoid vacuum connections, inspect the lines and solenoid for any signs of contamination from the EVAP Canister.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the EVAP Purge Solenoid Vacuum hose at the Throttle Body.
NOTE: You are disconnecting the vacuum line at the Throttle Body so you are not disturbing the vacuum connection at the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
Press the remote smoke/air start button on the EELD.
While holding the remote smoke/air start button, check to see if smoke is exiting the EVAP Purge Solenoid Vacuum hose at the Throttle Body. This indicates that there is a leak internal to the purge valve.
NOTE: Below is an optional method of checking the purge valve for leaks if the EELD is unavailable.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the vacuum hoses at the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 in HG to the "CAN" of the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
NOTE: Monitor the vacuum gauge for at least 15 seconds.
Is smoke visible from the EVAP Purge Solenoid Vacuum hose if using the EELD, or will it not hold a vacuum?
Yes
Replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Go To 8. 8. EVAP SYSTEM MONITOR SWITCH
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EVAP System Monitor Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals.
Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and the Powertrain Control Module connectors.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
Were any problems found?
Yes
Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Replace the EVAP System Monitor Switch in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0456-EVAP PURGE SYSTEM SMALL LEAK📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition off, fuel level less than 88%, ambient temperature between 4° C and 43° C (39° F and 109° F), and the fuel system in closed loop.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
As temperatures change, a vacuum is created in the fuel tank and EVAP system. With the EVAP system sealed, the PCM monitors the ESM switch. If the ESM switch does not close within a calibrated time, an error is detected by the PCM. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EVAP PURGE SYSTEM LEAK
  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
  • EVAP SYSTEM MONITOR SWITCH
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
VEHICLE HISTORY AND SERVICE BULLETIN INVESTIGATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data if any DTC(s) are present. Whether or not any DTC(s) are Active you will want to check the following items which may assist in repairing the customer's complaint successfully. Check the vehicle's repair history. If the vehicle has a repair history that pertains to the customer's current complaint, review the repair. Inspect the vehicle for any aftermarket accessories that may have been installed incorrectly. Check for any service bulletin(s) related to the customer's complaint or DTC(s). If a service bulletin applies, follow the instructions per the service bulletin. Choose the following scenario that best applies. The service bulletin repaired the customer's complaint. Testing complete. A DTC is present, no service bulletins apply, or the service bulletin didn't repair the customer's complaint. Go To 2.
2
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Since a hot vehicle can conceal a leak, it is best to perform this test at room temperature.
NOTE
A loose gas cap could have caused this DTC to set. Make sure gas cap is tight and in good condition. Make sure the gas cap meets OEM

Specifications

Ignition on, engine not running.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes
Go To 3.
No
Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure. 3. VISUAL AND PHYSICAL INSPECTION
Perform a visual and physical inspection of the entire Evaporative Emission system.
Check for the following conditions:
- Holes or cracks
- Loose seal points
- Evidence of damaged components
- Incorrect routing of hoses and tubes
- Loose or missing Fuel Filler Cap
- Improper installation of the Fuel Fill Cap
- Damaged Locking tabs on Cap and/or fill tube
- Damaged seal points on Cap and/or fill tube
- Fuel cap gasket seal
Were any of the above conditions found?
Yes
Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Go To 4. 4. VERIFY EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LEAK
WARNING: Keep lit cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the test area well ventilated.
To continue testing you will need Miller Tool #8404A Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD).
NOTE: The fuel tank should have between 20% and 80% of fuel tank capacity to properly test the EVAP system.
Connect the red power lead of the EELD to the battery positive terminal and the black ground lead to battery negative terminal.
Block the vent hose of the canister if using the service port.
Connect shop air to the EELD.
Set the smoke/air control switch to AIR.
Insert the tester's AIR supply tip (clear hose) into the appropriate calibration orifice on the tester's control panel (based on DTC leak size).
Press the remote smoke/air start button.
Position the red flag on the air flow meter so it is aligned with the indicator ball.
When the calibration is complete, release the remote button. The EELD flow meter is now calibrated in
liters per minute to the size leak indicated by the DTC set in the PCM.
Install the service port adapter #8404-14 on the vehicle's service port and block the vent hose of the EVAP Canister (if equipped) or install the #8404-ADP service adapter into the filter line.
Connect the Air supply hose from the EELD to the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter.
Press the remote button to activate AIR flow.
NOTE: Larger volume fuel tanks, lower fuel levels or if the vehicle is equipped with a Flow Management Valve may indicate high flow and will require 4 to 5 minutes to fill.
Compare the flow meter indicator ball reading to the red flag.
ABOVE the red flag indicates a leak present.
BELOW the red flag indicates a sealed system.
Is the indicator ball above the red flag?
Yes
Go To 5.
No
Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure. 5. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LEAK DETECTION
NOTE: A thorough visual inspection of the EVAP system hoses, tubes, and connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may also aid diagnosis.
To continue testing, you will need Miller Tool #8404A Evaporative Emissions Leak Detector (EELD).
Remove the Air supply hose from the service port (if equipped) or from the #8404-ADP adapter.
Connect the SMOKE supply tip (black hose) to the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter.
Set the smoke/air control switch to SMOKE.
NOTE: The flow meter indicator ball will not move in the smoke mode.
Press the remote smoke/air start button.
NOTE: Make sure that smoke has filled the EVAP system by continuing to press the remote smoke/air start button, remove the vehicle fuel cap, and wait for the smoke to exit. Once smoke is indicated reinstall the fuel cap.
NOTE: For optimal performance, introduce smoke into the system for an additional 60 seconds; continue introducing smoke at 15 second intervals, as necessary.
While still holding the remote smoke/air start button, use the white light (#8404-CLL) to follow the EVAP system path, and look for the source of the leak indicated by exiting smoke.
If a leak is concealed from view (i.e, top of fuel tank), release the remote smoke/air start button, and use the ultraviolet (UV) black light #8404-UVL and the yellow goggles 8404-20 to look for residual traces of dye that is left behind by the smoke.
The exiting smoke deposits a residual fluid that is either bright green or bright yellow in color when viewed with a UV light.
NOTE: The EVAP System is divided into three zones. A leak from any of these zones can cause this DTC to set. The lists below specify the possible leak points in that specific zone. For further assistance see the Zone Identification below.
ZONE 1
1 Fuel Cap.
2 Recirculation Check Valve.
3 Vapor Recirculation Line.
4 Signal Vapor Line for FVM.
5 Flow Management Valve.
6 Fuel Tank to Canister Vapor Line connection.
7 Fuel Tank Vent (Check Valve).
8 Vapor Line to Canister.
9 Flow Control Orifice.
10 Control Valve.
11 Liquid Trap.
12 Fuel Tank.
13 Check valve.
14 Fuel Fill Tube to Tank connector.
15 Fuel Fill Tube.
Damaged or disconnected EVAP system components.
ZONE 2
1 Filter.
2 ESM.
3 Canister Vent Line.
4 EVAP Canister.
5 Chassis Purge Valve.
6 Fuel Tank to Canister Vapor Line connection.
7 EVAP Purge connection.
ZONE 3
1 EVAP Purge Vacuum Line.
2 Connection to Chassis Line.
3 Connection to Canister.
4 Chassis Purge Line.
5 EVAP Purge Vacuum Line.
6 Connection to EVAP Purge Harness.
7 Chassis EVAP Purge Line connection to Engine Vacuum.
8 EVAP Purge Valve.
9 Service Port.
NOTE: Carefully inspect the vent side of the EVAP Canister. Due to the filtering system in the canister the smoke may not be as thick. Introducing smoke into the filtered side of the canister may assist in locating the leak.
Select the appropriate response from the list below:
A leak was found at the gas cap or fuel filler tube
Go To 6.
A leak was found in one or more of the EVAP System zones
If the leak is at a hose connection, remove the hose then reconnect the hose and check for a leak again. All other leaks repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No leaks were detected
Go To 7. 6. LEAK AT GAS CAP
Remove the SMOKE supply tip (black hose) from the service port (if equipped) or to the #8404-ADP adapter.
Install gas cap adapter, Miller Tool #8382 (1/4 turn cap) or #6922 (screw cap) and #8399 (secondary seal depressor) and repeat test 5.
NOTE: The gas cap adapter is being used as a known good cap.
Was a leak found at the gas cap adapter?
Yes
Replace the Fuel Filler tube assembly.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Replace the gas cap. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . 7. EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
NOTE: After disconnecting the EVAP Purge Solenoid vacuum connections, inspect the lines and solenoid for any signs of contamination from the EVAP Canister. This may indicate a faulty check valve. Replace/repair as necessary.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the EVAP Purge Solenoid Vacuum hose at the Throttle Body.
NOTE: You are disconnecting the vacuum line at the Throttle Body so you are not disturbing the vacuum connection at the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
Press the remote smoke/air start button on the EELD.
While holding the remote smoke/air start button, check to see if smoke is exiting the EVAP Purge Solenoid Vacuum hose at the Throttle Body. This indicates that there is a leak internal to the purge valve.
NOTE: Below is an optional method of checking the purge valve for leaks if the EELD is unavailable.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the vacuum supply hose at the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 in HG to the "CAN" of the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
NOTE: Monitor the vacuum gauge for at least 15 seconds.
Is smoke visible from the EVAP Purge Solenoid if using the EELD, or not hold a vacuum?
Yes
Replace the EVAP Purge Solenoid. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Go To 8. 8. EVAP SYSTEM MONITOR SWITCH
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EVAP System Monitor Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM).
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals.
Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and the Powertrain Control Module connectors.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
Were any problems found?
Yes
Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Replace the EVAP System Monitor Switch per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0457-LOOSE FUEL CAP📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Fuel level is recorded when the ignition key is turned off and is compared to the fuel level when the ignition key is turned back on. The PCM recognizes an increase in fuel level and will fail the Medium leak test because the fuel cap is broken or not installed properly. GAS CAP will be displayed in odometer to inform the owner that the cap is off of loose.

When monitored

Ignition on. Ambient Temperature between 4° C and 32° C (39° F and 89° F). Close Loop fuel system. Test runs after the medium leak test is inconclusive and the PCM has senses a fuel increase.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If a leak greater than.090" is detected by the PCM for two consecutive cold start trips after a significant fuel level change, this DTC will set. One good trip turns off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • LOOSE OR MISSING FUEL CAP
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
NOTE
If DTC P0455-EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK is set along with this DTC, perform the diagnostic procedure for P0455 before continuing with this test.
NOTE
Do not replace the gas cap for DTC P0457-EVAP SYSTEM - LOOSE FUEL CAP.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the status Active for DTC P0455-EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK along with this DTC?
Yes Perform the diagnostic procedure for P0455-EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK.
No No repair is necessary. Verify that the gas cap is in place and tight. Clear DTCs and follow the directions outlined in the service information under Instrument Cluster on resetting the odometer or message center display.
figure
P0461-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 PERFORMANCE📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fuel level rationality will set a fault for a fuel level reading that does not change over an accumulated mileage threshold to keep stuck high or stuck low fuel levels from disabling OBD monitors. If the vehicle is fitted with a saddle tank fuel system this feature includes diagnostics for both of the sending units and diagnostics for a siphon tube that has become disconnected or plugged. The power up test looks to see a large enough fuel level voltage change from the last key-off to the following engine run. The engine run test looks to see a fuel level voltage change over an accumulated mileage.

When monitored

TEST No.1: With the ignition on, the fuel level is compared to the previous key down after a 20 second delay. TEST No.2: The PCM monitors the fuel level at ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
TEST No.1: If the PCM does not see a difference in fuel level of greater than 0.1 volt the test will fail. TEST No.2: If the PCM does not see a change in the fuel level of.1765 over a set amount of miles the test will fail. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K91) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • FUEL TANK
  • FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose any CAN - C or CAN - B Communication DTCs before continuing.
NOTE
Diagnose P0462 or P0463 first, if set along with P0461.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUALLY INSPECT FUEL TANK
Visually inspect the Fuel Tank for damage that may restrict the Fuel Sending Unit float from moving. Is the Fuel Tank OK?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Fuel Tank as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To TIPM Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Disconnect the C7 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector to the TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit in the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K91) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To TIPM Harness Connector Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector to the C1 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the open in the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
INTERNAL INSPECTION OF THE FUEL TANK
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Remove the Fuel Tank per Service Information. Remove the Fuel Pump Module. Visually inspect the inside of the Fuel Tank for any obstructions or deformities. Inspect the Fuel Pump Module Float arm for damage. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact at the Fuel Pump Module and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Fuel Level Sensor if no problems were found at the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The fuel level sensor signal voltage goes below the minimum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K91) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose any CAN - C or CAN - B Communication DTCs before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using a fused jumper wire, jump the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit to the (N4) Fuel Level Sensor No.1 Signal circuit in the Fuel Pump Motor harness connector. Did the Fuel gauge level change from empty to full?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact at the Fuel Pump Module, and the Totally Integrated Power Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Level Sensor/Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C7 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit in the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K91) SENSOR GROUND
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit and the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit and the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Connector To TIPM Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector to the C7 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Pump Module and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump Module and the TIPM connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The fuel level sensor signal voltage at the PCM goes above a calibrated voltage for more than 90 seconds. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K91) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose any CAN - C or CAN - B Communication DTCs before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module electrical harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the Fuel Level Signal voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit and the (K91) Sensor ground circuit. Did the Fuel Level voltage change from approximately 5 volts to 0 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump Module and the TIPM connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Level Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
3
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C7 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit in the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To TIPM Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector to the C7 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K91) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To TIPM Harness Connector Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector to the TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Pump Module and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump Module and the TIPM connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0480-COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cooling Fan Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM is requesting the TIPM to turn on the Cooling Fan On and it is not operating. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS FAILURE
  • ENGINE COOLANT TEMP SENSOR DTCS SET
  • COOLING FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT DTCS SET IN THE TIPM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CAN C or ECT DTCS CURRENTLY ACTIVE
Are any CAN C or ECT DTCs Active at this time?
Yes Refer to the appropriate diagnostics for the ECT Sensor or CAN C Bus DTC.
No Go To 3.
3
COOLING FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT DTCS SET IN THE TIPM
Are any Cooling Fan Control Circuit DTCs set in the TIPM?
Yes Diagnose the appropriate Cooling Fan Control Circuit DTC in the TIPM
No Go To 4.
4
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Relay, Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM), and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Relay, Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM), and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0481-COOLING FAN 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cooling Fan Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM is requesting the TIPM to turn on the Cooling Fan On and it is not operating. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS FAILURE
  • ENGINE COOLANT TEMP SENSOR DTCS SET
  • COOLING FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT DTCS SET IN THE TIPM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CAN C or ECT DTCS CURRENTLY ACTIVE
Are any CAN C or ECT DTCs Active at this time?
Yes Refer to the appropriate diagnostics for the ECT Sensor or CAN C Bus DTC.
No Go To 3.
3
COOLING FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT DTCS SET IN THE TIPM
Are any Cooling Fan Control Circuit DTCs set in the TIPM?
Yes Diagnose the appropriate Cooling Fan Control Circuit DTC in the TIPM
No Go To 4.
4
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Relay, Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM), and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Relay, Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM), and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 PERFORMANCE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The vehicle speed sensor rationality is a continuous test that monitors the vehicle speed sensor for lack of activity. The rationality will not run if a limp-in exists for MAP, Throttle Position, and Engine Coolant Temperature. If vehicle speed sensor is below a minimum threshold for a period of time after the vehicle is operated at a sufficient load, a failure will be indicated.

When monitored

With the engine running, transmission not in park or neutral, brakes not applied, and engine RPM greater than 1500.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This code will set if no vehicle speed signal is received from the ABS Module up to 120 seconds for 2 consecutive trips. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • ACTIVE BUS OR COMMUNICATION DTCS
  • TIRE CIRCUMFERENCE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Check for any Bus Communication DTCs. If no Bus or Communication DTCs are set, check for active DTCs stored in the Anti-Lock Brake Module. Any bus or communication DTCs or VSS DTCs in the Anti-Lock Brake Module must be properly diagnosed before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle for the fault to become Active.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the status Active or Pending for this DTC?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
This code can set due to tire circumference differences and from the front or rear wheels being on a slippery surface while the opposite tires are not.
This code may also set on a hard acceleration on loose gravel or during other off road driving conditions. Check tire pressure of all the tires. Check tire wear on all the tires. Ask the customer what the road and driving conditions were like when the fault set. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. If the code set during a front OR rear wheel spin condition, no repair is necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Wheel Speed Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Wheel Speed Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0503-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 ERRATIC📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The vehicle speed sensor rationality is a continuous test that monitors the vehicle speed sensor for lack of activity. The rationality will not run if a limp-in exists for MAP, Throttle Position, and Engine Coolant Temperature. If vehicle speed sensor is below a minimum threshold for a period of time after the vehicle is operated at a sufficient load, a failure will be indicated.

When monitored

Ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Transmission in Drive or Reverse.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This code will set if no vehicle speed signal is received from the ABS Module up to 120 seconds for 2 consecutive trips. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • ACTIVE BUS OR COMMUNICATION DTCS
  • TIRE CIRCUMFERENCE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Check for any Bus Communication DTCs. If no Bus or Communication DTCs are set, check for active DTCs stored in the Anti-Lock Brake Module. Any bus or communication DTCs or VSS DTCs in the Anti-Lock Brake Module must be properly diagnosed before continuing.
With a scan tool, view DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
This code can set due to tire circumference differences and from the front or rear wheels being on a slippery surface while the opposite tires are not.
This code may also set on a hard acceleration on loose gravel or during other off road driving conditions. Check tire pressure of all the tires. Check tire wear on all the tires. Ask the customer what the road and driving conditions were like when the fault set. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. If the code set during a front OR rear wheel spin condition, no repair is necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Wheel Speed Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Wheel Speed Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0506-IDLE SPEED PERFORMANCE LOWER THAN EXPECTED
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The objective of the Idle Speed Rationality is to monitor the ability to achieve and maintain a steady idle condition. The monitor will judge the functionality of the idle speed control system by monitoring RPM during idle. If RPM does not come within a calibrated deadband of target idle speed, a timer is started. If the timer reaches its maximum threshold without any sign of the RPM trending towards control, a soft failure is generated.

When monitored

With the engine idling in drive, the brake applied, engine run time above a minimum calibrated value, and no VSS, MAF/MAP, ECT, TPS, ETC, CKP Sensor, fuel system, or injector DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Engine speed is 100 RPM or more below target idle speed for 30 seconds. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
  • PCV SYSTEM RESTRICTIONS
  • THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If any other Throttle Body DTCs are present, they must be diagnosed and
repaired before continuing this test. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
Inspect the Air Induction System for the following problems: Restrictions: Dirty Air Cleaner, Foreign material trapped in the air intake tube, etc. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
PCV SYSTEM
Inspect the PCV system for the following problems: Restrictions - sticking valve, collapsed hoses or tubes, obstructed passages or ports, etc. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
THROTTLE BODY OPERATION
Inspect the throttle body for carbon build up, other restrictions, and a bent throttle plate using a straight edge.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
While the vehicle is running, lightly tap on ETC Motor with your hand and listen for idle to raise. Were any problems found or did the idle fluctuate while tapping on the ETC Motor?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact at the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P0507-IDLE SPEED PERFORMANCE HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The objective of the Idle Speed Rationality is to monitor the ability to achieve and maintain a steady idle condition. The monitor will judge the functionality of the idle speed control system by monitoring RPM during idle. If RPM does not come within a calibrated deadband of target idle speed, a timer is started. If the timer reaches its maximum threshold without any sign of the RPM trending towards control, a soft failure is generated.

When monitored

With the engine idling in drive, the brake applied, engine run time above a minimum calibrated value, and no VSS, MAF/MAP, ECT, TPS, ETC, CKP Sensor, fuel system, or injector DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Engine speed is 200 RPM or more above target idle speed for 30 seconds. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM LEAKS
  • PCV SYSTEM LEAKS
  • ENGINE VACUUM LEAKS
  • THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If any other Throttle Body DTCs are present, they must be diagnosed and repaired before continuing this test.
Start the engine.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
Inspect the Air Induction System for the following problems: Leaks: Air Intake tube connection, Air Cleaner housing, etc. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair or replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
PCV SYSTEM
Inspect the PCV system for the following problems: Leaks - cracked or damaged hoses or tubes, poor hose or tube connections, PCV valve stuck open, etc. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
ENGINE VACUUM LEAKS
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine. Inspect the vehicle for external vacuum leaks. Inspect the engine for internal leaks. Were any vacuum leaks found?
Yes Repair the vacuum leak as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
THROTTLE BODY OPERATION
Inspect the throttle body for carbon build up, other restrictions, and a bent throttle plate using a straight edge.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
While the vehicle is running, lightly tap on ETC Motor with your hand and listen for idle to raise. Were any problems found or did the idle fluctuate while tapping on the ETC Motor?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact at the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P050B-COLD START IGNITION TIMING PERFORMANCE📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: Starting Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Spark adjustment during a cold start is intended to provide quick response to idle speed variations. The spark adjust diagnostics monitors spark advance on a cold start over a period of time, then compares the average spark advance to a threshold.

When monitored

Cold start condition. Ambient Air temperature between -7° C and 50 ° C (19.4° F and 122° F). Engine Coolant temperature between -7° C and 50 ° C (19.4° F and 122° F). The difference between the Ambient Air temp and ECT temp at Start is equal to or less than 10° C (50° F). Engine running at idle only.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Engine RPM is 50 RPM or more (depending on vehicle specifications), below idle speed for at least 3 seconds and the average spark advance is above the threshold, too much spark advance, for a specified time limit. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • RESTRICTED INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
  • LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
  • FUEL CONTAMINATION
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT
  • ETC MOTOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Low battery voltage can also cause excessive current draw, in very hot and very cold ambient temperatures. Make sure the battery can pass a load test before continuing.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Diagnose any other PCM DTCs before continuing. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
THROTTLE PLATE INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly from the Throttle Body. Check for any signs of a foreign material (ice, dirt, or excessive carbon build up) on the Throttle Plate or in the bore causing the Throttle Plate to stick. Were any signs of foreign material or scoring of the throttle plate or bore found?
Yes Remove the debris if possible or replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
DIRTY AIR FILTER
Remove and inspect the Air Filter. Is the Air Filter dirty?
Yes Replace the Air Filter. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
CONTAMINATED FUEL
Inspect the Fuel for contamination. (Dirt, water, or other foreign material) Is the fuel contaminated?
Yes Drain the Fuel from the fuel tank into an approved gas holding tank and add clean fuel. Refer to

Standard procedure

No
Go To 5.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K126) ETC Negative circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
ETC MOTOR
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Take the following measurement using special tool #8815 to avoid possible damage to the Throttle Body harness connector.
Connect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect special tool #8815-1 from the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the ETC Motor by probing the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815 for the (K124) ETC Positive circuit and the (K126) ETC Negative circuit. Is the resistance between 2.5 and 25 ohms at closed throttle?
Yes Go To 8.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
P050D-COLD START ROUGH IDLE📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: Starting Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The objective of the Dynamic Crankshaft Fuel Control is to reduce the fuel as much as possible during a cold start. The DCFC begins subtracting fuel from a high limit upon a cold start and keeps removing fuel in an attempt to get to a calibrated lean limit. DCFC stops removing fuel when rough idle is detected or the lean limit is reached.

When monitored

Cold start condition. Ambient Air temperature between -7° C and 50° C (19.4° F and 122° F). Engine Coolant temperature between -7° C and 50° C (19.4° F and 122° F). The difference between the Ambient Air temp and ECT temp at Start is equal to or less than 10° C (50° F). Engine running at idle only.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If a rough idle is detected and the Dynamic Crankshaft Fuel Control remains or returns to the high limit window for a calibrated time. Two trip fault.

Possible causes

  • ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
  • 1/1 O2 SENSOR
  • MAP SENSOR
  • ECT SENSOR
  • IGNITION COIL
  • SPARK PLUG
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • INTERNAL FUEL LEAK
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECKING FOR CYLINDER MISFIRE CONDITION PRESENT
NOTE
Check for any TSBs that apply to a Misfire condition. Review the vehicle repair history for any misfire condition repairs that have been performed.
NOTE
Reviewing the vehicle repair history may aid in the repair of the misfire condition.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is P0300 or any other Misfire DTCs set along with the P050D. Is there a misfire present at this time?
Yes Refer to the appropriate Cylinder Misfire Diagnostic procedure. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 2.
2
ACTIVE DTC
Diagnose all other trouble codes before continuing.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged an O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 3.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
3
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
The DTC needs to be cleared before actuating the System Test, if the DTC is not cleared, the System Test may not be allowed to actuate.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Turn the ignition off. Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 4. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . Below Specification Go To 13.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
4
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor's Signal or Return circuit is shorted to ground the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings low. The O2 Sensor that is shorted to ground will display a voltage reading near or at 0 volts.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor Signal or Return circuits are shorted to voltage, the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings high.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
With a scan tool, monitor all of the O2 Sensor voltage readings. Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts for all the O2 Sensors?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 9.
5
1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize at 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the 1/1 O2 Heater Test.
NOTE
The DTC needs to be cleared before actuating the Heater Test, if the DTC is not cleared, the Heater Test may not be allowed to actuate.
With the scan tool, monitor 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/1 O2 Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found in the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the scan tool, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value. Is the scan tool reading within 1" of Hg on the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the MAP Sensor if no problems were found in the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
NOTE
For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly.
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak)
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to
cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached. Start the Engine. During engine warm-up, monitor the ECT Sensor value. The temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temperature 82° C (180° F). The value should reach at least 82° C (180° F). Did the ECT value increase smoothly and did it reach at least 82° C (180° F)?
Yes Go To 8.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ETC Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor if no problems were found in the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
Turn the ignition off. Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
9
1/1 O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage. O2 Sensor voltage should read between 4.1 and 5.0 volts on the scan tool with the connector disconnected. Connect a jumper wire between the (K41) O2 1/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The voltage should drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire in place.
Did the O2 Sensor voltage change from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
10
(K41) O2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With a scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage reading with the jumper wire removed.
NOTE
The scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings approximately 5.0 volts when only one O2 Sensor's Signal circuit is shorted to voltage.
NOTE
The scan tool will display one O2 Sensor voltage close to zero and the others will read lower than normal when one O2 Sensor Signal circuit contains excessive resistance.
Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 11.
No Check the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 12.
No Check the O2 Return circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
13
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 between disconnected fuel line and the fuel pump module. Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on tool #6539. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
The DTC needs to be cleared before actuating the System Test, if the DTC is not cleared, the System Test may not be allowed to actuate.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 14.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
14
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
FUEL PUMP MODULE
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump Module, Relay, Cluster, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Fuel Pump Module if no problems were found in the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
P0513-INVALID SKIM KEY
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects an invalid SKIM key. One Trip Fault.

Possible causes

  • INCORRECT VIN PROGRAMMED IN THE PCM
  • NO COMMUNICATION WITH SKIM
  • NO VIN PROGRAMMED IN THE PCM
  • IGNITION KEY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, select View PCM DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 6.
2
NO COMMUNICATION WITH SKIM
With the scan tool, attempt to communicate with the SKIM. Can the scan tool communicate with the SKIM?
Yes Go To 3.
No Refer to VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS and perform the appropriate Diagnostic Procedure. Perform SKREEM/SKIM VERIFICATION TEST .
3
SKIM TROUBLE CODES SET
With the scan tool, check for SKIM DTCs. Are any DTCs present in the SKIM?
Yes Refer to VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS and perform the appropriate Diagnostic Procedure. Perform SKREEM/SKIM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
VIN PROGRAMMED INTO PCM
With the scan tool, display the VIN that is programmed in the PCM. Has a VIN been programmed into the PCM?
Yes Go To 5.
No Program the correct VIN into the PCM and retest. Perform SKREEM/SKIM VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Turn the ignition off. Replace and program the SKIM per Service Information. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, erase all SKIM and PCM DTCs. Attempt to start and idle the engine. With the scan tool, select View PCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display this code?
Yes NOTE: Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information.
Perform SKREEM/SKIM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
6
IGNITION KEY
NOTE
You must obtain the SKIM pin number.
NOTE
This DTC could have been set if the SKIM harness connector was disconnected, or if the SKIM was replaced recently.
NOTE
All keys that the customer uses for this vehicle must be tested to verify they are operating properly.
Ignition on, engine not running. Verify the correct VIN is programmed into the PCM and SKIM. Turn the ignition off. With the next customer key turn the ignition key on and crank the engine to start. With the scan tool, read the PCM DTCs. Look for P0513. Is the DTC P0513 still active?
Yes Replace the Ignition Key. Perform SKREEM/SKIM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
NOTE
If this DTC cannot be reset, it could have been an actual theft attempt.
P0522-ENGINE OIL PRESSURE TOO LOW📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition key on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the Engine Oil Pressure Sensor input voltage is below the minimum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (G6) OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (G6) OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (G6) OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Oil Pressure Switch harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool monitor the Oil Pressure Switch state. Connect a jumper wire to the (G6) Oil Pressure Signal circuit in the Sensor harness connector. Touch the other end of the jumper wire to a known good Ground several times. Did the Oil Pressure Switch state change from High to Low when connecting and disconnecting the jumper wire to ground?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oil Pressure Switch and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Engine Oil Pressure Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
3
(G6) OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (G6) Oil Pressure Signal circuit in the Switch harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage on the (G6) Oil Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(G6) OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (G6) Oil Pressure Signal circuit from the Oil Pressure Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (G6) Oil Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(G6) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between a known good ground and the (G6) Oil Pressure Signal circuit in the Switch connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (G6) Oil Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Oil Pressure Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oil Pressure Switch and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0532-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW📷 7
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running, AC is learned, and AC Clutch Relay energized.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the A/C Pressure Transducer input voltage is below the minimum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (C818) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (C818) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
  • (C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (C918) A/C PRESSURE
  • TRANSDUCER GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose any CAN - C Communication DTCs before continuing.
NOTE
Make sure the A/C refrigerant System is properly charged per Service Information.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs
before continuing with this test. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(C818) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (C818) 5-volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 to 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 7.
3
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
The A/C Pressure Transducer Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit in the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (C918) SENSOR GROUND
CIRCUIT Ground Circuit In The A/C Pressure Transducer Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit and the (C918) Sensor Ground circuit in the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (C918) Sensor Ground circuit and the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Transducer Harness Connector To C1 TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance of the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit from the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector to C1 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
Connect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, monitor the A/C Pressure Transducer voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the A/C Pressure Transducer and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the A/C Pressure Transducer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
7
(C818) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Transducer Harness Connector To The C1 TIPM Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (C818) 5-volt Supply circuit from the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector to the C1 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the open in the (C818) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
(C818) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Pressure Transducer Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (C818) 5-volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (C818) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related A/C Pressure Transducer and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the A/C Pressure Transducer and the Totally Integrated Power Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0533-A/C PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running and the A/C Clutch Relay energized.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the A/C Pressure Transducer input voltage is above the maximum acceptable value. One trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (C818) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (C918) A/C PRESSURE GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose any CAN - C Communication DTCs before continuing.
NOTE
Make sure the A/C refrigerant system is properly charged per Service Information.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
Circuit In The Transducer Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, monitor the A/C Pressure Transducer voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit and the (C918) Sensor Ground circuit in the Transducer harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the A/C Pressure Transducer and the Totally Integrated Power Module connectors. If OK, replace the A/C Pressure Transducer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
3
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Transducer Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit in the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Transducer Harness Connector To C1 TIPM Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit from the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector to C1 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(C18) A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (C818) 5-VOLT SUPPLY
CIRCUIT Supply Circuit In The A/C Pressure Transducer Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit and the (C818) 5-volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Transducer harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (C818) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (C18) A/C Pressure Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(C918) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Harness Connector To The C1 TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance of the (C918) Sensor Ground circuit from the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector to the C1 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (C918) Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related A/C Pressure Transducer and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the A/C Pressure Transducer and the Totally Integrated Power Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0562-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Charging Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Engine RPM greater than 1000 RPM. With no other charging system codes set.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Battery voltage is less than the desired voltage for more than 10 seconds. Battery voltage greater than 15.75 volts. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • RESISTANCE IN THE (A801) BATTERY POSITIVE CIRCUIT
  • RESISTANCE IN THE GENERATOR CASE GROUND
  • (K125) GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K125) GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • GENERATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Make sure the Battery is in good condition. Using the Midtronics Battery Tester, test the Battery before continuing.
NOTE
Inspect the vehicle for after market accessories that may exceed the Generator System output.
NOTE
Make sure the generator drive belt is in good operating condition.
NOTE
Inspect the fuses in the TIPM. If an open fuse is found, use the wire diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors for damage.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
BATTERY
NOTE
Make sure the Battery is in good condition. Using the Midtronics Battery Tester or an equivalent Battery tester, test the Battery before continuing.
Does the Battery pass the load test for this specific application?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Battery per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(A801) B+ CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Make sure all wires are clear of the engine's moving parts.
Measure the voltage between the (A801) B+ Terminal at the Generator and the Battery + Post. Start the engine. Is the voltage above 0.4 of a volt?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance in the (A801) B+ circuit between the Generator and Battery. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
GENERATOR CASE GROUND HIGH RESISTANCE
Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
NOTE
Make sure all wires are clear of the engine's moving parts.
Measure the voltage between the Generator case and Battery ground post. Is the voltage above 0.1 of a volt?
Yes Repair excessive resistance in the Generator Ground between the Generator Case and Battery ground side. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
GENERATOR OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K125) Generator Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector.
NOTE
Make sure the test light is probing the circuit before actuating the Test or a DTC may set and not allow the actuation.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the Generator Field Driver.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Generator if no problems were found with the connectors.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K125) GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit from the Generator harness connector to the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K125) GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Generator and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0563-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Charging Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Engine RPM greater than 1000 RPM. With no other charging system codes set.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Battery voltage is 1 volt greater than desired voltage for more than 10 seconds. Battery voltage greater than 15.75 volts. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K125) GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • GENERATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Make sure the Battery is in good condition. Using the Midtronics Battery Tester, test the Battery before continuing.
NOTE
Inspect the vehicle for after market accessories that may exceed the Generator System output.
NOTE
Inspect the fuses in the TIPM. If a fuse is open use the wire diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors for damage.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
GENERATOR OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K125) Generator Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the Generator Field Driver.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection
to the battery. Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Generator if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K125) FIELD CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit at the Generator Field harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K125) Gen Field Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Generator and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0642-SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE 1 CIRCUIT LOW📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes the Primary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage is too low. One Trip Fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO GROUND
  • SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND
  • 5-VOLT SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Improperly installed aftermarket accessories can cause this DTC to set. Check for any improperly installed aftermarket accessories before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Disconnect all the Sensors that share the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
5-VOLT SENSOR
Connector Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all the previously disconnected Sensors except for the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage below 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the CKP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
5-VOLT SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND
Connector Measure the voltage on the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit at the CKP Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
You must Turn the Ignition OFF when disconnecting any of the Sensor harness connectors and Turn the Ignition On to check the voltage readings.
While monitoring the voltage, disconnect each Sensor harness connector that shares the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit, one at a time.
NOTE
Reconnect all the Sensors and clear all trouble codes before continuing.
Does the voltage increase above 4.5 volts when disconnecting any of the remaining Sensors?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Sensor that causes the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage to increase when disconnected. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0643-SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE 1 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes the Primary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage is too high. One Trip Fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Improperly installed aftermarket accessories can cause this DTC to set. Check for any improperly installed aftermarket accessories before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Disconnect all the Sensors that share the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit.
NOTE
Improperly installed aftermarket accessories can cause this DTC to set. Check for wiring added by customer.
Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit at the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
P0645-A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: A/T Circuit, RLE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. A/C Switch on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
An open or shorted condition is detected in the A/C clutch control circuit. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (C13) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (C13) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (C13) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, Clear DTCs in the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). With the scan tool, actuate the A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Control State. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(C13) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Stop the A/C Clutch actuation. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (C13) A/C Clutch Control circuit at the C1 TIPM harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (C13) A/C Clutch Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(C13) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (C13) A/C Clutch Control circuit from the C1 TIPM harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (C13) A/C Clutch Control circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(C13) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (C13) A/C Clutch Control circuit at the C1 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (C13) A/C Clutch Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OPERATION FROM THE PCM
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool in the PCM, actuate the A/C Clutch. With a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (C13) A/C Clutch Control circuit in the C1 TIPM harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes NOTE: Before continuing, check the TIPM harness connector terminals for
corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary. If OK, replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information.
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the A/C Clutch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the A/C Clutch and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0652-SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE 2 CIRCUIT LOW📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes the Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage is too low. One Trip Fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO GROUND
  • SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND
  • CAM POSITION SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Improperly installed aftermarket accessories can cause this DTC to set. Check for any improperly installed aftermarket accessories before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Disconnect all the Sensors that share the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
CMP SENSOR
Connector Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all the previously disconnected Sensors except for the CMP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage below 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the CMP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Camshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
5-VOLT SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND
Connector Measure the voltage on the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit at the CMP Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
You must Turn the Ignition OFF when disconnecting any of the Sensor harness connectors and Turn the Ignition On to check the voltage readings.
While monitoring the voltage, disconnect each Sensor harness connector that shares the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit, one at a time. Does the voltage increase above 4.5 volts when disconnecting any of the Sensor harness connectors?
Yes Replace the Sensor that causes the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage to increase when disconnected. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0653-SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE 2 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes the Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage is too high. One Trip Fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Improperly installed aftermarket accessories can cause this DTC to set. Check for any improperly installed aftermarket accessories before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Disconnect all the Sensors that share the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit.
NOTE
Improperly installed aftermarket accessories can cause this DTC to set. Check for wiring added by customer.
Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit at the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
P0685-AUTO SHUTDOWN CONTROL CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With ignition on. Battery voltage above 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The actual ASD state is not equal to the desired ASD state. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K51) ASD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
  • (K51) ASD CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K51) ASD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K51) ASD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Stop the ASD actuation. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Disconnect the C2 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K51) ASD Control circuit at the C2 TIPM harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K51) ASD Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K51) ASD CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Appropriate Terminals Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K51) ASD Control circuit from the TIPM harness connector to the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (K51) ASD Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K51) ASD CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (K51) ASD Control circuit at the C2 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K51) ASD Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
ASD CONTROL OPERATION FROM THE PCM
Connect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool in the PCM, actuate the ASD. With a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K51) ASD Control circuit in the C2 TIPM harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash on and off?
Yes NOTE: Before continuing, check the TIPM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
If OK, replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information.
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related TIPM and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the TIPM and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0688-AUTO SHUTDOWN SENSE CIRCUIT LOW📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With ignition key on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
No voltage sensed at the PCM when the ASD is energized or voltage is sensed when the ASD is not energized. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F342) ASD CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (F342) ASD CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (F342) ASD CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY ASD DTC
NOTE
If any O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH DTCs set along with P0688- AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW, all of the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuits need to be checked for a short to battery voltage.
NOTE
If any of the following component DTC(s) have set along with P0688, diagnose them first before continuing. Ignition Coil(s) Fuel Injector(s) ASD Control ASD Control Output (TIPM DTC)
Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC currently Active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (F342) ASD CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Connector To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Disconnect the C5 TIPM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform
diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (F342) ASD Control Output circuit from the C5 TIPM harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (F342) ASD Control Output circuit. Inspect the related in-line connectors and splices. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (F342) ASD CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Connector To Appropriate Terminals Of Special Tool #8815 Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (F342) ASD Control Output circuit from the C5 TIPM harness connector to the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms at each terminal?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (F342) ASD Control Output circuits. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(F342) ASD CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (F342) ASD Control Output circuit at the C5 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (F342) ASD Control Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(F342) ASD CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Harness Connector Ignition on, engine not running. Using a voltmeter measure the voltage on the (F342) ASD Control Output circuit in the C5 TIPM harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to volage in the (F342) ASD Control Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C1 and C3 PCM harness connectors and the C5 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool in the PCM, actuate the ASD. With a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K51) ASD Control circuit at the C2 TIPM terminal connection. Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash on an off during the actuation?
Yes NOTE: Before continuing, check the TIPM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
If OK, replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related TIPM and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the TIPM and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0691-COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cooling Fan Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM is requesting the TIPM to turn on the Cooling Fan On and it is not operating. The TIPM detects an open in the Relay Coil Control circuit. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • LOW SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
LOW SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY
NOTE
Inspect the related Fuse.
Turn the ignition off. Verify the Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay is installed properly and that the terminals are making a tight fit. Remove the Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay and substitute it with a known good Relay. Start the engine. With a scan tool, actuate the Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Is the Cooling Fan operating?
Yes Replace the Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Cooling Fan Module, TIPM, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Cooling Fan Module, TIPM, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
P0692-COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cooling Fan Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM is requesting the TIPM to turn on the Cooling Fan On and it is not operating. The TIPM detects a shorted condition in the Relay Coil Control circuit. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • LOW SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
LOW SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY
NOTE
Inspect the related Fuse.
Turn the ignition off. Verify the Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay is installed properly and that the terminals are making a tight fit. Remove the Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay and substitute it with a known good Relay. Start the engine. With a scan tool, actuate the Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Is the Cooling Fan operating?
Yes Replace the Low Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Cooling Fan Module, TIPM, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Cooling Fan Module, TIPM, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
P0693-COOLING FAN 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cooling Fan Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM is requesting the TIPM to turn on the Cooling Fan On and it is not operating. The TIPM detects an open or short to ground in the Relay Coil Control circuit. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K175) HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K175) HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY
NOTE
Inspect the related Fuse.
Turn the ignition off. Verify the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay is installed properly and that the terminals are making a tight fit. Remove the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay and substitute it with a known good Relay. Start the engine. With a scan tool, actuate the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Is the Cooling Fan operating?
Yes Replace the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K175) HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
Circuit Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 TIPM harness connector. Remove the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K175) High Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control circuit at the relay connection. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K175) High Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K175) HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K175) High Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control circuit from the C3 TIPM harness connector to the Relay connection. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the open or excessive resistance in the (K175) High Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Cooling Fan Module, TIPM, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Cooling Fan Module, TIPM, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
P0694-COOLING FAN 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cooling Fan Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM is requesting the TIPM to turn on the Cooling Fan On and it is not operating. The TIPM detects a short to voltage in the Relay Coil Control circuit. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K175) HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY
NOTE
Inspect the related Fuse.
Turn the ignition off. Verify the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay is installed properly and that the terminals are making a tight fit. Remove the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay and substitute it with a known good Relay. Start the engine. With a scan tool, actuate the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Is the Cooling Fan operating?
Yes Replace the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K175) HIGH SPEED COOLING FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 TIPM harness connector. Remove the High Speed Cooling Fan Relay. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K175) High Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control circuit at the relay connection. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K175) High Speed Cooling Fan Relay Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Cooling Fan Module, TIPM, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Cooling Fan Module, TIPM, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
P0700-TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)
⚡ Wiring diagram: A/T Circuit, RLE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
An active DTC is stored in the TCM. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • DTC PRESENT IN THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC PRESENT IN EATX CONTROLLER
This is an informational DTC letting you know that a DTC(s) is stored in the Transmission Control Module. Erase this DTC from the PCM after all Transmission DTC(s) have been repaired. Using a scan tool, read the Transmission Controller DTC and refer to 42RLE - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS and perform the appropriate symptom. PCM Diagnostic Information complete. Continue Test Complete.
P0703-BRAKE SWITCH 2 PERFORMANCE📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Anti-lock Brakes Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes Brake Switch No.2 voltage is not equal to the applied value at the PCM when Brake Switch No.1 is applied. This could be a normal condition. If this condition is seen repeatedly by the PCM the fault is set. Cruise will not work for the rest of the key cycle.

Possible causes

  • (F941) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • STOP LAMP SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Make sure the Stop Lamp Switch is adjusted properly before continuing.
NOTE
Make sure the Stop Lamp Switch is properly wired, such as (B15) Brake Signal 1 and (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit are not switched at the harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(F941) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
NOTE
Inspect the related Fuse.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Inspect the related fuse and repair as necessary.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit terminal and the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Measure the resistance between the (Z910) Ground circuit terminal and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Apply and release the Stop Lamp Switch while monitoring the ohmmeter. Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to open circuit for each circuit check?
Yes Go To 4.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Stop Lamp Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the open in the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0850-PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH PERFORMANCE📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The Park Neutral switch rationality test is enabled only for vehicles equipped with a 4/5 speed automatic transmission. This diagnostic checks if the park/neutral switch is incorrectly stuck in the neutral position during driving conditions by comparing Vehicle Speed, Engine Speed, Throttle Position, and Pressure Ratio to the fail thresholds and by looking at the state of the Park/Neutral Switch. The stuck in drive condition is not explicitly checked as the starter relay does not energize and therefore render the vehicle inoperable.

When monitored

Continuously with the transmission in Park, Neutral, or Drive and NOT in Limp-in mode.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This code will set if the PCM detects an irrational Park/Neutral switch state for at least one minute. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • TRS (T41) SENSE (P/N SENSE) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • TRS (T41) SENSE (P/N SENSE) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
P/N & D/R NOT IN CORRECT POSITION
NOTE
Check the TCM for DTCs, if P0706 is set in the TCM diagnose the TCM code before continuing.
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, read the Park/Neutral Position Switch input state. While moving the gear selector through all gear positions (Park to 1 and back to Park), monitor the scan tool display. Did the scan tool display show P/N and D/R in the correct gear positions?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 2.
2
TRS (T41) SENSE (P/N SENSE) CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Disconnect the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the TRS (T41) Sense (P/N Sense) circuit from the TRS harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open in the TRS (T41) Sense (P/N Sense) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
TRS (T41) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS (T41) Sense (P/N Sense) circuit at the TRS harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the short to ground in the TRS (T41) Sense (P/N Sense) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
Measure the resistance between ground and the (T41) TRS Sense (P/N Sense) circuit while moving the gear selector through each gear in the TRS connector.
NOTE
The circuit is grounded in Park and Neutral and open in the other positions.
Did the resistance change from above 100k ohms (open) to below 10.0 ohms (grounded)?
Yes Go To 5.
No Replace the Transmission Range Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Transmission Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P1115-GENERAL TEMPERATURE RATIONALITY📷 13
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The General Temperature Rationality looks at the outputs of the three temperature sensors and compare them under cold start conditions. Following a start to run delay time, the outputs of the ambient, engine coolant, and intake air temperature sensors will be compared. If two sensors agree but not the third, the third sensor is declared as irrational. If all three sensors are irrational the General Temperature Sensor Rationality is failed.

When monitored

Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes and the vehicle has been driven for one minute over 35 mph. Ambient temperature is greater than -64° C (-83° F).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Once the vehicle is soaked for a calibrated engine off time and then driven over calibrated speed and load conditions for some calibrated time, the PCM compares the ambient air, engine coolant, and intake air temperature sensor values. If the values of all the three sensors disagree with one another, a general temperature sensor irrationality is declared. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition off. If possible, allow the vehicle to sit with the ignition off for more than 480 minutes in an environment where the temperature is consistent and above -7° C (19.4° F). Test drive the vehicle. The vehicle must exceed 48 km/h (30 mph) during the test drive. Do not cycle the ignition off when the test drive is completed. With a scan tool, select View the DTCs.
NOTE
All ECT, Intake Air, and Ambient Air Temperature Sensor codes must be diagnosed and repaired before continuing.
NOTE
In cold weather, this DTC could be set by a high powered block heater and no repair would be required.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
TEMPERATURE SENSOR READINGS
Turn the ignition off. Allow the vehicle to sit with the ignition off in an environment where the temperature is consistent and above -7° C (19.4° F) until the engine coolant temperature is equal to ambient temperature. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, compare the AAT, ECT, and IAT sensor values. Are all of the temperature sensor values within a range of 10° C (18° F)?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 3.
3
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Ignition on, engine not running. Disconnect the suspected faulty sensor. Connect a jumper wire between the Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor ground circuit. With the scan tool, read the voltage of the suspected Sensor. Did the voltage reading start at 4.8 to 5.0 volts and decrease to 0 volts when the jumper wire was installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Sensor if no problems were found in the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Sensor Harness Connector And C4 TIPM Harness Connector
NOTE
If the vehicle is equipped with ESP the AAT Sensor Signal circuit is a direct feed to the C2 BCM circuit. The PCM receives AAT Sensor Signal input over the CAN C Bus circuit. If the vehicle is not equipped with ESP, the AAT Sensor is a direct feed to the PCM.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the C4 TIPM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Signal circuit from the Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 or the C4 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance in the Temperature Sensor Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Connector To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Connector To C4 TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit from the Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 or the C4 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance in the Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Sensor Signal circuit at the Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the Sensor Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the Sensor Signal circuit at the Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the Sensor Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+3 more figures in this topic
P1128-CLOSED LOOP FUELING NOT ACHIEVED - BANK 1📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running in closed loop mode.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Enable conditions are met and the 02 sensor has not been in closed loop control at least once on each of the two consecutive trips, the MIL illuminates and the DTC is set. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL

Possible causes

  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
  • 1/1 O2 SENSOR
  • MAP SENSOR
  • ECT SENSOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
  • FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Diagnose all other trouble codes before continuing. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by
reviewing the Freeze Frame data. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Turn the ignition off. Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 3. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . Below Specification Go To 12.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
3
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor's Signal or Return circuit is shorted to ground the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings low. The O2 Sensor that is shorted to ground will display a voltage reading near or at 0 volts.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor Signal or Return circuits are shorted to voltage, the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings high.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
With a scan tool, monitor all of the O2 Sensor voltage readings. Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts for all the O2 Sensors?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 8.
4
1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize at 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the 1/1 O2 Heater Test. With the scan tool, monitor 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the scan tool, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value. Is the scan tool reading within 1 inch of HG on the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes Go To 6.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
NOTE
For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly.
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak)
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up, monitor the ECT Sensor value. The temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temperature 82° C (180° F). The value should reach at least 82° C (180° F). Did the ECT value increase smoothly and did it reach at least 82° C (180° F)?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
Turn the ignition off. Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
8
1/1 O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage. O2 Sensor voltage should read between 4.1 and 5.0 volts on the scan tool with the connector disconnected. Connect a jumper wire between the (K41) Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The voltage should drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire in place.
Did the O2 Sensor voltage change from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
9
(K41) O2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With a scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage reading with the jumper wire removed.
NOTE
The scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings approximately 5.0 volts when only one O2 Sensor's Signal circuit is shorted to voltage.
NOTE
The scan tool will display one O2 Sensor voltage close to zero and the others will read lower than normal when one O2 Sensor Signal circuit contains excessive resistance.
Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 10.
No Check the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 11.
No Check the O2 Return circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 between disconnected fuel line and the fuel pump module. Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on tool #6539. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 14.
14
FUEL PUMP MODULE
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump Module, Relay, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
P1129-CLOSED LOOP FUELING NOT ACHIEVED - BANK 2📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running in closed loop mode.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Enable conditions are met and the 02 sensor has not been in closed loop control at least once on each of the two consecutive trips, the MIL illuminates and the DTC is set. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL

Possible causes

  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
  • 2/1 O2 SENSOR
  • MAP SENSOR
  • ECT SENSOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
  • FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Diagnose all other trouble codes before continuing.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged an O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Turn the ignition off. Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 3. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . Below Specification Go To 12.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
3
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor's Signal or Return circuit is shorted to ground the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings low. The O2 Sensor that is shorted to ground will display a voltage reading near or at 0 volts.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor Signal or Return circuits are shorted to voltage, the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings high.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
With the scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage reading. Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 8.
4
2/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize at 5.0 volts.
NOTE
Perform the following test on all O2 Sensors.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the 2/1 O2 Heater Test. With the scan tool, monitor 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the scan tool, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value. Is the scan tool reading within 1 inch of Hg on the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes Go To 6.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
NOTE
For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly.
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak).
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up, monitor the ECT Sensor value. The temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temperature 82° C (180° F). The value should reach at least 82° C (180° F). Did the ECT value increase smoothly and did it reach at least 82° C (180° F)?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
Turn the ignition off. Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral. ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications. ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications. ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely. TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications. POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks. FUEL - must be free of contamination. FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector. Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
8
O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage. O2 Sensor voltage should read between 4.1 and 5.0 volts on the scan tool with the connector disconnected. Connect a jumper wire between the (K43) O2 Sensor 2/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The voltage should drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire in place.
Did the O2 Sensor voltage change from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts when the jumper wire was installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
9
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With the scan tool, monitor all the O2 Sensor voltage reading with the jumper wire removed.
NOTE
The scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings approximately 5.0 volts when only one O2 Sensor's Signal circuit is shorted to voltage.
NOTE
The scan tool will display one O2 Sensor voltage close to zero and the others will read lower than normal when one O2 Sensor Signal circuit contains excessive resistance.
Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 10.
No Check all the O2 Signal circuits for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 11.
No Check the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 between disconnected fuel line and the fuel pump module. Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on tool #6539. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
13
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 14.
14
FUEL PUMP MODULE
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump Module, Relay, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
P1273-A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT 2 HIGH (TIPM)📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: A/T Circuit, RLE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. A/C Switch on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
A shorted high condition has been detected in the A/C Clutch Control output circuit by the TIPM. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (C3) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (Z904) A/C CLUTCH GROUND CIRCUIT
  • A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
A/C CLUTCH OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool under the PCM Actuators, actuate the A/C Clutch. Is the A/C Clutch actuating?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 2.
2
A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OPERATION FROM THE PCM
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool under the PCM Actuators, actuate the A/C Clutch. With a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (C13) A/C Clutch Control circuit in the C1 TIPM harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash on and off?
Yes Go To 3.
No Perform P0645-A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT
3
(C3) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the A/C Compressor Clutch harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit at the A/C Compressor Clutch harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
A/C CLUTCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe the (Z904) A/C Clutch ground circuit at the A/C Compressor Clutch harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (Z904) A/C Clutch ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
Ignition on, engine not running. Using the scan tool under the TIPM Actuators, actuate the A/C Clutch. With a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit at the A/C Compressor Clutch harness connector. Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the A/C Clutch, TIPM, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the A/C Compressor Clutch per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the A/C Clutch, TIPM, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the A/C Clutch, TIPM, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P1275-A/C CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT 2 OVERCURRENT (TIPM)📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: A/T Circuit, RLE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts. TIPM requesting A/C Clutch operation.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
An overcurrent condition is detected in the A/C Clutch control output circuit. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • TERMINAL DAMAGE OR CORROSION
  • A/C CLUTCH GROUND HIGH RESISTANCE
  • (C3) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
  • (C3) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
A/C CLUTCH OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool in the TIPM Actuators, actuate the A/C Clutch. Is the A/C Clutch actuating?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 2.
2
VISUAL AND PHYSICAL CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Disconnect the A/C Clutch harness connector. Inspect the terminal and connector condition. Check for signs of corrosion build up or damage the would compromise the terminal to controller pin connector.
NOTE
Make sure that all in-line connectors are inspected for corrosion and/or damage.
Visually inspect the wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially broken wires hidden in the wire insulation. Were any of the above conditions found?
Yes Repair or replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(C3) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE
Output Circuit In C1 TIPM Harness Connector With a jumper wire, connect one end to the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit in the A/C Clutch harness connector and the other to a clean chassis ground. Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit in the C1 TIPM harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compared the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(C3) A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
A/C Clutch Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit at the A/C Clutch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
A/C CLUTCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z904) A/C Clutch Ground circuit in the A/C Clutch harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compared the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (Z904) A/C Clutch Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
A/C CLUTCH CONTROL OUTPUT FROM TIPM
Reconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool in the TIPM Actuators, actuate the A/C Clutch. Using the 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (C3) A/C Clutch Control Output circuit in the A/C Clutch harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Replace the A/C Clutch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P129C-INVERTER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (TIPM)
⚡ Wiring diagram: Body Control Modules Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Once the inverter switch has been turned on, the CCN sends a request to the TIPM to turn on the Inverter.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
An open or shorted high condition has been detected in the Inverter Control output circuit by the TIPM. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (P805) INVERTER CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (P805) INVERTER CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • INVERTER MODULE
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(P805) INVERTER CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Inverter Module harness connector. Disconnect the TIPM C7 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the (P805) Inverter Control Output circuit at the Inverter Module harness connector. Is voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (P805) Inverter Control Output circuit. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .
No Go To 3.
3
INVERTER MODULE
Turn the ignition off. Reconnect the TIPM harness connector. Using a test light connected to ground, probe the Inverter Enable Switch Signal circuit at the Inverter Module harness connector. Using the scan tool, actuate the Inverter Enable control.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Replace the Inverter Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(P805) INVERTER CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TIPM harness connector. Disconnect the Inverter Module harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (P805) Inverter Control Output circuit between the TIPM and Inverter Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Repair the open in the (P805) Inverter Control Output circuit. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .
P129E-INVERTER CONTROL CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT (TIPM)
⚡ Wiring diagram: Body Control Modules Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
An overcurrent condition is detected in the Inverter Control Output circuit. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • TERMINAL DAMAGE OR CORROSION
  • (P805) INVERTER CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • INVERTER MODULE
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Low battery voltage can also cause excessive current draw, in very hot and very cold ambient temperatures. Make sure the battery can pass a load test before continuing.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Look closely at the temperatures at which this DTC set. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(P805) INVERTER CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TIPM harness connector. Disconnect the Inverter Module harness connector. Inspect the wiring connections for corrosion and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance between ground and the (P805) Inverter Control Output circuit at the Inverter Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the short to ground in the (P805) Inverter Control Output circuit. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .
3
INVERTER MODULE
Turn the ignition off. Reconnect the TIPM harness connector. Using a test light connected to ground, probe the Inverter Enable Switch Signal circuit at the Inverter Module harness connector. Using the scan tool, actuate the Inverter Enable control.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Replace the Inverter Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
P1404-EGR POSITION SENSOR RATIONALITY CLOSED📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The EGR valve has a position sensor and the EGR position rationality is designed to make sure that the valve moves freely within its operating range. Closed valve position reference check verifies that the valve is within its allowable upper and lower limits. The EGR position rationality test looks for a sustained error relative to commanded valve position.

When monitored

Engine running.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The EGR flow or valve movement is not what is expected. A rationality error has been detected for the EGR Open Position Performance. Two trip fault.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K34) EGR SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (Z904) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • EGR SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any EGR signal circuit high or low DTCs before continuing with this procedure.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose fitting clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result
in personal or fatal injury.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the EGR system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the EGR system until it has cooled.
NOTE
Attempt to operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle within the DTC monitoring conditions in order for this DTC to set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the EGR Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K35) EGR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit from the EGR Solenoid harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (K35) EGR Solenoid Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K34) EGR SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K34) EGR Sensor Signal circuit in the EGR Solenoid harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K34) EGR Sensor Signal circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(Z904) GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector. Using a 12 volt test light connected to the 12 volts, check the (Z904) Ground circuit in the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go to 6.
No Repair the (Z904) Ground circuit for an open circuit of high resistance. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K35) EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off. Connect the EGR Valve Assembly connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter, perform a voltage drop test by backprobing the (K35) EGR Control circuit at the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector and probing the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so that positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, perform the EGR System Test. Select OPEN to open the EGR valve. Monitor the circuit voltage on the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts when the valve was opened during the system test?
Yes Go to 7.
No Repair the (K35) EGR Control circuit for excessive resistance. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
EGR SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
Turn the ignition off. Connect the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, actuate the EGR Valve Solenoid Duty Cycle. Select the Duty Cycle reading of 79.9% Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, check the (K35) EGR Control circuit in the EGR Valve Assembly harness connector.
NOTE
If the DTC is active, the actuation test may not be allowed by the PCM. If may be necessary to clear the DTCs before starting the actuation.
NOTE
The voltage supplied to the solenoid circuit during the actuation may be less than battery voltage. The test light should be illuminated, but may not be as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes Go To 8.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the EGR Solenoid Assembly per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the EGR Solenoid Assembly and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P1501-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1/2 CORRELATION - DRIVE WHEELS📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and vehicle moving. Cruise is learned and customer is trying to use the Cruise.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM recognizes rear wheel speed is greater than front wheel speed. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • ACTIVE BUS OR COMMUNICATION DTCS
  • TIRE CIRCUMFERENCE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Check for any Bus Communication DTCs. If no Bus Communication DTCs are set, check for active DTCs stored in the Anti-Lock Brake Module. Any Bus Communication DTCs or VSS DTCs in the Anti-Lock Brake Module must be properly diagnosed before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle for the fault to become Active.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
This code can set due to tire circumference differences and from the front or rear wheels being on a slippery surface while the opposite tires are not.
This code may also set on a hard acceleration on loose gravel or during other off road driving conditions. Check tire pressure of all the tires. Check tire wear on all the tires. Ask the customer what the road and driving conditions were like when the fault set. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. If the code sets during a front OR rear wheel spin condition, no repair is necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Wheel Speed Sensors, ABS Module, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Wheel Speed Sensor, ABS Module, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P1502-VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1/2 CORRELATION - NON DRIVE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)
WHEELS

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and vehicle moving. Brake pedal must not be applied.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM recognizes front axle speed is greater than rear axle speed. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • ACTIVE BUS OR COMMUNICATION DTCS
  • TIRE CIRCUMFERENCE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Check for any Bus Communication DTCs. If no Bus Communication DTCs are set, check for active DTCs stored in the Anti-Lock Brake Module. Any Bus Communication DTCs or VSS DTCs in the Anti-Lock Brake Module must be properly diagnosed before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle for the fault to become Active.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VISUAL INSPECTION
NOTE
This code can set due to tire circumference differences and from the front or rear wheels being on a slippery surface while the opposite tires are not.
This code may also set on a hard acceleration on loose gravel or during other off road driving conditions. Check tire pressure of all the tires. Check tire wear on all the tires. Ask the customer what the road and driving conditions were like when the fault set. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. If the code sets during a front OR rear wheel spin condition, no repair is necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Wheel Speed Sensors, ABS Module, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Wheel Speed Sensor, ABS Module, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P1572-BRAKE PEDAL STUCK ON📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Anti-lock Brakes Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on. In plant mode only.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
PCM recognizes the Brake Pedal could not electrically indicate the applied (On) position with both switch inputs. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • STOP LAMP SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Make sure the Stop Lamp Switch is adjusted properly before continuing.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION
NOTE
Inspect the relate Fuse.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (Z910) Ground circuit terminal and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Apply and release the Stop Lamp Switch while monitoring the ohmmeter. Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to open circuit when pressing and releasing the brake pedal switch?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Stop Lamp Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION
Measure the resistance between the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch terminal and the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Apply and release the Stop Lamp Switch while monitoring the ohmmeter. Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to open circuit when pressing and releasing the Stop Lamp Switch?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Stop Lamp Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal
to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit from the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P1573-BRAKE PEDAL STUCK OFF📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Anti-lock Brakes Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on, In plant mode passed the Applied test.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
PCM recognizes the Brake Pedal could not electronically indicate the released (Off) position with both switches. If P1572 sets, P1573 will also set. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • (B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • STOP LAMP SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Make sure the Stop Lamp Switch is adjusted properly before continuing.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION
NOTE
Inspect the relate Fuse.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Stop Lamp Switch harness connectors. Measure the resistance between the (Z910) Ground circuit terminal and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Apply and release the Stop Lamp Switch while monitoring the ohmmeter. Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to an open circuit when pressing and releasing the brake switch?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Stop Lamp Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION
Measure the resistance between the (F941) Fused Ignition Switch circuit terminal and the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit terminal in the Stop Lamp Switch. Apply and release the Stop Lamp Switch while monitoring the ohmmeter. Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to an open circuit when pressing and releasing the Stop Lamp switch?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Stop Lamp Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(B16) BRAKE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (B16) Brake Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(B15) BRAKE SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit in the Stop Lamp Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (B15) Brake Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Stop Lamp Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P1593-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH 1/2 STUCK📷 11
⚡ Wiring diagram: Cruise Control Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Cruise Switch inputs are not coherent with each other. Example: PCM is reading Switch No.1 as Accel and Switch No.2 as Coast at the same time. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • RESISTANCE IN THE S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
  • S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
  • (V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS SHORTED TO GROUND
  • SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
This DTC is a two trip fault. If the scan tool indicates a one trip failure, the possible cause may have been the customer pressing the switch in two positions simultaneously. Test drive the vehicle and activate the Speed Control system. If the DTC matures to an active fault a repair is necessary.
Ask the customer if it is possible that button was held in two positions at the same time before this DTC set. If this is the case, no repair is necessary. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
With the scan tool, monitor the Speed Control Switch voltage. Disconnect the Speed Control Switch harness connector. Did the voltage change to above 4.8 volts?
Yes Replace the Speed Control Switch. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
Turn the ignition off. Remove and disconnect the Speed Control Switch from the steering wheel per Service Information. Measure the resistance across each Speed Control Switch. Monitor the ohmmeter while pressing each function button on each switch. The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V72) S/C Signal 2 and (V937) S/C Return circuit of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position. Not pressing any switch - 20.5 kohms On/Off - 8.87 kohms Set - 0.825 kohms Coast - 0.47 kohms Cancel - 3.92 kohms Resume/Accel - 1.87 kohms The following resistance specs are taken between terminals (V71) S/C Signal 1 and (V937) S/C Return circuit of the Switch when holding the switch button in the following position Not pressing any switch - 20.5 kohms On/Off - 0.47 kohms Set - 5.49 kohms Coast - 2.94 kohms Cancel - 1.24 kohms Resume/Accel - 15.4 kohms Does the function on the Speed Control Switch have the correct resistance value?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Speed Control Switch that had the incorrect resistance value. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit at the Speed Control harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage on the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the Speed Control harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuits from the Speed Control harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To Appropriate Terminals Of Special Tool #8815 Measure the resistance of the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit from the Speed Control harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
(V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
NOTE
The measurement must be taken from both Speed Control Switch harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the (V937) S/C Return circuit at the Speed Control harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for both measurements?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (V937) S/C Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
At S/C Switch Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (V937) S/C Return circuit and both of the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit in the S/C Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (V937) S/C Return circuit and the (V71) S/C Switch Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
(V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V937) S/C RETURN CIRCUIT
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (V937) S/C Return circuit and both of the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit in the S/C Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (V937) S/C Return circuit and the (V72) S/C Switch Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
(V71) S/C SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (V72) S/C SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Speed Control Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the Speed Control harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms for each circuit?
Yes Repair the short between the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit and the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
12
(V71) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (V71) S/C Switch Signal 1 circuit at the S/C Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V71) S/C Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
(V72) S/C SWITCH SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connectors Measure the resistance between ground and the (V72) S/C Switch Signal 2 circuit at the S/C Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (V72) S/C Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 14.
14
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH VOLTAGE VALUES
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Install Miller Special Tool #8815-1 on the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the S/C Switch harness connectors. Connect the SCCM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. Using a voltmeter check the voltage on the (V37) S/C Signal 1 circuit and the (V38) S/C Signal 2 circuit at the appropriate terminals of the special tool #8815. Monitor the voltmeter. With a scan tool, monitor the S/C Switch voltage readings. SWITCH SWITCH No.1 SWITCH No.2 POSITION VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VALUE VALUE NO SWITCHES 4.31 to 4.78 volts 4.31 to 4.78 volts PRESSED ON/OFF PRESSED 0.59 to 1.13 volts 3.53 to 3.92 volts RES/ACCEL 3.88 to 4.17 volts 2.04 to 2.47 volts PRESSED SET PRESSED 3.16 to 3.56 volts 1.17 to 1.56 volts COAST PRESSED 2.57 to 2.94 volts 0.77 to 1.09 volts CANCEL 1.59 to 1.99 volts 2.84 to 3.25 volts PRESSED Compare the voltage readings on the voltmeter to what the scan tool displayed. Are the voltage readings out of the listed specification and is there less than a 0.2 of a volt difference between the voltmeter switch values and the scan tool switch values?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Speed Control Switch if no problems are found in the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Speed Control Switch and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Switch and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+1 more figures in this topic
P1607-PCM INTERNAL SHUTDOWN TIMER RATIONALITY
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The PCM compares actual shutdown time to a calculated shutdown time value. The calculated shut down time value is based on the amount the ECT should drop after a completely warmed up engine is shut down for a minimum of 8 hours. If the difference between actual shutdown time and the calculated shut down time is greater than a maximum value, a one trip failure will set. The shutdown time is measured again after 1 hour of ignition off time following the next engine warm up cycle. The PCM compares the shutdown time to a calculated value. If the difference is greater than a maximum value, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC will set.

When monitored

Ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC sets if the engine coolant temp does not drop enough or drops too much during engine off time. This DTC may also set if the controller timer is inaccurate. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • ENGINE COOLING CONDITIONS THAT MAY SET THIS DTC
  • ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
  • PCM INTERNAL TIMER
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ENGINE COOLANT INSPECTION
NOTE
This DTC will set if the engine cools quicker than is should compared to engine off times. If the customer washed a hot engine with the engine off, a One Trip Failure will set. If the vehicle is parked in a highly ventilated area or has a large fan blowing on it which might cause the engine to cool quicker than expected this DTC may set.
WARNING
Do not remove or loosen the radiator cap with the system hot and under pressure. Serious burns from coolant can occur.
Turn the ignition off. Allow the engine to cool enough to allow the pressure in the coolant system to drop enough to safely remove the radiator cap. Check the coolant level and condition. Is the engine coolant level filled to the proper level?
Yes Go To 2.
No Add the appropriate type and amount of engine coolant. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE . Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
2
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool under PCM/NGC Data Display, locate the Ignition Off Time value. While monitoring a stop watch, turn the Ignition off for 10 minutes, watch the stop watch for those 10 minutes, and then turn the Ignition on. With the scan tool under Data Functions, check the Ignition Off Time value again. Does the Ignition Time Off value on the scan tool match the actual time you had the Ignition off on the stop watch?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P1618-SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE 1 CIRCUIT ERRATIC📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes the Primary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage is varying too much too quickly. One Trip Fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 5-VOLT SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Improperly installed aftermarket accessories can cause this DTC to set. Check for any improperly installed aftermarket accessories before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Disconnect all the Sensors that share the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit.
NOTE
This code can be caused by the improper installation of after market accessories that may be causing excessive noise on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector and all the previously disconnected Sensors except for the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector.
NOTE
You must Turn the Ignition Off when disconnecting any of the Sensor harness connectors and Turn the Ignition On to check the voltage readings.
While monitoring the voltage, disconnect each Sensor harness connector that shares the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit, one at a time. Does the voltage increase above 4.5 volts when disconnecting any of the Sensor harness connectors?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Sensor that causes the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage to increase when disconnected. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
5-VOLT SENSOR
Connector Turn the ignition off. Connect all the previously disconnected Sensors except for the CKP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit at the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.8 and 5.2 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Crank Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Disconnect all the Sensors that share the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K855) PRIMARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all the sensors that were disconnected in the previous step except for the CKP Sensor harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance in the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit from the Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. It may be necessary to perform this test from every sensor that uses the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K855) Primary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P1628-SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE 2 CIRCUIT ERRATIC📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes the Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage is varying too much to quickly. One Trip Fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 5-VOLT SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Improperly installed aftermarket accessories can cause this DTC to set. Check for any improperly installed aftermarket accessories before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Sensor Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Disconnect all the Sensors that share the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit.
NOTE
This code can be caused by the improper installation of after market accessories that may be causing excessive noise on the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit at the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND
Connector Connect the C1 PCM harness connector and all the previously disconnected Sensors except for the CMP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
You must Turn the Ignition OFF when disconnecting any of the Sensor harness connectors and Turn the Ignition On to check the voltage readings.
While monitoring the voltage, disconnect each Sensor harness connector that shares the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit, one at a time. Does the voltage increase above 4.5 volts when disconnecting any of the Sensor harness connectors?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Sensor that causes the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit voltage to increase when disconnected. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
5-VOLT SENSOR
Connector Turn the ignition off. Connect all the previously disconnected Sensors except for the CMP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage below 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Cam Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Disconnect all the Sensors that share the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit at the CMP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K857) AUXILIARY 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Harness Connector To The Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off. Reconnect all the sensors that were disconnected in the previous step except the CMP Sensor harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance in the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit from the Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. It may be necessary to perform this test from every sensor that uses the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K857) Auxiliary 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Related Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Related Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P1696-EEPROM MEMORY WRITE DENIED/INVALID
⚡ Wiring diagram: Memory Systems Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously with the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
An attempt to program/write to the internal EEPROM failed, Also checks at power down. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) SOFTWARE UPDATE
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE PCM POWER OR GROUND CIRCUITS
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any other DTCs set in the PCM before proceeding with this test.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, Clear DTCs. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle in order for this DTC to set.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go to 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
PCM ODOMETER MILEAGE NOT PROGRAMMED
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, attempt to perform the Program PCM Odometer function. With the scan tool, Clear DTCs. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC?
Yes Go to 3.
No The SRI mileage has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test is complete. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
CHECKING THE PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS . Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) wiring and connectors. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to 4.
4
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, attempt to perform the Program PCM Odometer function. With the scan tool, Clear DTCs. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No The SRI mileage has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test is complete. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P1697-EMR (SRI) MILEAGE NOT STORED
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously with the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM Odometer mileage has not been programmed into the PCM.

Possible causes

  • PCM ODOMETER MILEAGE NOT PROGRAMMED
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
PCM ODOMETER MILEAGE NOT PROGRAMMED
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, attempt to perform the Program PCM Odometer function. With the scan tool, clear DTCs. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No The SRI mileage has been successfully programmed into the PCM. Test is complete. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P1897-LEVEL 1 RPM BUS UNLOCK
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM recognizes an internal failure to communicate with the FCM or the CMP and CKP Sensor count periods are too short. One trip fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
NOTE
Diagnose any CMP or CKP Sensor faults before continuing. Check for intermittent loose CMP or CKP connections.
The Powertrain Control Module is reporting internal errors, view repair to continue. Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
P2072-ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM - ICE BLOCKAGE
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM recognizes the Throttle plate is stuck during extremely cold Ambient Temperature operation. The throttle plate goes through a de-icing procedure. If the throttle blade still doesn't move this fault sets. The MIL will not illuminate. The vehicle will be in Limp home condition, limiting rpm and vehicle speed.

Possible causes

  • THROTTLE PLATE FROZEN

Diagnostic test

1
THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data.
NOTE
This DTC sets in extreme cold Ambient Temperatures with the throttle plate stuck by the time the vehicle gets to the dealership the condition may be corrected.
NOTE
P2110 will set with P2072. P2118 may also set and the customer will experience a Limp-in condition. If either of these two faults are set, it indicates that the ice blockage software has run and no repair is necessary.
NOTE
Diagnose any other DTCs that may also be set before continuing.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly from the Throttle Body. Check for any signs of a foreign material (ice or dirt) on the Throttle Plate or in the bore causing the Throttle Plate to stick. Is the throttle blade still stuck because it is frozen?
Yes Allow the Throttle Body to thaw naturally in a room temperature climate. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P2096-DOWNSTREAM FUEL TRIM SYSTEM 1 LEAN📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above -6.7° C (20° F) and altitude below 2590.8 m (8500 ft).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The conditions that cause this diagnostic to fail is when the upstream O2 sensor becomes biased from an exhaust leak, O2 sensor contamination, or some other extreme operating condition. The downstream O2 sensor is considered to be protected from extreme environments by the catalyst. The PCM monitors the downstream O2 sensor feedback control, called downstream fuel trim, to detect any shift in the upstream O2 sensor target voltage from nominal target voltage. The value of the downstream fuel trim is compared with the lean thresholds. Every time the value exceeds the calibrated threshold, a fail timer is incremented and mass flow through the exhaust is accumulated. If the fail timer and accumulated mass flow exceed the fail thresholds, the test fails and the diagnostic stops running for that trip. If the test fails on consecutive trips, a DTC is set.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM
  • O2 SENSOR, WIRING, OR CONNECTORS
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL SYSTEM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check the vehicle repair history. If the 1/2 O2 has been replaced make sure that the O2 sensor was properly installed and meets OEM specification.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
NOTE
A thorough exhaust leak test must be completed before removing an O2 Sensor or any other part from the exhaust system. Do not remove any parts before an exhaust leak check has been completed.
NOTE
An exhaust leak may cause downstream fuel adaptives to rail out, resulting in a false O2 Sensor failure
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM . Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION . Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors relative to the components tested in this procedure. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Monitor the scan tool data relative to the components tested in this procedure and wiggle test the wiring and connectors. Look for the data to change or for a DTC to set during the wiggle test. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the PCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P2097-DOWNSTREAM FUEL TRIM SYSTEM 1 RICH📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above -6.7° C (20° F) and altitude below 2590.8 m (8500 ft).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The conditions that cause this diagnostic to fail is when the upstream O2 sensor becomes biased from an exhaust leak, O2 sensor contamination, or some other extreme operating condition. The downstream O2 sensor is considered to be protected from extreme environments by the catalyst. The PCM monitors the downstream O2 sensor feedback control, called downstream fuel trim, to detect any shift in the upstream O2 sensor target voltage from nominal target voltage. The value of the downstream fuel trim is compared with the rich thresholds. Every time the value exceeds the calibrated threshold, a fail timer is incremented and mass flow through the exhaust is accumulated. If the fail timer and accumulated mass flow exceed the fail thresholds, the test fails and the diagnostic stops running for that trip. If the test fails on consecutive trips, a DTC is set.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM
  • O2 SENSOR, WIRING, OR CONNECTORS
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL SYSTEM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check the vehicle repair history. If the 1/2 O2 has been replaced make sure that the O2 sensor was properly installed and meets OEM specification.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
NOTE
A thorough exhaust leak test must be completed before removing an O2 Sensor or any other part from the exhaust system. Do not remove any parts before an exhaust leak check has been completed.
NOTE
An exhaust leak may cause downstream fuel adaptives to rail out, resulting in a false O2 Sensor failure
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM . Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION . Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors relative to the components tested in this procedure. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Monitor the scan tool data relative to the components tested in this procedure and wiggle test the wiring and connectors. Look for the data to change or for a DTC to set during the wiggle test. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the PCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P2098-DOWNSTREAM FUEL TRIM SYSTEM 2 LEAN📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above -6.7° C (20° F) and altitude below 2590.8 m (8500 ft). Fuel level greater than 15%.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The conditions that cause this diagnostic to fail is when the upstream O2 sensor becomes biased from an exhaust leak, O2 sensor contamination, or some other extreme operating condition. The downstream O2 sensor is considered to be protected from extreme environments by the catalyst. The PCM monitors the downstream O2 sensor feedback control, called downstream fuel trim, to detect any shift in the upstream O2 sensor target voltage from nominal target voltage. The value of the downstream fuel trim is compared with the lean thresholds. Every time the value exceeds the calibrated threshold, a fail timer is incremented and mass flow through the exhaust is accumulated. If the fail timer and accumulated mass flow exceed the fail thresholds, the test fails and the diagnostic stops running for that trip. If the test fails on consecutive trips, a DTC is set.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM
  • O2 SENSOR, WIRING, OR CONNECTORS
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL SYSTEM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check the vehicle repair history. If the 2/2 O2 has been replaced make sure that the O2 sensor was properly installed and meets OEM specification.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
NOTE
A thorough exhaust leak test must be completed before removing an O2 Sensor or any other part from the exhaust system. Do not remove any parts before an exhaust leak check has been completed.
NOTE
An exhaust leak may cause downstream fuel adaptives to rail out, resulting in a false O2 Sensor failure
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM . Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION . Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors relative to the components tested in this procedure. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Monitor the scan tool data relative to the components tested in this procedure and wiggle test the wiring and connectors. Look for the data to change or for a DTC to set during the wiggle test. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the PCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P2099-DOWNSTREAM FUEL TRIM SYSTEM 2 RICH📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above -6.7° C (20° F) and altitude below 2590.8 m (8500 ft).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The conditions that cause this diagnostic to fail is when the upstream O2 sensor becomes biased from an exhaust leak, O2 sensor contamination, or some other extreme operating condition. The downstream O2 sensor is considered to be protected from extreme environments by the catalyst. The PCM monitors the downstream O2 sensor feedback control, called downstream fuel trim, to detect any shift in the upstream O2 sensor target voltage from nominal target voltage. The value of the downstream fuel trim is compared with the lean thresholds. Every time the value exceeds the calibrated threshold, a fail timer is incremented and mass flow through the exhaust is accumulated. If the fail timer and accumulated mass flow exceed the fail thresholds, the test fails and the diagnostic stops running for that trip. If the test fails on consecutive trips, a DTC is set.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM
  • O2 SENSOR, WIRING, OR CONNECTORS
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL SYSTEM
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check the vehicle repair history. If the 2/2 O2 has been replaced make sure that the O2 sensor was properly installed and meets OEM specification.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
NOTE
A thorough exhaust leak test must be completed before removing an O2 Sensor or any other part from the exhaust system. Do not remove any parts before an exhaust leak check has been completed.
NOTE
An exhaust leak may cause downstream fuel adaptives to rail out, resulting in a false O2 Sensor failure
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM . Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION
Perform the diagnostic procedure for *CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION . Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors relative to the components tested in this procedure. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Monitor the scan tool data relative to the components tested in this procedure and wiggle test the wiring and connectors. Look for the data to change or for a DTC to set during the wiggle test. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the PCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P2100-ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT📷 9
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and the ETC Motor is not in Limp Home mode.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM detects an internal error or a short between the ETC Motor- and ETC Motor + circuits in the ETC Motor Driver. One trip fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • THROTTLE PLATE / BORE INSPECTION
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) SHORTED TO THE (K126) ETC MOTOR (-)
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) OPEN
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) OPEN
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) SHORTED TO GROUND
  • LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
  • ETC MOTOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
When this DTC is Active the engine speed, torque, and vehicle speed are limited to a Limp in mode.
NOTE
If the P2100 is intermittent, it is possible that the controller is overheating in extreme hot temperatures, and this is considered a normal protection operation. No repair is necessary.
NOTE
Low battery voltage can also cause excessive current draw, in very hot and very cold ambient temperatures. Make sure the battery can pass a
load test before continuing. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Look closely at the temperatures at which this DTC set. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
THROTTLE PLATE INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly from the Throttle Body. Check for any signs of a foreign material (ice or dirt) on the Throttle Plate or in the bore causing the Throttle Plate to stick. Were any signs of foreign material or scoring of the throttle plate or bore found?
Yes Remove the debris if possible or replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform the diagnostics.
Measure the voltage on the (K124) ETC Motor (+) at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage on the (K124) ETC Motor (+). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage on the (K126) ETC Motor (-) at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K126) ETC Motor (-). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) SHORTED TO THE (K126) ETC MOTOR (-)
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between the (K124) ETC Motor (+) and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) at the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to between the (K124) ETC Motor (+) and the (K126) ETC Motor (-). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K124) ETC Motor (+) from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K124) ETC Motor (+). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K124) ETC Motor (+) between the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K124) ETC Motor (+). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K126) ETC Motor (-) from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K126) ETC Motor (-). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) using the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K126) ETC Motor (-). Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
ETC MOTOR
NOTE
Take the following measurement using special tool #8815 to avoid possible damage to the Throttle Body harness connector.
Connect the Throttle Body harness connector. Measure the resistance of the ETC Motor between the (K124) ETC Motor (+) and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) at the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance between 2.5 and 25 ohms at closed throttle?
Yes Go To 11.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2101-ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PERFORMANCE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the vehicle running, ETC Motor not in Limp Home mode, and the TPS adaptation is complete.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM recognizes too large of an error between the actual position of the Throttle Plate and the Set Point position. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. Three good trips to turn off the MIL ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY
  • LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
When this DTC is Active the engine speed, torque, and vehicle speed are limited to a Limp in mode.
NOTE
Before continuing visually inspect the throttle blade and bore for any obstructions. Icing of the throttle body may have caused this code to set.
NOTE
Low battery voltage can also cause excessive current draw, in very hot and very cold ambient temperature. Make sure the battery can pass a load test before continuing.
NOTE
Diagnose any 5-Volt Supply, Battery, and TP Sensor DTCs before continuing.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
THROTTLE POSITION WITHIN 2° DEGREES OF DESIRED THROTTLE POSITION
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, monitor the Actual Throttle Position and Desired Throttle Position. Compare the Actual Throttle Position and the Set Point Throttle Position. Is the Actual Throttle Position within 2° degrees of the Desired Throttle Position?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
ETC OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test.
NOTE
It may be necessary to use a mirror to see the throttle blade.
Observe the throttle blade.
NOTE
Make sure the motion of the throttle blade is smooth and that it opens and closes.
Did the ETC motor operate properly?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P2107-ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MODULE PROCESSOR
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Internal PCM failure. Module will attempt to reset, so you will be able to hear the throttle relearning. If the condition is continuous, the vehicle may not be driveable. One trip fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE NEEDS TO BE REPROGRAMMED
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
REPROGRAM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Check for any related TSBs. Verify the PCM is at the latest calibration (flash level).
NOTE
An intermittent loss of power to the PCM without performing an ETC Relearn procedure may cause this DTC to set.
Flash the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information if any updates are available. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Operate the accelerator pedal. (do not exceed 3500 rpm) Test drive the vehicle for 10 miles on a flat road surface. Does this DTC reset?
Yes Replace and reprogram the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P2110-ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL - FORCED LIMITED RPM📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and ETC motor is working.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM requests to limit engine speed if PWM is too high for 20.5 seconds and before P2118 sets. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is illuminated.

Possible causes

  • THROTTLE PLATE STUCK
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • ETC MOTOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
When this DTC is Active the engine speed, torque, and vehicle speed are limited to a Limp in mode.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool select View DTCs. In the Freeze Frame data, look at the temperature at which the fault occurred. If it occurred in extreme cold temperatures, Icing of the throttle body may have caused this code to set.
NOTE
Diagnose any TP Sensor faults, 5-Volt Supply faults, and Battery Voltage High or Low DTCs before continuing.
NOTE
If P2072 is also set, this indicates that the cold weather ice blockage routine has run. No repair action is required.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between a known good ground and the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between a known good ground and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
ETC MOTOR
NOTE
Take the following measurement using special tool #8815 to avoid possible damage to the Throttle Body harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the ETC Motor between the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance between 2.5 and 25 ohms at closed throttle?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
THROTTLE PLATE STUCK
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly from the Throttle Body. Check for any signs of a foreign material (ice or dirt) causing the Throttle to stick. Ignition on, engine not running. Using a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. You may need an assistant to watch the Throttle Plate move. Does the Throttle Plate move during the test?
Yes Go To 8.
No Remove the debris if possible or replace the Throttle Body Assembly if signs of physical damage are present. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2111-ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL - UNABLE TO CLOSE📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Just after key on, the throttle is opened and closed to test the system. If the TP Sensor does not return to Limp Home Position at the end of this test, this DTC will set. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • THROTTLE PLATE STUCK ABOVE LIMP HOME POSITION
  • TP SIGNAL 1 AND TP SIGNAL 2 BOTH READ 2.5 VOLTS
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Maximum engine speed could be reduced while this fault is active, it just depends where the throttle gets stuck.
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
The PCM tests the ETC Motor by opening and closing the Throttle Plate before starting the engine. If during this test the Throttle plate does not return to the closed position this DTC sets.
With a scan tool select View DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any TP Sensor or 5-Volt Supply DTCs before continuing.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
THROTTLE PLATE STUCK OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
The PCM tests the ETC Motor by opening and closing the Throttle Plate before starting the engine. If during this test the Throttle plate does not return to the closed position this DTC sets.
Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly from the Throttle Body. Check for any signs of a foreign material causing the Throttle to remain open. Using a scan tool, under System Tests, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. Have an assistant watch the throttle plate to verify it moves during the test. Does the Throttle Plate move?
Yes Go To 3.
No Remove the debris if possible or replace the Throttle Body Assembly if signs of physical damage are present. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and perform the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
TP SIGNAL 1 AND TP SIGNAL 2 BOTH EQUAL 2.5 VOLTS
With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower test while monitoring both TP Sensor voltage readings. Are both TP Sensor readings stuck at 2.5 volts?
Yes Check the TP Sensor Signal circuits for excessive resistance, being shorted to each other, or shorted to the Sensor Return circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform the diagnostics.
Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage on the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between a known good ground and the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between a known good ground and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2112-ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL - UNABLE TO OPEN📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Just after key on, the throttle is opened and closed to test the system. If the TP Sensor does not return to Limp Home Position at the end of this test, this DTC will set. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • THROTTLE PLATE STUCK AT OR BELOW LIMP HOME POSITION
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
The PCM tests the ETC Motor by opening and closing the Throttle Plate before starting the engine. If during this test the Throttle plate does not return to the closed position this DTC sets.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool select View DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any TP Sensor, Battery Voltage, and 5-Volt Supply DTCs before continuing.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
THROTTLE PLATE STUCK OPEN
NOTE
The PCM tests the ETC Motor by opening and closing the Throttle Plate before starting the engine. If during this test the Throttle plate does not open this DTC sets.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly from the Throttle Body. Check for any signs of a foreign material causing the Throttle to remain open. Using a scan tool under System Tests, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. Have an assistant watch the throttle plate to verify it moves during the test. Does the Throttle Plate move?
Yes Go To 3.
No Remove the debris if possible or replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage on the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between a known good ground and the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between a known good ground and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2115-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 MINIMUM STOP
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit
PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on. During in plant mode the APP Sensors need to be checked to make sure that idle and full pedal travel can be reached on both sensors. The test for P2115 is only enabled once test for P2166 has passed.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
APPS No.1 has failed to achieve the required minimum value during In Plant testing. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. Engine will only idle. ETC light is illuminated.

Possible causes

  • IN PLANT TEST FAILURE
  • APPS RELEARN
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
IN PLANT TEST FAILURE
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
This DTC is set when the APP Sensors are learned in plant but do not reach the Minimum or Maximum voltage range.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. With the scan tool, view DTCs.
NOTE
Diagnose any APPS out of Range and 5-Volt Supply DTCs before continuing.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
APPS RELEARN
With a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Next, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Does the DTC return?
Yes Replace the APPS Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P2116-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 MINIMUM STOP
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit
PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on. During in plant mode the APP Sensors need to be checked to make sure that idle and full pedal travel can be reached on both sensors. The test for P2116 is only enabled once test for P2167 has passed.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
APPS No.2 has failed to achieve the required minimum value during In Plant testing. One trip fault and the code will be stored within 5 seconds. Engine will only idle. ETC light is illuminated.

Possible causes

  • IN PLANT TEST FAILURE
  • APPS RELEARN
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
IN PLANT TEST FAILURE
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
This DTC is set when the APP Sensors are learned in plant but do not reach the Minimum or Maximum voltage range.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. With a scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. With a scan tool, view DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
APPS RELEARN
With a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Next, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Does the DTC return?
Yes Replace the APPS Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P2118-ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR CURRENT📷 9
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)
PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and the ETC Motor is not in Limp Home mode.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM detects an internal error or a short between the ETC Motor (-) and ETC Motor (+) circuits in the ETC Motor Driver. One trip fault. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • THROTTLE PLATE / BORE INSPECTION
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY/ETC MOTOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
When this DTC is Active the engine speed, torque, and vehicle speed are limited to a Limp in mode.
NOTE
If P2072 is also set, this indicates that the cold weather ice blockage routine has run. No repair action is necessary.
NOTE
If the P2118 is intermittent, it is possible that the controller is overheating in extreme hot temperatures, and this is considered a normal protection operation. No repair is necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Look closely at the temperatures at which this DTC set. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
THROTTLE PLATE INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly from the Throttle Body. Check for any signs of a foreign material (ice or dirt) on the Throttle Plate or in the bore causing the Throttle Plate to stick. Were any signs of foreign material or scoring of the throttle plate or bore found?
Yes Remove the debris if possible or replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the voltage on the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage on the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage on the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to between the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit and the (K126) ETC MOTOR (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K124) ETC MOTOR (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit between the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K126) ETC MOTOR (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit between the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
ETC MOTOR
NOTE
Take the following measurement using special tool #8815 to avoid possible damage to the Throttle Body harness connector.
Connect the Throttle Body harness connector. Measure the resistance of the ETC Motor between the (K124) ETC Motor (+) circuit and the (K126) ETC Motor (-) circuit at the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance between 2.5 and 25 ohms at closed throttle?
Yes Go To 11.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2122-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW📷 9
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and no other APPS No.1 DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the APP Sensor No.1 voltage is too low. Engine will additionally idle if the brake pedal is pressed or has failed. Acceleration rate and Engine output are limited. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K167) APP SENSOR GROUND 1 CIRCUIT
  • (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K400) APP SENSOR GROUND 2 CIRCUIT
  • APP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
NOTE
If you are viewing data recorder information or Freeze Frame data the APP Sensor No. 2 is pulled low by the PCM as part of its system testing. This test happens every 320 milliseconds and may not show up on the scan
tool but may show up on a data recorder or lab scope. It is acceptable to see the voltage close to zero with a normal sensor when using a data recorder/lab scope. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 11.
2
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 8.
3
(K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit from the APP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K167) APP SENSOR GROUND 1
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit and the (K167) APP Sensor Ground 1 circuit at the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K167) APP Sensor Ground 1 circuit and the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K400) APP SENSOR GROUND 2
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit and the (K400) APP Sensor Ground 2 circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K400) APP Sensor Ground 2 circuit and the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Circuit At Sensor Connector Connect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Connect a jumper wire between the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit in the Sensor harness connector. With a scan tool, monitor the APP Sensor No.1 voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire installed.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
8
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
APP SENSOR SWEEP
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the APP Sensor No.1 voltage. Slowly press the Accelerator pedal down. Does voltage start at approximately 0.45 of a volt and go above 4.6 volts with a smooth transition?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2123-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and no other APPS No.1 DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When APP Sensor No.1 voltage is too high. Engine will additionally idle if the brake pedal is pressed or has failed. Acceleration rate and Engine output are limited. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K167) APP SENSOR GROUND 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • APP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
NOTE
If you are viewing data recorder information or Freeze Frame data the APP Sensor No. 2 is pulled low by the PCM as part of its system testing. This test happens every 320 milliseconds and may not show up on the scan tool but may show up on a data recorder or lab scope. It is acceptable to see the voltage close to zero with a normal sensor when using a data
recorder/lab scope. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 8.
2
(K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1, C2, and C3 PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K167) APP SENSOR GROUND 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K167) APP Sensor Ground 1 circuit from the APP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K167) APP Sensor Ground 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Connect the PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the APP Sensor 1 voltage. Is the voltage above 0 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
APP SENSOR NO.1 SWEEP
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor voltage. Slowly press the Accelerator Pedal down. Does voltage start at approximately 0.45 of a volt and go above 4.6 volts with a smooth transition?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2127-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW📷 9
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and no other APPS No.2 DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the APP Sensor No.2 voltage is too low. Engine will only idle if the Brake pedal is Pressed or has failed. Acceleration rate and Engine output are limited. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K167) APP SENSOR GROUND 1 CIRCUIT
  • (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K400) APP SENSOR GROUND 2 CIRCUIT
  • APP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
NOTE
If you are viewing data recorder information or Freeze Frame data the APP Sensor No. 2 is pulled low by the PCM as part of its system testing. This test happens every 320 milliseconds and may not show up on the scan
tool but may show up on a data recorder or lab scope. It is acceptable to see the voltage close to zero with a normal sensor when using a data recorder/lab scope. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 11.
2
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 8.
3
(K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform
diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit from the APP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the open in the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K400) APP SENSOR GROUND 2
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit and the (K400) APP Sensor Ground 2 circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K400) APP Sensor Ground 2 circuit and the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K167) APP SENSOR GROUND 1
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit and the (K167) APP Sensor Ground 1 circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K167) APP Sensor Ground 1 circuit and the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
At Sensor Harness Connector Connect the PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. Connect a jumper wire between the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit in the Sensor harness connector. With a scan tool, monitor the APP Sensor 2 voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire installed.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
8
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
APP SENSOR SWEEP
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the APP Sensor No.2 voltage. Slowly press the Accelerator pedal down. Does voltage start at approximately 0.22 of a volt and go above 2.31 volts with a smooth transition?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2128-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and no other APPS No.2 DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When APP Sensor No.2 voltage is too high. Idle is additionally forced any time the brake is applied or failed. Acceleration rate and Engine output are limited. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K400) APP SENSOR GROUND 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • APP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
NOTE
If you are viewing data recorder information or Freeze Frame data the APP Sensor No. 2 is pulled low by the PCM as part of its system testing. This test happens every 320 milliseconds and may not show up on the scan
tool but may show up on a data recorder or lab scope. It is acceptable to see the voltage close to zero with a normal sensor when using a data recorder/lab scope. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 8.
2
(K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1, C2, and C3 PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the APP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 10 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the APP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 10 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K400) APP SENSOR GROUND 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K400) APP Sensor Ground 2 circuit from the APP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K400) APP Sensor Ground 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Connect the PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor voltage. Is the voltage above 0 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
APP SENSOR NO.2 SWEEP
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor voltage. Slowly press the Accelerator Pedal down. Does voltage start at approximately 0.22 of a volt and go above 2.31 volts with a smooth transition?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2135-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1/2 CORRELATION📷 13
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and no other DTCs present for TP Sensor No.1 or No.2.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
PCM recognizes TP Sensors No.1 and No.2 are not coherent. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is illuminated.

Possible causes

  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
The throttle plate and linkage should be free from binding and carbon build up.
NOTE
Make sure the throttle plate is at the idle position.
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Inspect the engine for vacuum leaks.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 14.
2
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage on the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the TP Signal 1 and Signal 2 voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. TP Sensor No.1 voltage should change from approximately 4.9 volts to 0.1 of a volt? For TP Sensor No.2, connect a jumper wire between (F855) 5-volt supply circuit and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. TP Sensor No.2 voltage should change from approximately 0 volts to 5.0 volts? Is the voltage reading within the listed specification with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body in accordance with Service Information. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each circuit?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each circuit?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms for each circuit?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms for each circuit?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(F855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (F855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 11.
11
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 12.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 SHORTED TO THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2
Circuit Measure the resistance between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
THROTTLE FOLLOWER TEST
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test and monitor the TP Sensor No.1 or No.2 voltage. Slowly press the throttle pedal down. The voltage for TP Sensor No.1 should start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to approximately 4.3 volts. The voltage for TP Sensor No.2 should start at approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to approximately 0.7 of a volt. Is the voltage within the range of the listed specification for the appropriate Sensor?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body in accordance with Service Information. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+3 more figures in this topic
P2138-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1/2 CORRELATION📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and no APPS No.1 and APPS No.2 DTC present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
APPS values No.1 and No.2 are not coherent. Idle is additionally forced when the brake pedal is pressed or failed. Acceleration rate and Engine output are limited. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light is flashing.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K167) APP SENSOR GROUND 1 CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K400) APP SENSOR GROUND 2 CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • APP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
NOTE
If you are viewing data recorder information or Freeze Frame data the APP Sensor No. 2 is pulled low by the PCM as part of its system testing. This test happens every 320 milliseconds and will not show up on the scan tool
but may show up on a data recorder. It is acceptable to see the voltage close to zero with a normal sensor when using a data recorder. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K23) APP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit at the APPS harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K167) SENSOR GROUND 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K167) APP Sensor Ground 1 circuit at the APPS harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K167) APP Sensor Ground 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K29) APP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit at the APPS harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K400) APP SENSOR GROUND 2 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K400) APP Sensor Ground 2 circuit at the APPS harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K400) APP Sensor Ground 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the Ignition off. Remove special tool #8815 from the C3 PCM harness connector and Re-Connect the C3 PCM harness connector to the PCM. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector to install special tool #8815 and #8815-1. Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the APPS harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the Ignition off. Remove special tool #8815 from the C2 PCM harness connector and Re-Connect the C2 PCM harness connector to the PCM. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector to install special tool #8815 and #8815-1. Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit at the APPS harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
CHECKING APPS NO.1 AND NO.2 WITH A LAB SCOPE
Ignition on, engine not running. Set up a lab scope in a way that you can view two graphs simultaneously. Backprobe the (K23) APP Signal 1 circuit using Channel 1 at the APP Sensor harness connector. Backprobe the (K29) APP Signal 2 circuit using Channel 2 at the APP Sensor harness connector. Slowly press and release the Accelerator Pedal while monitoring the lab scope screen. Does the scope pattern show any missing or erratic signals?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the APPS and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P2166-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 MAXIMUM STOP
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit
PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on. During in plant mode the APP Sensors need to be checked to make sure that idle and full pedal travel can be reached on both sensors.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
APPS No.1 has failed to achieve the required maximum value during In Plant testing. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. Engine will only idle. ETC light will illuminate.

Possible causes

  • IN PLANT TEST FAILURE
  • APPS RELEARN
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
IN PLANT TEST FAILURE
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
This DTC is set when the APP Sensors are learned in plant but do not reach the Minimum or Maximum voltage range.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. With the scan tool, view DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
APPS RELEARN
With a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Next, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Does the DTC return?
Yes Replace the APPS Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P2167-ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 MAXIMUM STOP
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit
PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on. During in plant mode the APP Sensors need to be checked to make sure that idle and full pedal travel can be reached on both sensors.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
APPS No.2 has failed to achieve the required maximum value during In Plant testing. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. Engine will only idle. ETC light will illuminate.

Possible causes

  • IN PLANT TEST FAILURE
  • APPS RELEARN

Diagnostic test

1
IN PLANT TEST FAILURE
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
This DTC is set when the APP Sensors are learned in plant but do not reach the Minimum or Maximum voltage range.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. With the scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. With the scan tool, view DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
APPS RELEARN
With a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Next, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Does the DTC return?
Yes Replace the APPS Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
P2172-HIGH AIRFLOW / VACUUM LEAK DETECTED (INSTANTANEOUS📷 16
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit
ACCUMULATION)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and engine running with no MAP Sensor DTCs.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
A large vacuum leak has been detected or both of the TP Sensors have failed based on their position being 2.5 volts and the calculated MAP value is less than the actual MAP minus an Offset value. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light will flash.

Possible causes

  • VACUUM LEAK
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • MAP SENSOR
  • THROTTLE BODY/TP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
The most likely cause of this DTC is a vacuum leak.
NOTE
This fault code could be present if any Cam/Crank DTCs are set. No repair is necessary for P2172 if any Cam or Crank DTCs are set.
NOTE
Diagnose any 5-Volt Supply, TP Sensor, Fuel System Lean or Rich, or MAP Sensor DTCs before continuing.
NOTE
The throttle plate should be free from binding and carbon build up.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VACUUM LEAK
NOTE
This code is enabled on engines with a plastic intake manifold and is intended to limit the maximum engine speed if a large crack occurs.
NOTE
A large vacuum leak is most likely the cause of this DTC.
Inspect the Intake Manifold and Throttle body for leaks and cracks. Inspect the Power Brake Booster for any vacuum leaks. Inspect the PCV system for proper operation or any vacuum leaks. Inspect the MAP Sensor for proper installation. Were any vacuum leaks found?
Yes Repair the vacuum leak as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Snap the Accelerator pedal. Does the MAP Sensor voltage vary from below 2.0 volts at idle to above 3.5 volts at Wide Open Throttle?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 13.
4
TP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. TP Sensor No.1 should start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to 4.3 volts. TP Sensor No.2 should start at approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to 0.7 of a volt. Is the voltage transition smooth between the appropriate values?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 5.
5
RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
TP SENSOR
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the TP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. TP Sensor No.1 voltage should start at approximately 4.8 volts and decrease to 0.2 of a volt. Connect a jumper wire between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. TP Sensor No.2 voltage should start at approximately 0 volts and increase to 4.8 to 5.2 volts. Does the TP Sensor voltage change to the appropriate voltage with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Disconnect the Battery before replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. Replace the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 11.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 12.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 19.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
13
RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 14.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 15.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
15
MAP SENSOR
Connect the C1 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Does the scan tool display MAP voltage from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5 volt with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
16
RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 17.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
17
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 18.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
18
RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 19.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
19
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the MAP Sensor, Throttle Body, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor, Throttle Body, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+6 more figures in this topic
P2173-HIGH AIRFLOW / VACUUM LEAK DETECTED (SLOW📷 16
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit
ACCUMULATION)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and engine running with no MAP Sensor DTCs.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
A large vacuum leak has been detected or both of the TP Sensors have failed based on their position being 2.5 volts and the calculated MAP value is less than the Gas Flow Adaptation value is too high. One trip fault the code will set within 5 seconds. ETC light will flash.

Possible causes

  • VACUUM LEAK
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • MAP SENSOR
  • THROTTLE BODY/TP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
The most likely cause of this DTC is a vacuum leak.
NOTE
Diagnose any 5-Volt Supply, TP Sensor, Oxygen Sensor, Fuel related, or MAP Sensor DTCs before continuing.
NOTE
The throttle plate should be free from binding and carbon build up.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
VACUUM LEAK
NOTE
This code is enabled on engines with a plastic intake manifold and is intended to limit the maximum engine speed if a large crack occurs.
NOTE
A large vacuum leak is most likely the cause of this DTC.
Inspect the Intake Manifold and Throttle body for leaks and cracks. Inspect the Power Brake Booster for any vacuum leaks. Inspect the PCV system for proper operation or any vacuum leaks. Inspect the MAP Sensor for proper installation. Were any vacuum leaks found?
Yes Repair the vacuum leak as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Snap the Accelerator pedal. Does the MAP Sensor voltage vary from below 2.0 volts at idle to above 3.5 volts at Wide Open Throttle?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 13.
4
TP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. TP Sensor No.1 should start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to 4.3 volts. TP Sensor No.2 should start at approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to 0.7 of a volt. Is the voltage transition smooth between the appropriate values?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 5.
5
RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
TP SENSOR
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the TP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. TP Sensor No.1 voltage should start at approximately 4.8 volts and decrease to 0.2 of a volt. Connect a jumper wire between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. TP Sensor No.2 voltage should start at approximately 0 volts and increase to 4.8 to 5.2 volts. Does the TP Sensor voltage change to the appropriate voltage with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Disconnect the Battery before replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. Replace the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 11.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 12.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 19.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
13
RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 14.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 15.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
15
MAP SENSOR
Connect the C1 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Does the scan tool display MAP voltage from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5 volt with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
16
RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 17.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
17
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit at the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 18.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
18
RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 19.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
19
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the MAP Sensor, Throttle Body, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor, Throttle Body, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+6 more figures in this topic
P2174-LOW AIRFLOW / RESTRICTION DETECTED (INSTANTANEOUS📷 16
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)
ACCUMULATION)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and engine running with no MAP Sensor DTCs.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
PCM calculated MAP value is greater than actual MAP value plus an offset value. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn of the mil. MIL is on and the ETC light will flash.

Possible causes

  • RESTRICTED AIR INLET SYSTEM
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • MAP SENSOR
  • THROTTLE BODY/TP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
The most likely cause of this DTC is a plugged intake air system or dirty Throttle Body. Check for any TSBs before continuing.
NOTE
Diagnose any 5-Volt Supply, TP Sensor, Fuel System Lean or Rich, or MAP Sensor DTCs before continuing.
NOTE
The throttle plate should be free from binding and carbon build up.
NOTE
Question the customer about weather conditions, as ICE build up on the blade can cause this fault when ambient is around -10 to +4°C (14 to 39° F) range.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
RESTRICTED AIR INLET SYSTEM
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly. Remove the Air Filter. Inspect the Throttle Body opening for signs of any foreign materials. Check the intake tube/air cleaner for obstructions - include snow packing questions to customer. Were any restrictions found?
Yes Repair the restriction as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Snap the Accelerator pedal. Does the MAP Sensor voltage vary from below 2.0 volts at idle to above 3.5 volts at Wide Open Throttle?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 13.
4
TP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. TP Sensor No.1 should start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to 4.3 volts. TP Sensor No.2 should start at approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to 0.7 of a volt. Is the voltage transition smooth between the appropriate values?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 5.
5
RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
TP SENSOR
Connect the PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the TP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. TP Sensor No.1 voltage should start at approximately 4.8 volts and decrease to 0.2 of a volt. Connect a jumper wire between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. TP Sensor No.2 voltage should start at approximately 0 volts and increase to 4.8 to 5.2 volts. Does the TP Sensor voltage change to the appropriate voltage with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Disconnect the Battery before replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. Replace the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuits from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 11.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 12.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 19.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
13
RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 14.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 15.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
15
MAP SENSOR
Connect the PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Does the scan tool display MAP voltage from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5 volt with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
16
RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 17.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
17
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 18.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
18
RESISTANCE IN (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 19.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
19
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the MAP Sensor, Throttle Body, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor, Throttle Body, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+6 more figures in this topic
P2175-LOW AIRFLOW / RESTRICTION DETECTED (SLOW📷 16
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)
ACCUMULATION)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and engine running with no MAP Sensor DTCs.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
PCM calculated MAP value is greater than actual MAP value plus an offset value. One trip fault and the code will set within 5 seconds. Three good trips to turn of the mil. MIL is on and the ETC light will flash.

Possible causes

  • RESTRICTED AIR INLET SYSTEM
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • TP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • MAP SENSOR
  • THROTTLE BODY/TP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
The most likely cause of this DTC is a plugged intake air system or dirty Throttle Body. Check for any TSBs before continuing.
NOTE
Diagnose any 5-Volt Supply, TP Sensor, Oxygen Sensor, Fuel related or MAP Sensor DTCs before continuing.
NOTE
The throttle plate should be free from binding and carbon build up.
NOTE
Question the customer about weather conditions, as ICE build up on the blade can cause this fault when ambient is around -10 to +4°C (14 to 39° F) range.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
RESTRICTED AIR INLET SYSTEM
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Air Cleaner Assembly. Remove the Air Filter. Inspect the Throttle Body opening for signs of any foreign materials. Check the intake tube/air cleaner for obstructions - include snow packing questions to customer. Were any restrictions found?
Yes Repair the restriction as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Snap the Accelerator pedal. Does the MAP Sensor voltage vary from below 2.0 volts at idle to above 3.5 volts at Wide Open Throttle?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 13.
4
TP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. TP Sensor No.1 should start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to 4.3 volts. TP Sensor No.2 should start at approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to 0.7 of a volt. Is the voltage transition smooth between the appropriate values?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 5.
5
RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
TP SENSOR
Connect the PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the TP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. TP Sensor No.1 voltage should start at approximately 4.8 volts and decrease to 0.2 of a volt. Connect a jumper wire between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. TP Sensor No.2 voltage should start at approximately 0 volts and increase to 4.8 to 5.2 volts. Does the TP Sensor voltage change to the appropriate voltage with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Disconnect the Battery before replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. Replace the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each circuit?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each circuit?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 11.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 12.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 19.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
13
RESISTANCE IN THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 14.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 15.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
15
MAP SENSOR
Connect the C1 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Does the scan tool display MAP voltage from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5 volt with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 16.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
16
RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 17.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
17
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes Go To 18.
No Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
18
RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 19.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
19
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the MAP Sensor, Throttle Body, and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor, Throttle Body, and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+6 more figures in this topic
P2181-COOLING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE📷 7
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on, Engine running, and no ECT DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
PCM recognizes that the ECT has failed its self coherence test. The coolant temp should only change at a certain rate, if this rate is too slow or too fast this fault will set. Two trip fault. Three good trips to clear MIL. The MIL and ETC light will illuminate.

Possible causes

  • LOW COOLANT LEVEL
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • THERMOSTAT
  • ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
If this code sets during extreme ambient temperatures, improper installation of a block heater could be the cause of this DTC.
With a scan tool, read DTCs. Diagnose all other ECT and Cooling System codes before continuing. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
NOTE
If a Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) DTC is set along with this code, diagnose the ECT DTC first.
NOTE
Inspect the ECT terminals and related PCM terminals. Ensure the terminals are free from corrosion and damage.
NOTE
The best way to diagnose this DTC is to allow the vehicle to sit overnight outside in order to have a totally cold soaked engine.
NOTE
Extremely cold outside ambient temperatures may have caused this DTC to set.
NOTE
Need to make sure that no Cooling System DTCs are set or changes that would make the warm up much slower or much faster: broken water pump can set this, addition of aftermarket auxiliary cooler can set this DTC.
WARNING
Never open the cooling system when the engine is hot. The system is under pressure. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death. Allow the engine to cool before opening the cooling system.
Inspect the coolant system for proper level and condition. Is the coolant level and condition OK?
Yes Go To 3.
No Inspect the vehicle for a coolant leak and add the necessary amount of coolant. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
THERMOSTAT
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak).
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up monitor the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. The temp deg value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp 82° C (180° F). Also monitor the actual coolant temperature with a thermometer.
NOTE
As the engine warms up to operating temperature, the actual coolant temperature (thermometer reading) and the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg on the scan tool should stay relatively close to each other.
Using the appropriate service information, determine the proper opening temperature of the thermostat. Did the thermostat open at the proper temperature?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the thermostat. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
ECT SENSOR
Connect a jumper between the (K2) ECT Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT Sensor harness connector. With a scan tool, read the ECT voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K2) ECT Signal circuit from the ECT Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the ECT Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K2) ECT Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K900) Sensor ground and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the ECT Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2299-BRAKE PEDAL POSITION / ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Anti-lock Brakes Circuit
INCOMPATIBLE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on. No Break or APPS faults present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM recognizes a brake application following the APPS showing a fixed pedal opening. Temporary or permanent. Internally the PCM will reduce throttle opening below driver demand. One trip fault and the code will be set within 5 seconds. ETC light will illuminate, the light will only stay illuminated while DTC is active.

Possible causes

  • CUSTOMER PRESSING ACCELERATOR PEDAL, THEN PRESSING BRAKE PEDAL, AND
  • CONTINUES HOLDING THEM DOWN SIMULTANEOUSLY
  • STOP LAMP SWITCH
  • APP SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC INFORMATION
NOTE
If a pedal assembly becomes mechanically stuck the voltage output will stay fixed, if this is also Followed by a long application of the brakes this code will set.
NOTE
When this code sets the pedal position in the PCM software will ramp to idle. If the Pedal voltage changes OR the brake pedal is released, the pedal position in the PCM software will ramp up to the pedal position and the ETC light will go out.
With a scan tool, read DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. Diagnose all other Stop Lamp Switch and APP Sensor codes before continuing. This code can be set by a driver who uses both feet while driving, one for the Accelerator Pedal and the other for the Brake Pedal.
NOTE
The most likely cause of this DTC is caused by the customer Brake
Torquing the engine by pressing the Accelerator pedal and the pressing the Brake Pedal. Ask the driver of the vehicle if these conditions apply to their driving habits. Are the listed conditions part of the customers driving habits?
Yes Advise the customer of what caused the DTC. This is normal operation of a ETC equipped vehicle because of safety issues. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 2.
2
STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION
With a scan tool, read both Stop Lamp Switch statuses while pressing and releasing the Brake Pedal. Does the scan tool display the Pressed and Released while pressing and releasing the Pedal?
Yes Go To 3.
No Check the Stop Lamp Switch for proper installation and check the related circuits for opens and shorts using the appropriate wiring diagram. If OK, replace the Stop Lamp Switch assembly. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
APP SENSOR SWEEP
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor both APP Sensor voltage readings. Slowly press the accelerator pedal from idle until it reaches the end stop near the floor. APPS No.1 voltage should start at approximately 0.45 of a volt and increase to approximately 4.6 volts with a smooth transition. APPS No.2 voltage should start at approximately 0.22 of a volt and increase to approximately 2.31 volts with a smooth transition. Does the voltage for the appropriate sensor follow the list specification?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Check the Signal and Sensor Ground circuits for opens and shorts. If OK, Replace the APP Sensor Assembly per Service Information. After installation is complete, with a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function to relearn the APPS values. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P2302-IGNITION COIL 1 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect, to short, or not present, an error is detected. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K86) COIL CONTROL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K86) COIL CONTROL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • COIL ON PLUG
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coil on Plug harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector.
NOTE
Make sure the test light is probing the circuit before actuating the Coil or a DTC may set and not allow the actuation.
With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit between the PDC and Coil harness connector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Stop All Actuations.
3
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to a 12-volt source, probe the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. What is the condition of the test light while cranking the engine? Brightly blinking. Replace the Coil on plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . ON constantly. Go To 4. OFF constantly. Go To 5.
4
(K86) COIL CONTROL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
5
(K86) COIL CONTROL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit from the Coil on Plug harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K86) Coil Control 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2305-IGNITION COIL 2 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect, to short, or not present, an error is detected. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K85) COIL CONTROL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K85) COIL CONTROL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • COIL ON PLUG
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coil on Plug harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit between the PDC and Coil harness connector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Stop All Actuations.
3
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to a 12-volt source, probe the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. What is the state of the test light while cranking the engine? Brightly blinking. Replace the Coil on plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . ON constantly. Go To 4. OFF constantly. Go To 5.
4
(K85) COIL CONTROL 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
5
(K85) COIL CONTROL 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit from the Coil on Plug harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K85) Coil Control 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2308-IGNITION COIL 3 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect, to short, or not present, an error is detected. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K93) COIL CONTROL 3 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K93) COIL CONTROL 3 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • COIL ON PLUG
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coil on Plug harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit between the PDC and Coil harness connector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Stop All Actuations.
3
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to a 12-volt source, probe the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. What is the state of the test light while cranking the engine? Brightly blinking. Replace the Coil on plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . ON constantly. Go To 4. OFF constantly. Go To 5.
4
(K93) COIL CONTROL 3 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
5
(K93) COIL CONTROL 3 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit from the Coil on Plug harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K93) Coil Control 3 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2311-IGNITION COIL 4 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect, to short, or not present, an error is detected. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K15) COIL CONTROL 4 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K15) COIL CONTROL 4 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • COIL ON PLUG
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coil on Plug harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit between the PDC and Coil harness connector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Stop All Actuations.
3
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to a 12-volt source, probe the (K15) Coil Control 4 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. What is the state of the test light while cranking the engine? Brightly blinking. Replace the Coil on plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . ON constantly. Go To 4. OFF constantly. Go To 5.
4
(K15) COIL CONTROL 4 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K15) Coil Control 4 circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K15) Coil Control 4 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
5
(K15) COIL CONTROL 4 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K15) Coil Control 4 circuit from the Coil on Plug harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K15) Coil Control 4 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2314-IGNITION COIL 5 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect, to short, or not present, an error is detected. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K16) COIL CONTROL 5 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K16) COIL CONTROL 5 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • COIL ON PLUG
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coil on Plug harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit between the PDC and Coil harness connector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Stop All Actuations.
3
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to a 12-volt source, probe the (K16) Coil Control 5 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. What is the state of the test light while cranking the engine? Brightly blinking. Replace the Coil on plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . ON constantly. Go To 4. OFF constantly. Go To 5.
4
(K16) COIL CONTROL 5 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K16) Coil Control 5 circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K16) Coil Control 5 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
5
(K16) COIL CONTROL 5 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K16) Coil Control 5 circuit from the Coil on Plug harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K16) Coil Control 5 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2317-IGNITION COIL 6 SECONDARY CIRCUIT- INSUFFICIENT IONIZATION📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If PCM detects that the secondary ignition burn time is incorrect, to short, or not present, an error is detected. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K10) COIL CONTROL 6 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K10) COIL CONTROL 6 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • COIL ON PLUG
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(F344) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coil on Plug harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Relay. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (F344) ASD Relay Output circuit between the PDC and Coil harness connector. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Stop All Actuations.
3
IGNITION COIL
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to a 12-volt source, probe the (K10) Coil Control 6 circuit. Crank the engine for 5 seconds while observing the test light. What is the state of the test light while cranking the engine? Brightly blinking. Replace the Coil on plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . ON constantly. Go To 4. OFF constantly. Go To 5.
4
(K10) COIL CONTROL 6 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K10) Coil Control 6 circuit in the Coil on Plug harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K10) Coil Control 6 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
5
(K10) COIL CONTROL 6 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K10) Coil Control 6 circuit from the Coil on Plug harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K10) Coil Control 6 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Ignition Coil and the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P2503-CHARGING SYSTEM OUTPUT LOW📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Charging Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The engine running. The engine RPM is high enough to assure sufficient generator current output to satisfy the electrical loads.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The battery sensed voltage is less than the target charging voltage, during engine operation, for a calibrated amount of time. One Trip Fault. Generator light will illuminate.

Possible causes

  • LOOSE ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (A801) BATTERY POSITIVE CIRCUIT
  • GENERATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the Generator System output.
NOTE
The battery must be fully charged.
NOTE
The Generator belt tension and condition must be checked before continuing.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. With a scan tool, erase DTCs. Start the engine. Allow the idle to stabilize. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage between the Generator B+ Output Terminal and the Battery+ Post. Start the engine. Is the voltage above 0.4 of a volt?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance in the battery positive circuit between the Generator and Battery. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
GENERATOR OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe (K125) Generator Field Control circuit in the Generator Field harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the Generator Field Driver.
NOTE
The DTC needs to be cleared before actuating the Solenoid, if the DTC is not cleared, the Solenoid may not be allowed to actuate.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate accordingly during the actuation?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Generator if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Generator and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P2504-CHARGING SYSTEM OUTPUT HIGH📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Charging Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The engine running. The engine speed greater than 1157 RPM.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The alternator B+ voltage sense circuit voltage reading exceeds the direct Battery B+ sense circuit. The Generator Output terminal is not making a positive connection to the Battery + Post. One trip fault.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (A801) BATTERY FEED CIRCUIT
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the Generator System output.
NOTE
The battery must be fully charged.
NOTE
The Generator belt tension and condition must be checked before continuing.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data. With the scan tool erase DTCs. Start the engine. Allow the idle to stabilize. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(A801) BATTERY POSITIVE CIRCUIT VISUAL INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Inspect the (A801) Battery Positive circuit at Generator Output post for corrosion and looseness. Inspect the Battery + and - cables for corrosion and looseness. Inspect the (A0) Battery Positive circuit at the C8 TIPM harness connector for corrosion and looseness. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair and replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (A209) BATTERY FEED CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Perform a voltage drop test on the (A209) Battery Feed circuit from the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815-1 to the C2 TIPM harness. Using a voltmeter probe the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815-1 with the Negative lead of the voltmeter and back probe the (A209) Battery Feed circuit at the C2 TIPM with the Positive lead of the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in
personal injury or death. Start the engine Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage above 0.4 of a volt?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance in the (A209) Battery Positive circuit between the Generator and TIPM. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Generator and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Generator and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P2610-PCM INTERNAL SHUTDOWN TIMER RATIONALITY TOO FAST📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The PCM compares actual shutdown time to a calculated shutdown time value. The calculated shut down time value is based on the amount of shutdown time necessary for the ECT to drop a specific amount after a completely warmed up engine is shut down. If the difference between actual shutdown time and the calculated shut down time is greater than a maximum value, a one trip failure will set. The shutdown time is measured again after 1 hour of ignition off time following the next engine warm up cycle. The PCM compares the shutdown time to a calculated value. If the difference is greater than a maximum value, the MIL is illuminated and a DTC will set.

When monitored

With the engine running after a cycle when a complete engine warm up was achieved, the difference between engine coolant temperature and ambient air temperature greater than 10° C (50° F), after a minimum temperature drop of 10° C (50° F) during ignition off, and battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the engine coolant temperature drops a specified amount during the measured engine off time. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) SOFTWARE UPDATE
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE PCM POWER OR GROUND CIRCUITS
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any other DTCs set in the PCM before proceeding with this test.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, Clear DTCs in the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan.
Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
PCM IGNITION CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
With a 12-volt test light connected to ground probe the (F1) Fused Ignition Switch circuit. Perform the above check with the Ignition key in the off lock position, Ignition on, engine not running position, and during cranking. Wiggle the related wire harness while probing the special tool with the test light to try to interrupt the circuit. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the open or excessive resistance in the (F1) Fused Ignition Switch circuit. Inspect the related fuse, if the fuse is open check the circuits for a short to ground. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Verify that the PCM is operating at the latest software version available. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
U0001-CAN C BUS📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the Anti-Lock Brakes Module detects a short in either CAN C Bus circuit.
Perform CAN C Bus Communication Failure diagnostic test procedure.. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . .
figure
U0101-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TCM📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: A/T Circuit, RLE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on Battery voltage between 10 and 16 volts IOD fuse installed

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the Powertrain Control Module fails to receive bus messages from the TCM for approximately 500 ms.

Possible causes

  • DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED
  • TCM POWER AND GROUND
  • TCM
  • ANTI-LOCK BRAKES MODULE

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the IOD fuse is installed and battery voltage is between 10 and 16 volts before proceeding.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is this DTC Active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Perform the Stored Lost Communication test procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .
2
CHECK FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIVE DTCS
With the scan tool, read all active DTCs from all CAN C Bus modules.
NOTE
Check for CAN C hardware electrical, VIN Missing/Mismatch, battery or ignition related DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active DTCs to the conditions listed above?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTC(s).
No Go To 3.
3
VERIFY THAT THE TCM IS ACTIVE ON THE BUS
With the scan tool, select ECU View. Verify that the TCM is active on the bus. Is the TCM active on the bus?
Yes Go To 4.
No Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for No Response related diagnostic procedures.
4
CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION RELATED DTCS
With the scan tool, select Network View and select Advanced. Is there more than one module with active DTCs "Logged Against" the TCM?
Yes Replace/update the TCM in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the Anti-Lock Brakes Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Power Door Locks Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on Battery voltage between 10 and 16 volts IOD fuse installed

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the PCM fails to receive bus messages from the ABS M for approximately 500 ms.

Possible causes

  • DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED
  • ABS POWER AND GROUND
  • ABS
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the IOD fuse is installed and battery voltage is between 10 and 16 volts before proceeding.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is this DTC Active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Perform the Stored Lost Communication test procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .
2
CHECK FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIVE DTCS
With the scan tool, read all active DTCs from all CAN C Bus modules.
NOTE
Check for CAN C hardware electrical, VIN Missing/Mismatch, battery or ignition related DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active DTCs to the conditions listed above?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTC(s).
No Go To 3.
3
VERIFY THAT THE ABS IS ACTIVE ON THE BUS
With the scan tool, select ECU View. Verify that the ABS is active on the bus. Is the ABS active on the bus?
Yes Go To 4.
No Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for No Response related diagnostic procedures.
4
CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION RELATED DTCS
With the scan tool, select Network View and select Advanced. Is there more than one module with active DTCs "Logged Against" the ABS?
Yes Replace/update the ABS in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the PCM in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM)📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition run time is greater than 1 second. Battery voltage between 9 and 16 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM doesn't receive a TIPM message over the CAN C circuit for 7 consecutive seconds. The circuit is continuously monitored. One Trip fault.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS OPEN OR SHORTED CONDITION
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for diagnostic procedures and for further possible causes.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View PCM DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for diagnostic procedures and for further possible causes.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
figure
U0155-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CLUSTER
⚡ Wiring diagram: Instrument Cluster Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on Battery voltage between 10 and 16 volts IOD fuse installed

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the PCM fails to receive bus messages from the Cluster for approximately 500 ms.

Possible causes

  • DTCS RELATED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE, IGNITION, OR VIN MESSAGES
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUITS OPEN OR SHORTED
  • CLUSTER POWER AND GROUND
  • CLUSTER
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the IOD fuse is installed and battery voltage is between 10 and 16 volts before proceeding.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is this DTC Active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Perform the Stored Lost Communication test procedure. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .
2
CHECK FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIVE DTCS
With the scan tool, read all active DTCs from all CAN C Bus modules.
NOTE
Check for CAN C hardware electrical, VIN Missing/Mismatch, battery or ignition related DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active DTCs to the conditions listed above?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTC(s).
No Go To 3.
3
VERIFY THAT THE CLUSTER IS ACTIVE ON THE BUS
With the scan tool, select ECU View. Verify that the Cluster is active on the bus. Is the Cluster active on the bus?
Yes Go To 4.
No Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for No Response related diagnostic procedures.
4
CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION RELATED DTCS
With the scan tool, select Network View and select Advanced. Is there more than one module with active DTCs "Logged Against" the CLUSTER?
Yes Replace/update the Cluster in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the PCM in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
U0168-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE SECURITY CONTROL📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)
MODULE (SKREEM-WCM)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on Battery voltage between 10 and 16 volts IOD fuse installed

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the PCM fails to receive bus messages from the SKREEM (WCM) for approximately 500 ms.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS OPEN OR SHORTED CONDITION
  • NO POWER TO VEHICLE SECURITY CONTROL MODULE (SKREEM) - MODULE
  • UNPLUGGED OR OPEN FUSE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY DTC IS ACTIVE
NOTE
For vehicle communication problems, use the scan tool to refer to the Network Review Screen. The screen depicts a high level view of the vehicle network. Fault and problem areas appear in red. Selecting any of the network components allows access to the source of the problem.
NOTE
Check the IOD fuse before continuing. If the fuse is open, check the circuit for a short to ground.
Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for diagnostic procedures and for further possible causes.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
figure
U110C-LOST FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The TIPM sends the fuel level signal the NGC over the CAN C bus circuit.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the PCM does not receive a fuel level signal from the TIPM over the CAN C circuit. The circuit is constantly monitored. One Trip fault.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, select View Powertrain DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) ALSO
ACTIVE With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the U0140-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) also set?
Yes Follow the diagnostics for U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
U110E-LOST AMBIENT TEMPERATURE MESSAGE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The ambient temperature sensor signal is a direct input to the TIPM. The TIPM sends the PCM the ambient temperature signal over the CAN C bus.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM doesn't receive the ambient temperature signal over the CAN C bus from the TIPM. The circuit is continuously monitored.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, select View Powertrain DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) ALSO
ACTIVE With the scan tool view DTCs. Is the U0141-NO BUS MESSAGE RECEIVED FROM THE FCM (TIPM) also set?
Yes Follow the diagnostics for U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE FCM (TIPM) Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0128-THERMOSTAT RATIONALITY📷 13
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The PCM predicts what the engine coolant temperature should be, based on the engine coolant temperature at start-up, ambient temperature and how the vehicle is subsequently driven. The predicted engine coolant temperature is compared to the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor reading. The error between the two is calculated and integrated with respect to time. When the Thermostat diagnostic runs, the integrated error is compared to a calibrated threshold and pass/fail is determined. Separate pass and fail thresholds are used in order to improve accuracy of the diagnostic.

When monitored

With the engine running, ambient temperature between -8° C (17.6° F) and 50° C (122° F), start up coolant temperature less than 50° C (122° F), and average vehicle speed greater than 16 kph (10 mph) until coolant temperature reaches 85° C (185° F).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the actual engine coolant temperature falls too far below the predicted engine coolant temperature and the predicted coolant temperature reaches the predicted target value before the actual coolant temperature reaches the actual coolant temperature target value. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • LOW COOLANT LEVEL
  • THERMOSTAT OPERATION
  • SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900), (G931) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If any ECT, AAT, CMP or CKP sensor DTCs have set along with P0128, diagnose them before continuing.
NOTE
Make sure that the Pinion Factor has been programmed correctly into the PCM.
NOTE
Diagnose any CAN - C Communication DTCs before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
NOTE
If an Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) DTC is set along with this code, diagnose the ECT DTC first.
NOTE
Inspect the ECT terminals and related PCM terminals. Make sure the terminals are free from corrosion and damage.
NOTE
The best way to diagnose this DTC is to allow the vehicle to sit overnight outside in order to have a totally cold soaked engine.
NOTE
Extremely cold outside ambient temperatures may have caused this DTC to set.
WARNING
Never open the cooling system when the engine is hot. The system is under pressure. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury including extreme burns, scalding, or death. Allow the engine to cool before opening the cooling system.
Check the coolant system to make sure that the coolant is in good condition and at the proper level. Is the coolant level and condition OK?
Yes Go To 3.
No Inspect the vehicle for a coolant leak and add the necessary amount of coolant. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
THERMOSTAT OPERATION
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak).
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the ECT Deg value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up, monitor the ECT Deg value. The temp deg value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp 82° C (180° F). Also monitor the actual coolant temperature with a thermometer.
NOTE
As the engine warms up to operating temperature, the actual coolant temperature (thermometer reading) and the scan tool, ECT Temperature value should stay relatively close to each other.
Using the appropriate service information, determine the proper opening temperature of the thermostat. Did the thermostat open at the proper temperature?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the thermostat. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
AMBIENT AIR TEMP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read and record the AAT Sensor Temperature value. Using the DRB Temperature Probe #CH7050, or an equivalent temperature measuring tool, measure the ambient air temperature near the AAT Sensor. Is the AAT Sensor value with -15° C (5° F) of the temperature probe reading?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 7.
5
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
WARNING
Make sure the engine cooling system is cool before removing the pressure cap or any hose. The cooling system is pressurized when hot. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury including extreme burns, scalding, or death.
With a scan tool, read and record the ECT Sensor Temperature value. Use the DRB Temperature Probe #CH7050, or an equivalent temperature measuring tool, measure the engine coolant temperature. Is the ECT Sensor value with -15° C (5° F) of the temperature probe reading?
Yes Go To 6.
No Go To 7.
6
OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES
Inspect the Temperature Sensors for any physical damage. Inspect the engine coolant. Make sure the coolant is at the proper level. Refer to COOLING . Make sure the Temperature Sensors are properly installed. Make sure the CMP and CKP sensors are installed properly. Check the connectors for any signs of damage.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply. With the engine running at normal operating temperature, monitor the Temperature sensor parameters while wiggling the wire harness. Look for parameter values to change. Visually inspect the related wire harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Inspect and clean all PCM, engine, and chassis grounds. Were any problems found during the above inspections?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete, the conditions that set this DTC are not present at this time.
7
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
NOTE
Visually inspect both the component and the PCM connectors. Look for damage, partially broken wires and backed out or corroded terminals
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the applicable Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the C4 TIPM harness connector and the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K2) ECT Signal circuit and the (G31) AAT Signal circuit at the appropriate Temperature Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C4 TIPM harness connector and the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Temperature Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire across the ECT and AAT Sensor harness connectors. Does the voltage start at 5.0 volts and drop below 1.0 volt when the jumper wire is installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the appropriate Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
NOTE
Disconnect the jumper wire before continuing.
9
SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To C4 TIPM Harness Connector Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K2) ECT Sensor Signal circuit from the ECT Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Measure the resistance of the (G31) AAT Sensor Signal circuit from the AAT Sensor harness connector to the C4 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the open in the Sensor Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To C4 TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the appropriate Temperature Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Measure the resistance of the (G931) Sensor ground circuit from the AAT Sensor harness connector to the C4 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 11.
No Repair the open in the Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the Sensor Signal circuit in the Temperature Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
12
SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OR THE (G931)
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the (K2) ECT Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Signal circuit and the (G931) Sensor ground circuit in the (G31) AAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the Sensor ground circuit and the Sensor Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 13.
13
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Temperature Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+3 more figures in this topic
P0129-BAROMETRIC PRESSURE OUT-OF-RANGE LOW📷 8
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With engine speed within 64 RPM of target idle, MAP sensor voltage between.04 volts and 4.96 volts, no vehicle speed, and the throttle closed.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Each time the PCM detects that the MAP sensor value is greater than a calibrated value for BARO, a counter increments. If the counter reaches a calibrated limit, the test fails. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • MAP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time.
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.7 to 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 7.
3
MAP SENSOR
With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage with the Sensor harness connector disconnected. Is the voltage above 2.2 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
7
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal
to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the MAP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0131-O2 SENSOR 1/1 CIRCUIT LOW📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running for less than 30 seconds and the O2 Sensor Heater Temperature is less than 251° C (484° F) with battery voltage greater 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the 1/1 Oxygen Sensor signal voltage is below approximately 1.5 volts for 2.8 seconds after engine startup. The DTC will set as Pending after one trip and Active after two trips. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • (K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (Z933) O2 1/1 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
  • 1/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K41) O2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the O2 Sensor voltage. Is the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 5.
3
O2 SENSOR
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
5
(K41) O2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K41) O2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K902) O2 RETURN
UPSTREAM CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit and the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(K41) O2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (Z933) O2 1/1 HEATER
GROUND CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit and the (Z933) O2 1/1 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (Z933) O2 1/1 Heater ground circuit and the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0132-O2 SENSOR 1/1 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously with the engine running, no O2 sensor heater DTCs present, 1/1 Oxygen Sensor heater temperature within a specific range, and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Oxygen Sensor voltage is above 3.99 volts for 40 seconds. The DTC will set as Pending after one trip and Active after two trips. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 1/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If an O2 sensor signal circuit is shorted to voltage, all O2 sensor voltage readings displayed on the scan tool will be approximately 5.0 volts. Diagnose the sensor that set the most current DTC.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit in the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
Measure the voltage in reference to ground, not the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
1/1 O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K41) O2 1/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 2.3 and 2.7 volts with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
(K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K41) O2 1/1 Signal circuit from the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K41) O2 1/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0133-O2 SENSOR 1/1 SLOW RESPONSE📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
For an aged O2 sensor, the response rate to the air/fuel change is slower than when it was new. The O2 sensor tends to move less with the same air/fuel changes in a given time frame. Therefore by observing the activity of voltage readings from the upstream O2 sensor, the quality of the O2 sensor can be detected.

When monitored

With the ECT above 70° C (158° F), engine RPM between 1400 and 2300, vehicle speed between 64 and 96 kph (40 and 60 mph), and engine run time greater than 3 minutes.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the oxygen sensor signal does not switch adequately during monitoring. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • (K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • 1/1 O2 SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear
loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K41) O2 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K41) O2 1/1 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Check the (K41) O2 1/1 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Check the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
O2 SENSOR
NOTE
Check for signs of contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor, such as contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the 1/1 Oxygen Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found? Repair Replace the O2 Sensor Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0135-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
This diagnostic provides a continuous check of the O2 heater circuit during operation. The heater circuit is momentarily disabled to allow a resistance measurement to be taken to infer heater temperature. The current delivery to the heater is duty cycled to maintain a specific target temperature. The error from the target temperature is continuously monitored to assess heater performance.

When monitored

Continuously during O2 sensor heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts and no O2 sensor circuit DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects no temperature change in the O2 sensor heater element when the heater circuit is active. The heater temperature is obtained by measuring the heater resistance and calculating the heater temperature. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z933) O2 1/1 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 1/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 8 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize between 4.6 and 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the 1/1 O2 Sensor Heater Test. With the scan tool, monitor 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 SENSOR HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance of the O2 Heater Element across the 1/1 O2 Sensor connector between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the Heater ground terminal.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the resistance of the O2 Sensor Heater Element between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit from the O2 harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 0.5 of an ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(Z933) O2 1/1 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, probe the (Z933) Ground circuit in the 1/1 Oxygen Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (Z933) O2 1/1 Heater ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the 1/1 Oxygen Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0137-O2 SENSOR 1/2 CIRCUIT LOW📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine running for less than 30 seconds and the O2 Sensor Heater Temperature is less than 251° C (484° F) with battery voltage greater 10.99 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the 1/2 Oxygen Sensor signal voltage is below approximately 1.5 volts for 2.8 seconds after engine startup. The DTC will set as Pending after one trip and Active after two trips. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM
  • CIRCUIT
  • (K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (Z933) O2 1/2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
  • 1/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 1/2 O2 Sensor voltage. Is the O2 Sensor voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 5.
3
O2 SENSOR
Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 1/2 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
5
(K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit and the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit and the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (Z933) O2 1/2 HEATER GROUND
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit and the (Z933) O2 1/2 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (Z933) O2 1/2 Heater ground circuit and the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0138-O2 SENSOR 1/2 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously with the engine running, no O2 sensor heater DTCs present, 1/2 Oxygen Sensor heater temperature within a specific range, and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the 1/2 Oxygen Sensor voltage is greater than the maximum acceptable value for a specific amount of time, based on O2 sensor heater temperature. The DTC will set as Pending after one trip and Active after two trips. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K141) O2 1/2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 1/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If an O2 sensor signal circuit is shorted to voltage, all O2 sensor voltage readings displayed on the scan tool will be approximately 5.0 volts. Diagnose the sensor that set the most current DTC.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K141) O2 Sensor 1/2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
Measure the voltage in reference to ground, not the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K141) O2 Sensor 1/2 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 1/2 O2 Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit and the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 2.3 and 2.7 volts with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
(K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0139-O2 SENSOR 1/2 SLOW RESPONSE📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The downstream O2 Sensor is located in the exhaust path behind the catalytic converter, is monitored for proper response to assure optimum catalytic converter efficiency. The downstream O2 response monitor is intended to diagnose a downstream O2 sensor that is not moving or stuck in a voltage window and to insure accurate information for catalyst monitor diagnosis.

When monitored

With the engine running, vehicle speed between 32 and 88 kph (20 and 55 mph), throttle open for a minimum of 120 seconds, ECT greater than 70° C (158° F), Catalytic Converter Temperature greater than 600° C (1112° F) and EVAP Purge active

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the oxygen sensor signal switches from lean to rich less than 16 times within 20 seconds during monitoring. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • (K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • 1/2 O2 SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off Disconnect the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Check the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Check the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
1/2 O2 SENSOR
NOTE
Check for signs of contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor, such as contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the 1/2 Oxygen Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found? Repair Replace the 1/2 O2 Sensor Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P013A-O2 SENSOR 1/2 SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The downstream O2 Sensor is located in the exhaust path behind the catalytic converter, is monitored for proper response to assure optimum catalytic converter efficiency. The downstream O2 response monitor is intended to diagnose a downstream O2 sensor that is not moving or stuck in a voltage window and to insure accurate information for catalyst monitor diagnosis.

When monitored

With the engine running, vehicle speed above 96 kph (60 mph), throttle open for a minimum of 120 seconds, ECT greater than 70° C (158° F), catalytic converter temperature greater than 600° C (1112° F), and downstream oxygen sensor in a rich state. During a decel fuel shutoff event, the downstream oxygen sensor should switch from rich to lean within a specific time.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM monitors the downstream O2 sensor. If the PCM does not detect a rich to lean switch within a specific time during a decel fuel shutoff event, the monitor will fail. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • (K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • 1/2 O2 SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K141) O2 1/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off Disconnect the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Check the (K141) O2 1/2 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Check the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
1/2 O2 SENSOR
NOTE
Check for signs of contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor, such as contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the 1/2 Oxygen Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found? Repair Replace the 1/2 O2 Sensor Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P013C-O2 SENSOR 2/2 SLOW RESPONSE - RICH TO LEAN📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The downstream O2 Sensor is located in the exhaust path behind the catalytic converter, is monitored for proper response to assure optimum catalytic converter efficiency. The downstream O2 response monitor is intended to diagnose a downstream O2 sensor that is not moving or stuck in a voltage window and to insure accurate information for catalyst monitor diagnosis.

When monitored

With the engine running, vehicle speed above 96 kph (60 mph), throttle open for a minimum of 120 seconds, ECT greater than 70° C (158° F), catalytic converter temperature greater than 600° C (1112° F), and downstream oxygen sensor in a rich state. During a decel fuel shutoff event, the downstream oxygen sensor should switch from rich to lean within a specific time.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM monitors the downstream O2 sensor. If the PCM does not detect a rich to lean switch within a specific time during a decel fuel shutoff event, the monitor will fail. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • (K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • 2/2 O2 SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off Disconnect the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Check the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Check the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
2/2 O2 SENSOR
NOTE
Check for signs of contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor, such as contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the 2/2 Oxygen Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found? Repair Replace the 2/2 O2 Sensor Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0141-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER PERFORMANCE📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
This diagnostic provides a continuous check of the O2 heater circuit during operation. The heater circuit is momentarily disabled to allow a resistance measurement to be taken to infer heater temperature. The current delivery to the heater is duty cycled to maintain a specific target temperature. The error from the target temperature is continuously monitored to assess heater performance.

When monitored

Continuously during O2 sensor heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts and no O2 sensor circuit DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects no temperature change in the O2 sensor heater element when the heater circuit is active. The heater temperature is obtained by measuring the heater resistance and calculating the heater temperature. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z933) O2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 1/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 8 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize between 4.6 and 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the 1/2 O2 Sensor Heater Test. With the scan tool, monitor 1/2 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 SENSOR HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance of the O2 Heater Element across the O2 Sensor connector between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the Heater ground terminal.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the resistance of the O2 Sensor Heater Element between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit from the O2 harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 0.5 of an ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(Z933) O2 1/2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the (Z933) Ground circuit in the 1/2 Oxygen Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (Z933) O2 1/2 Heater ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0151-O2 SENSOR 2/1 CIRCUIT LOW📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine running, battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, and no O2 sensor heater DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the 2/1 Oxygen Sensor signal voltage is below approximately 1.5 volts for 2.8 seconds after engine startup. The DTC will set as Pending after one trip and Active after two trips. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • (K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (Z933) HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
  • 2/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage. Is the O2 Sensor voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 5.
3
O2 SENSOR
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
5
(K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit and the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (Z933) HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit and the (Z933) O2 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (Z933) O2 Heater ground circuit and the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0152-O2 SENSOR 2/1 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously with the engine running, no O2 sensor heater DTCs present, 2/1 Oxygen Sensor heater temperature within a specific range, and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the 2/1 Oxygen Sensor voltage is greater than the maximum acceptable value for a specific amount of time, based on O2 sensor heater temperature. The DTC will set as Pending after one trip and Active after two trips. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 2/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If an O2 sensor signal circuit is shorted to voltage, all O2 sensor voltage readings displayed on the scan tool will be approximately 5.0 volts. Diagnose the sensor that set the most current DTC.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K43) O2 Sensor 2/1 Signal circuit in the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
Measure the voltage in reference to ground, not the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K43) O2 Sensor 2/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 2.3 and 2.7 volts with the jumper wire in place?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
(K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit from the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0153-O2 SENSOR 2/1 SLOW RESPONSE📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
For an aged O2 sensor, the response rate to the air/fuel change is slower than when it was new. The O2 sensor tends to move less with the same air/fuel changes in a given time frame. Therefore by observing the activity of voltage readings from the upstream O2 sensor, the quality of the O2 sensor can be detected.

When monitored

With the ECT above 70 °C (158 °F), engine RPM between 1400 and 2300, vehicle speed between 64 and 96 kph (40 and 60 mph), and engine run time greater than 3 minutes.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the oxygen sensor signal does not switch adequately during monitoring. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • (K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • 2/1 O2 SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear
loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K43) O2 2/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Check the (K43) O2 2/1 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Check the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
2/1 OXYGEN SENSOR
NOTE
Check for signs of contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor, such as contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the 2/1 Oxygen Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found? Repair Replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0155-O2 SENSOR 2/1 HEATER PERFORMANCE📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
This diagnostic provides a continuous check of the O2 heater circuit during operation. The heater circuit is momentarily disabled to allow a resistance measurement to be taken to infer heater temperature. The current delivery to the heater is duty cycled to maintain a specific target temperature. The error from the target temperature is continuously monitored to assess heater performance.

When monitored

Continuously during O2 sensor heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts and no O2 sensor circuit DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects no temperature change in the O2 sensor heater element when the heater circuit is active. The heater temperature is obtained by measuring the heater resistance and calculating the heater temperature. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z933) O2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 2/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 8 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize between 4.6 and 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the 2/1 O2 Sensor Heater Test. With the scan tool, monitor 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 SENSOR HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance of the O2 Heater Element across the O2 Sensor connector between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the O2 Heater ground terminal.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the resistance of the O2 Sensor Heater Element between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit from the O2 harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 0.5 of an ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(Z933) O2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the (Z933) Ground circuit in the 2/1 Oxygen Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (Z933) O2 Heater ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/1 Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0157-O2 SENSOR 2/2 CIRCUIT LOW📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine running, battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, and no O2 sensor heater DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the 2/2 Oxygen Sensor signal voltage is below approximately 1.5 volts for 2.8 seconds after engine startup. The DTC will set as Pending after one trip and Active after two trips. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K243) O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • (K243) O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (Z933) O2 2/2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
  • 2/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 2/2 O2 Sensor voltage. Is the O2 Sensor voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 5.
3
O2 SENSOR
Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 2/2 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
5
(K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 and C2 PCM harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit and the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit and the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
(K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (Z933) O2 2/2 HEATER GROUND
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit and the (Z933) O2 2/2 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (Z933) O2 2/2 Heater ground circuit and the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/2 Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0158-O2 SENSOR 2/2 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously with the engine running, no O2 sensor heater DTCs present, 2/2 Oxygen Sensor heater temperature within a specific range, and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the 2/2 Oxygen Sensor voltage is greater than the maximum acceptable value for a specific amount of time, based on O2 sensor heater temperature. The DTC will set as Pending after one trip and Active after two trips. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 2/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
If an O2 sensor signal circuit is shorted to voltage, all O2 sensor voltage readings displayed on the scan tool will be approximately 5.0 volts. Diagnose the sensor that set the most current DTC.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the status Active for this DTC?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Disconnect the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage on the (K243) O2 Sensor 2/2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
Measure the voltage in reference to ground, not the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K243) O2 Sensor 2/2 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to battery voltage in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Connect the C1 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 2/2 O2 Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit and the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 2.3 and 2.7 volts with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 2/2 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
(K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0159-O2 SENSOR 2/2 SLOW RESPONSE📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The downstream O2 Sensor is located in the exhaust path behind the catalytic converter, is monitored for proper response to assure optimum catalytic converter efficiency. The downstream O2 response monitor is intended to diagnose a downstream O2 sensor that is not moving or stuck in a voltage window and to insure accurate information for catalyst monitor diagnosis.

When monitored

Vehicle is started and driven between 32 and 88.5 km/h (20 and 55 mph) with the Throttle open for a minimum of 120 seconds. Coolant greater than 70° C (158° F). Catalytic Converter Temp greater than 600° C (1112° F) and EVAP Purge is active.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The oxygen sensor signal voltage switches less than 16 times from lean to rich within 20 seconds during monitoring. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • (K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
  • 2/2 O2 SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K243) O2 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off Disconnect the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Check the (K243) O2 2/2 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K904) O2 RETURN DOWNSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Check the (K904) O2 Return Downstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
2/2 OXYGEN SENSOR
NOTE
Check for signs of contaminants that may have damaged the O2 Sensor, such as contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the 2/2 Oxygen Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found? Repair Replace the 2/2 O2 Sensor Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0161-O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER PERFORMANCE📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
This diagnostic provides a continuous check of the O2 heater circuit during operation. The heater circuit is momentarily disabled to allow a resistance measurement to be taken to infer heater temperature. The current delivery to the heater is duty cycled to maintain a specific target temperature. The error from the target temperature is continuously monitored to assess heater performance.

When monitored

Continuously during O2 sensor heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts and no O2 sensor circuit DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects no temperature change in the O2 sensor heater element when the heater circuit is active. The heater temperature is obtained by measuring the heater resistance and calculating the heater temperature. Two trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z933) O2 2/2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • 2/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 8 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize between 4.6 and 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the 2/2 O2 Sensor Heater Test. With a scan tool, monitor 2/2 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 SENSOR HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance of the 2/2 O2 Heater Element, between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the O2 Heater ground terminal in the O2 Sensor connector.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the resistance of the O2 Sensor Heater Element between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the 2/2 O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit from the O2 harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 0.5 of an ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(Z933) O2 2/2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the (Z933) Ground circuit in the 2/2 Oxygen Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (Z933) O2 2/2 Heater ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/2 Oxygen Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0171-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 LEAN📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fuel feedback system will maintain a stoiciometric fuel/air mixture, 14.7:1, by modifying the injector pulsewidth according to the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. The PCM makes short term and long term fuel corrections to maintain stoiciometric fuel/air ratio for best catalytic converter efficiency. Short term fuel correction is based on upstream O2 sensor output and is designed for quick engine response. The long term fuel correction compensated for variations in the engine specifications, sensor tolerances and component aging and is designed to correct rich and lean conditions over a longer period of time.

When monitored

With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above -6.7° C (20° F) and altitude below 2590.8 m (8500 ft).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the PCM multiplies short term compensation by long term adaptive and a certain percentage is exceeded for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates and a trouble code is stored. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL

Possible causes

  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
  • O2 SENSOR
  • MAP SENSOR
  • ECT SENSOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
  • FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Diagnose all other trouble codes before continuing.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged an O2 Sensor:
contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant. Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Turn the ignition off. Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 3. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . Below Specification Go To 13.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
3
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor's Signal or Return circuit is shorted to ground the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings low. The O2 Sensor that is shorted to ground will display a voltage reading near or at 0 volts.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor Signal or Return circuits are shorted to voltage, the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings high.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
With a scan tool, monitor all of the O2 Sensor voltage readings. Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts for all the O2 Sensors?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 9.
5
1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize at 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the 1/1 O2 Heater Test. With the scan tool, monitor 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Barometric Pressure.
NOTE
The Barometric Pressure should be approximately equal to the actual barometric pressure. If necessary, compare the Barometric Pressure value of this vehicle to the value of a known good vehicle of a similar make and model.
Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the scan tool, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value. Is the scan tool reading for MAP Vacuum within 1 inch of Hg on the Vacuum Gauge and is the Barometric Pressure reading of the vehicle the approximately the same as actual Barometric Pressure?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the MAP Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
NOTE
For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly.
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak)
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up, monitor the ECT Sensor value. The temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temperature 82° C (180° F). The value should reach at least 82° C (180° F). Did the ECT value increase smoothly and did it reach at least 182° C (180° F)?
Yes Go To 8.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the ECT Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
Turn the ignition off. Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
9
1/1 O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage. O2 Sensor voltage should read between 4.1 and 5.0 volts on the scan tool with the connector disconnected. Connect a jumper wire between the (K41) Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The voltage should drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire in place.
Did the O2 Sensor voltage change from 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
10
(K41) O2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With a scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage reading with the jumper wire removed.
NOTE
The scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings approximately 5.0 volts when only one O2 Sensor's Signal circuit is shorted to voltage.
NOTE
The scan tool will display one O2 Sensor voltage close to zero and the others will read lower than normal when one O2 Sensor Signal circuit contains excessive resistance.
Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 11.
No Check the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 12.
No Check the O2 Return Upstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
13
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 between disconnected fuel line and the fuel pump module. Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on tool #6539. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 14.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
14
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
FUEL PUMP MODULE
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump Module, TIPM, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Fuel Pump Module if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0172-FUEL SYSTEM 1/1 RICH📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fuel feedback system will maintain a stoiciometric fuel/air mixture, 14.7:1, by modifying the injector pulse width according to the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. The PCM makes short term and long term fuel corrections to maintain stoiciometric fuel/air ratio for best catalytic converter efficiency. Short term fuel correction is based on upstream O2 sensor output and is designed for quick engine response. The long term fuel correction compensated for variations in the engine specifications, sensor tolerances and component aging and is designed to correct rich and lean conditions over a longer period of time.

When monitored

With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above -6.7° C (20° F) and altitude below 2590.8 m (8500 ft).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the PCM multiplies short term compensation by long term adaptive and a purge fuel multiplier and the result is below a certain value for 30 seconds over two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates and a trouble code is stored. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID OPERATION
  • O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
  • O2 SENSOR
  • MAP SENSOR
  • ECT SENSOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
  • FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Diagnose all other trouble codes before continuing.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged an O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Turn the ignition off. Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 3. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
3
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor's Signal or Return circuit is shorted to ground or voltage, all the other O2 Sensor voltage readings will be affected.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
With the scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage reading. Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 9.
4
1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize at 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, perform the 1/1 O2 Heater Test. With the scan tool, monitor the O2 Sensor voltage while performing the Heater test for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts during the Heater test?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Barometric Pressure.
NOTE
The Barometric Pressure should be approximately equal to the actual barometric pressure. If necessary, compare the Barometric Pressure value of this vehicle to the value of a known good vehicle of a similar make and model.
Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With a scan tool, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value. Is the scan tool reading for MAP Vacuum within 1 inch of Hg on the Vacuum Gauge and is the Barometric Pressure reading of the vehicle the approximately the same as actual Barometric Pressure?
Yes Go To 6.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the MAP Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Remove the vacuum gauge before continuing.
6
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
NOTE
For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly.
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak)
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The temp value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp 82° C (180° F). The value should reach at least 82° C (180° F). Did the ECT value increase smoothly and reach at least 82° C (180° F)?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the hoses at the Evap Purge Solenoid. Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 inches of vacuum to the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum source port on the component side. Did the Evap Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes Go To 8.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Solenoid and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Evap Purge Solenoid if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Connect the vacuum hoses before continuing.
8
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from restrictions. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
9
1/1 O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the 1/1 O2 Sensor voltage. O2 Sensor voltage should read between 4.1 and 5.0 volts on the scan tool with the connector disconnected. Connect a jumper wire between the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The voltage should drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts down to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire connected.
Did the O2 Sensor voltage drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts when the jumper wire was installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 1/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
10
(K41) O2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 11.
No Check the (K41) O2 Sensor 1/1 Signal circuit for damage, short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K902) O2 SENSOR RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 12.
No Check the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit for damage, short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Turn the ignition off before continuing.
12
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0174-FUEL SYSTEM 2/1 LEAN📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fuel feedback system will maintain a stoiciometric fuel/air mixture, 14.7:1, by modifying the injector pulse width according to the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. The PCM makes short term and long term fuel corrections to maintain stoiciometric fuel/air ratio for best catalytic converter efficiency. Short term fuel correction is based on upstream O2 sensor output and is designed for quick engine response. The long term fuel correction compensated for variations in the engine specifications, sensor tolerances and component aging and is designed to correct rich and lean conditions over a longer period of time.

When monitored

With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above -6.7° C (20° F) and altitude below 2590.8 m (8500 ft).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the PCM multiplies short term compensation by long term adaptive and a certain percentage is exceeded for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates and a trouble code is stored. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • EXHAUST LEAK
  • O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
  • O2 SENSOR
  • MAP SENSOR
  • ECT SENSOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
  • FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Diagnose all other trouble codes before continuing.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged an O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Turn the ignition off. Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 3. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . Below Specification Go To 13.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
3
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the liquid/soapy water to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor's Signal or Return circuit is shorted to ground the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings low. The O2 Sensor that is shorted to ground will display a voltage reading near or at 0 volts.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor Signal or Return circuits are shorted to voltage, the scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings high.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
With the scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage reading. Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Go To 9.
5
2/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize at 5.0 volts.
NOTE
Perform the following test on all O2 Sensors.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the 2/1 O2 Heater Test. With the scan tool, monitor 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Barometric Pressure.
NOTE
The Barometric Pressure should be approximately equal to the actual barometric pressure. If necessary, compare the Barometric Pressure value of this vehicle to the value of a known good vehicle of a similar make and model.
Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the scan tool, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value. Is the scan tool reading for MAP Vacuum within 1 inch of Hg on the Vacuum Gauge and is the Barometric Pressure reading of the vehicle the approximately the same as actual Barometric Pressure?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the MAP Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
NOTE
For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly.
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak).
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up, monitor the ECT Sensor value. The temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temperature 82° (180° F). The value should reach at least 82° C (180° F). Did the ECT value increase smoothly and did it reach at least 82° (180° F)?
Yes Go To 8.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
Turn the ignition off. Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
9
O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage. O2 Sensor voltage should read between 4.1 and 5.0 volts on the scan tool with the connector disconnected. Connect a jumper wire between the (K43) O2 Sensor 2/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The voltage should drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire in place.
Did the O2 Sensor voltage change from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts when the jumper wire was installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
10
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With the scan tool, monitor all the O2 Sensor voltage reading with the jumper wire removed.
NOTE
The scan tool will display all O2 Sensor voltage readings approximately 5.0 volts when only one O2 Sensor's Signal circuit is shorted to voltage.
NOTE
The scan tool will display one O2 Sensor voltage close to zero and the others will read lower than normal when one O2 Sensor Signal circuit contains excessive resistance.
Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 11.
No Check all the O2 Signal circuits for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K902) O2 RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 12.
No Check the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit for a short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
13
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 between disconnected fuel line and the fuel pump module. Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on tool #6539. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 14.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
14
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 15.
15
FUEL PUMP MODULE
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Fuel Pump Module, TIPM, and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Fuel Pump Module if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0175-FUEL SYSTEM 2/1 RICH📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fuel feedback system will maintain a stoiciometric fuel/air mixture, 14.7:1, by modifying the injector pulse width according to the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. The PCM makes short term and long term fuel corrections to maintain stoiciometric fuel/air ratio for best catalytic converter efficiency. Short term fuel correction is based on upstream O2 sensor output and is designed for quick engine response. The long term fuel correction compensated for variations in the engine specifications, sensor tolerances and component aging and is designed to correct rich and lean conditions over a longer period of time.

When monitored

With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery temperature above -6.7° C (20° F) and altitude below 2590.8 m (8500 ft).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the PCM multiplies short term compensation by long term adaptive and a purge fuel multiplier and the result is below a certain value for 30 seconds over two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates and a trouble code is stored. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
  • EVAP PURGE SOLENOID OPERATION
  • O2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • O2 RETURN CIRCUIT
  • O2 SENSOR
  • MAP SENSOR
  • ECT SENSOR
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
  • FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Diagnose all other trouble codes before continuing.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may have damaged an O2 Sensor: contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. With a scan tool, select View DTCs.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive the vehicle to meet the conditions to set this DTC, try to repeat the conditions in which the fault originally set by reviewing the Freeze Frame data.
Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Turn the ignition off. Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Within Specification Go To 3. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
3
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
NOTE
If one of the O2 Sensor's Signal or Return circuit is shorted to ground or voltage, all the other O2 Sensor voltage readings will be affected.
NOTE
After the repairs have been made, verify proper O2 Sensor operation. If all the O2 Sensor voltage readings have not returned to normal, follow the diagnostic procedure for the remaining O2 Sensors.
With the scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage reading. Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 9.
4
2/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize at 5.0 volts.
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, perform the 2/1 O2 Heater Test for each O2 Sensor. With the scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage while performing the Heater test for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts for each Sensor?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Barometric Pressure.
NOTE
The Barometric Pressure should be approximately equal to the actual barometric pressure. If necessary, compare the Barometric Pressure value of this vehicle to the value of a known good vehicle of a similar make and model.
Turn the ignition off. Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.
NOTE
If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the scan tool, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value. Is the scan tool reading for MAP Vacuum within 1 inch of Hg on the Vacuum reading and is the Barometric Pressure reading of the vehicle the approximately the same as actual Barometric Pressure?
Yes Go To 6.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the MAP Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Remove the vacuum gauge before continuing.
6
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
NOTE
For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly.
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak).
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The temp value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp 82° C (180° F). The value should reach at least 82° C (180° F). Did the ECT value increase smoothly and reach at least 82° C (180° F)?
Yes Go To 7.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID OPERATION
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the hoses at the Evap Purge Solenoid. Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 inches of vacuum to the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum source port on the component side. Did the Evap Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes Go To 8.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Evap Purge Solenoid and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the Evap Purge Solenoid if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Connect the vacuum hoses before continuing.
8
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from restrictions. ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks FUEL - must be free of contamination FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to correct injector Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 12.
9
2/1 O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, monitor the 2/1 O2 Sensor voltage. O2 Sensor voltage should read between 4.1 and 5.0 volts on the scan tool with the connector disconnected. Connect a jumper wire between the (K43) O2 Sensor 2/1 Signal circuit and the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The voltage should drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts down to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire connected.
Did the O2 Sensor voltage drop from between 4.1 and 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts when the jumper wire was installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Replace the 2/1 O2 Sensor if no problems were found with the connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
10
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine. Measure the voltage on the (K43) O2 Sensor 2/1 Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.1 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go To 11.
No Check the (K43) O2 Sensor 2/1 Signal circuit for damage, short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
(K902) O2 SENSOR RETURN UPSTREAM CIRCUIT
Engine still running. Measure the voltage on the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage at 2.5 volts?
Yes Go To 12.
No Check the (K902) O2 Return Upstream circuit for damage, short to ground, open, or short to voltage. Inspect the O2 Sensor connector and the PCM harness connector. If OK, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
NOTE
Turn the ignition off before continuing.
12
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Sensors and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0201-FUEL INJECTOR 1 CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fueling strategy for NGC requires potentially three fuel pulses per cylinder per cycle. The first pulse is delivered starting at a programmed angle soon after the intake valve closes, for specified time duration. This is for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the previous cycle and second to allow fueling to begin as early as possible in the current cycle. The second pulse is delivered for a specified time and is set to end at a programmed angle. The pulse must not extend past the end angle. There can be a separate value for each cylinder under the same operating conditions. This is done for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered during the intake/exhaust valve overlap period, which tends to cause elevated emission levels. Also, allowing fuel to enter each cylinder at a slightly different angle tends to reduce any fuel pressure standing waves in the fuel rail. If the desired total fuel pulse-width increases, a third fuel pulse must be delivered. The third pulse, if necessary, is delivered for a specified time and must end at a programmed angle before the valve closes again. The third pulse in the cycle is controlled by its ending angle. This is also for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the next cycle and second to allow fueling to end as late as possible in the current cycle. At high engine speeds, one or more of the pulses may be dropped from the fueling strategy.

When monitored

With battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Auto Shutdown Relay energized. Engine speed less than 3000 rpm.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM monitors the continuity of the injector circuits as well as the voltage spike created by the collapse of the magnetic field in the injector coil. Any condition that reduces the maximum current flow or the magnitude of the voltage spike can cause this DTC to set.

Possible causes

  • (F342) ASD OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K11) INJECTOR 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K11) INJECTOR 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Review Freeze Frame information. Operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL INJECTOR 1 CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Tool #8815 And ASD Relay Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Remove the ASD Relay.
NOTE
The resistance of the circuit will vary according to the temperature of the injector coil. Use the table below to determine the resistance range of the injector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector 1 circuit from the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 and the ASD Relay connector. Fuel Injector Coil Resistance Based on Engine Temperature Temperature Resistance -20° C (-4° F) 10 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 20° C (68° F) 12 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 60° C (140° F) 14 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 100° C (212° F) 16 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) Is the resistance of the injector within the specified range?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 3.
3
FUEL INJECTOR 1 WIRING AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Verify that the Fuel Injector 1 is properly connected to the injector. Disconnect the Fuel Injector 1 connector and Inspect the terminals for any condition that would result in a poor connection. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Fuel Injector 1 wiring and connector. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(F342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, actuate the Auto Shutdown (ASD) Relay Control State. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Fuel Injector 1 harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K11) INJECTOR 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K11) Injector 1 Control circuit between the Fuel Injector 1 harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K11) Injector 1 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
FUEL INJECTOR 1
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Fuel Injector 1 in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K11) INJECTOR 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K11) Injector 1 Control circuit in the Fuel Injector 1 harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the (K11) Injector 1 Control circuit for a short to ground. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0202-FUEL INJECTOR 2 CIRCUIT📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The fueling strategy for NGC requires potentially three fuel pulses per cylinder per cycle. The first pulse is delivered starting at a programmed angle soon after the intake valve closes, for specified time duration. This is for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the previous cycle and second to allow fueling to begin as early as possible in the current cycle. The second pulse is delivered for a specified time and is set to end at a programmed angle. The pulse must not extend past the end angle. There can be a separate value for each cylinder under the same operating conditions. This is done for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered during the intake/exhaust valve overlap period, which tends to cause elevated emission levels. Also, allowing fuel to enter each cylinder at a slightly different angle tends to reduce any fuel pressure standing waves in the fuel rail. If the desired total fuel pulse-width increases, a third fuel pulse must be delivered. The third pulse, if necessary, is delivered for a specified time and must end at a programmed angle before the valve closes again. The third pulse in the cycle is controlled by its ending angle. This is also for two reasons, one to prevent any fuel from this pulse being delivered in the next cycle and second to allow fueling to end as late as possible in the current cycle. At high engine speeds, one or more of the pulses may be dropped from the fueling strategy.

When monitored

With battery voltage greater than 10 volts. Auto Shutdown Relay energized. Engine speed less than 3000 rpm.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM monitors the continuity of the injector circuits as well as the voltage spike created by the collapse of the magnetic field in the injector coil. Any condition that reduces the maximum current flow or the magnitude of the voltage spike can cause this DTC to set.

Possible causes

  • (F342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (K12) INJECTOR 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K12) INJECTOR 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • FUEL INJECTOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Record DTC and Freeze Frame information. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Review Freeze Frame information. Operate the vehicle under conditions similar to which the DTC was set.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
FUEL INJECTOR 2 CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Tool #8815 And ASD Relay Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Remove the ASD Relay.
NOTE
The resistance of the circuit will vary according to the temperature of the injector coil. Use the table below to determine the resistance range of the injector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector 2 circuit from the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 and the ASD Relay connector. Fuel Injector Coil Resistance Based on Engine Temperature Temperature Resistance -20° C (-4° F) 10 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 20° C (68° F) 12 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 60° C (140° F) 14 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) 100° C (212° F) 16 ohms (+/-.6 of an ohm) Is the resistance of the injector within the specified range?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 3.
3
FUEL INJECTOR 2 WIRING AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION
Turn the ignition off. Verify that the Fuel Injector 2 is properly connected to the injector. Disconnect the Fuel Injector 2 connector and Inspect the terminals for any condition that would result in a poor connection. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Fuel Injector 2 wiring and connector. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(F342) ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, actuate the Auto Shutdown (ASD) Relay Control State. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit in the Fuel Injector 2 harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright? Yes. Go To 5. No. Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K12) INJECTOR 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K12) Injector 2 Control circuit from the Fuel Injector harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K12) Injector 2 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
FUEL INJECTOR 2
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Fuel Injector 2 in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K12) INJECTOR 2 CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K12) Injector 2 Control circuit in the Injector harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K12) Injector 2 Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Fuel Injector 2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Injector and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
U1110-LOST VEHICLE SPEED MESSAGE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The PCM receives the vehicle speed signal over the CAN C bus from the Anti-lock Brake Module.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM doesn't receive a vehicle speed signal from the Anti-lock brake Module over the CAN C bus.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED
  • ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool read Powertrain DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ABS MODULE ALSO SET
With the scan tool continue reading DTCs. Is the U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ABS MODULE also set?
Yes Follow the diagnostics for U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ABS MODULE Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
U1113-LOST A/C PRESSURE MESSAGE
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The A/C Pressure Transducer signal is a direct input to the TIPM. The TIPM sends the PCM the A/C Pressure Transducer signal over the CAN C bus.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM doesn't receive the A/C pressure signal over the CAN C bus from the TIPM. The circuit is continuously monitored.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, view Active Powertrain DTCs. Is the DTC active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) ALSO
ACTIVE With the scan tool, View DTCs. Is the U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) also set?
Yes Follow the diagnostics for U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM) Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
U1120-LOST WHEEL DISTANCE MESSAGE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The PCM receives the vehicle speed signal over the CAN C bus from the Anti-lock Brake Module.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM doesn't receive a wheel distance message from the Anti-lock brake Module over the CAN C bus.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED
  • ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE
  • PCM
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool View Powertrain DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ABS MODULE/P0141-LOST COMMUNICATION
WITH FCM (TIPM) ALSO SET With the scan tool, read the appropriate module for DTCs. Is the U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ABS MODULE/P0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FCM (TIPM) also set?
Yes Perform the appropriate diagnostic test.
Perform the POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
U1403-IMPLAUSIBLE FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL RECEIVED📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The TIPM has to send the PCM a fuel level signal over CAN C. The signal the TIPM sends over CAN C is implausible.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The fuel level message the PCM is receiving is implausible. The circuit is continuously monitored.

Possible causes

  • CAN C OPEN OR SHORTED
  • FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
  • (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K91) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K91) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CAN C BUS DTCS ALSO ACTIVE
With a scan tool check for DTCs in the TIPM. Are any CAN C related DTCs Active at this time?
Yes (Refer to appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article ) for the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 3.
3
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Using a fused jumper wire, jump the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit to the (N4) Fuel Level Sensor No.1 Signal circuit in the Fuel Pump Motor harness connector. Did the Fuel gauge level change from empty to full?
Yes Replace the Fuel Level Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C7 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit in the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K91) SENSOR GROUND
CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit and the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit and the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (N4) FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Connector To TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance of the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector to the C7 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (N4) Fuel Level Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K91) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Connector To TIPM Harness Connector Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit from the Fuel Pump Module harness connector to the TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K91) Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connector at the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
U1411-IMPLAUSIBLE FUEL VOLUME SIGNAL RECEIVED📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The TIPM has to send the PCM a fuel volume signal over CAN C. The signal the TIPM sends over CAN C is implausible.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The fuel volume message the PCM is receiving is implausible. The circuit is continuously monitored.

Possible causes

  • CAN C OPEN OR SHORTED
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CAN C BUS DTCS ALSO ACTIVE
With a scan tool check for DTCs in the TIPM. Are any CAN C related DTCs Active at this time?
Yes (Refer to appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article ) for the appropriate diagnostic procedures. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
U1412-IMPLAUSIBLE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL RECEIVED📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The ABS Module sends vehicle speed information over the CAN C Bus circuit to the PCM.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM gets an implausible signal over the CAN C circuit from the ABS Module. The circuit is continuously monitored.

Possible causes

  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
  • ABS MODULE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the U1412-IMPLAUSIBLE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL RECEIVED Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
U0001-NO COMMUNICATION ON THE CAN C BUS CIRCUIT IS ACTIVE
Continue reading DTCs. Is the U0001-NO COMMUNICATION ON THE CAN C BUS CIRCUIT ACTIVE at this time?
Yes Refer to the Diagnostic Procedure for the U0001-NO COMMUNICATION ON THE CAN C BUS CIRCUIT. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .
No Go To 3.
3
ABS MODULE IS ACTIVE ON THE CAN C BUS
With the scan tool, select ECU View. Verify that the ABS Module active on the bus. Is the ABS Module Active on the bus?
Yes Go To 4.
No (Refer to appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article ) for No Response diagnostic procedures. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
ACTIVE DTCS IN THE TIPM
With the scan tool, select ECU View and select TIPM. With the scan tool, read active DTCs. Is the U0001-NO COMMUNICATION ON THE CAN C BUS CIRCUIT ACTIVE in the TIPM at this time?
Yes Replace the ABS Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
U1417-IMPLAUSIBLE LEFT WHEEL DISTANCE SIGNAL RECEIVED📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The ABS Module sends an implausible distance signal over the CAN C Bus circuit to the PCM.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM gets an implausible signal over the CAN C circuit from the ABS Module. The circuit is continuously monitored.

Possible causes

  • VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FAULT ACTIVE IN ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
  • ABS MODULE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the U1417-IMPLAUSIBLE LEFT WHEEL DISTANCE SIGNAL RECEIVED Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
ABS MODULE IS ACTIVE ON THE CAN C BUS
With the scan tool, select ECU View. Verify that the ABS Module active on the bus. Is the ABS Module Active on the bus?
Yes Go To 3.
No (Refer to appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article ) for No Response diagnostic procedures. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
DTCS STORED OR ACTIVE IN THE ABS MODULE
Check for DTCs in the ABS Module. Are any DTCs Active or stored in the ABS Module?
Yes Refer to ABS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS and perform the diagnostics for the DTCs in the ABS Module. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to 4.
4
ACTIVE DTCS IN THE TIPM
With the scan tool, select ECU View and select TIPM. With the scan tool, view Active DTCs. Are any Communication DTCs active in the TIPM relating to the ABS System?
Yes Replace the ABS Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
U1418-IMPLAUSIBLE RIGHT WHEEL DISTANCE SIGNAL RECEIVED📷 31
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The ABS Module sends an implausible distance signal over the CAN C Bus circuit to the PCM.

When monitored

Ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM gets an implausible signal over the CAN C circuit from the ABS Module. The circuit is continuously monitored.

Possible causes

  • VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FAULT ACTIVE IN ANTI-LOCK BRAKE MODULE
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
  • ABS MODULE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the U1418-IMPLAUSIBLE RIGHT WHEEL DISTANCE SIGNAL RECEIVED active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
ABS MODULE IS ACTIVE ON THE CAN C BUS
With the scan tool, select ECU View. Verify that the ABS Module active on the bus. Is the ABS Module active on the bus?
Yes Go To 3.
No (Refer to appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article ) for No Response diagnostic procedures. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
DTCS STORED OR ACTIVE IN THE ABS MODULE
Check for DTCs in the ABS Module. Are any DTCs active or stored in the ABS Module?
Yes Refer to ABS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS and perform the diagnostics for the DTCs in the ABS Module. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to 4.
4
ACTIVE DTCS IN THE TIPM
With the scan tool, select ECU View and select TIPM. With the scan tool, view active DTCs. Are any Communication DTCs active in the TIPM relating to the ABS System?
Yes Replace the ABS Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . *CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS

Diagnostic test

1
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
Turn the ignition off. Raise the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information.
WARNING
The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to service any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Special care should be taken when working near the catalytic converter. The temperature of the converter rises to a high level after a short period of engine operating time
Connect Exhaust Cone #8404-EC or #8404-EC to Air Pressure Regulator (with hose) #W-18-MIL- 1146AS.
CAUTION
The air pressure must not exceed 27.6 kPa (4 psi), otherwise engine damage can occur.
Attach shop air to the air pressure regulator. Adjust the Air Pressure Regulator to 27.6 kPa (4 psi) Insert the exhaust cone into the vehicle tail pipe. If the vehicle is equipped with dual exhaust. Use the #8404-ECT with equipped attached plug, plug one side of the dual exhaust pipe. Pressurize the other as described above. Apply Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or an equivalent leak finder liquid) to the following areas: - All welded joints from the exhaust manifold to 152.4 mm (6 inches) behind the downstream O2 sensor - O2 sensor seal points - O2 sensor boss welds - Flange/joint connection(s) - Exhaust manifold to cylinder head connection(s) - EGR solenoid gasket base and tube seal points (if equipped) Watch for the Mopar® Air Leak Detector PN# 05191804AA (or the equivalent leak finder liquid) to bubble. Use the following definitions to help determine if system or component repair/replacement is necessary: Type 1 Leak is defined as a leak where very small foam like bubbles 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or less appear. Any Type 1 or greater leaks found in welded joints, O2 sensor seal points or O2 sensor boss welds must be repaired or the component must be replaced. Type 2 Leak is defined as a leak where larger bubbles pea size, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater appear. Any Type 2 or greater leaks found in flange or joint connections, exhaust manifold to cylinder head connections, or EGR gasket and tube seal points must be repaired or the components must be replaced Repair required if results at 27.6 kPa (4 psi) reveal Leak Location bubble size: Welded joints Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor seal points Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater O2 Sensor boss welds Type 1, 1 mm (0.04 of an inch) or greater Flange / joint connections Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater Exhaust Manifold to cylinder head Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater connections EGR gasket and tube seal points Type 2, 8 mm (0.3 of an inch) or greater If a leak is found that matches the above definition, repair or replace the component as necessary. Once the repair is complete, repeat the procedure to verify that all leaks have been repaired. Were any exhaust leaks found?
Yes Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test complete.
*CHECKING THE FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Possible causes

  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • FUEL CONTAMINATION
  • (K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
  • (K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (N1) FUSED FUEL PUMP OUTPUT OPEN
  • (N1) FUSED FUEL PUMP OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Diagnostic test

1
FUEL PUMP OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the Fuel System test.
NOTE
It may be necessary to use a mechanics stethoscope in the next step.
Listen for fuel pump operation at the fuel tank. Does the Fuel Pump operate?
Yes Go To step 2.
No Go To step 5.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
2
FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line,
the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death. Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge at the engine. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 KPa +/- 34 KPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Below Specification Go To step 3. Within Specification Check for contamination/water in the fuel. Make sure the fuel being used in this vehicle meets manufactures Fuel Requirement, refer to the service information. Above Specification Replace the fuel filter/fuel pressure regulator. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
3
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 KPa +/- 34 KPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification now?
Yes Repair/replace fuel supply line as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 4.
CAUTION
Stop All Actuations.
4
CHECKING FUEL INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
FUEL PUMP CONTROL OPERATION FROM THE PCM
TIPM Harness Connector Stop the Fuel Pump actuation. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 TIPM harness connector.
NOTE
Before continuing, check the TIPM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running. Using a 12-volt test light connected to B+ probe the (K31 Fuel Pump Control circuit in the C1 TIPM harness connector. Using a scan tool actuate the Fuel Pump under the PCM actuations. Does the test light illuminate brightly during the actuation?
Yes Go To step 8.
No Go To step 6.
6
(K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit from the C1 TIPM harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To step 7.
No Repair the open in the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K31) FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit in the TIPM C1 harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K31) Fuel Pump Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 11.
8
(N1) FUEL PUMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector And Fuel Pump Module Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C5 TIPM harness connector. Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Measure the resistance of the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit from the C5 TIPM harness connector and the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the open in the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 9.
9
(N1) FUEL PUMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Pump Module Harness Connector Measure the resistance between ground and the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 10.
10
FUEL PUMP MODULE/TIPM
Circuit At Fuel Pump Module Harness Connector Connect the C3 PCM harness connector. Connect the C1 and C5 TIPM harness connectors. Turn the ignition on. Using a scan tool actuate the Fuel Pump Module. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (N1) Fused Fuel Pump Output circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector. Does the test light illuminate?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to REMOVAL . Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module in accordance with the Service Information. Refer to

Removal

Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
PCM
NOTE
Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
*CHECKING THE OXYGEN SENSOR OPERATION

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Diagnostic test

1
OXYGEN SENSOR, WIRING, OR CONNECTORS
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any O2 sensor or rationality DTCs before proceeding with this test.
NOTE
When performing this procedure as part of another diagnostic process, it may be necessary to repeat this test for all of the oxygen sensors on the vehicle.
Turn the ignition off. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen sensor and the PCM. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Turn the ignition on. Monitor the scan tool data relative to the sensor and wiggle test the wiring and connectors. Look for the data to change or for a DTC to set during the wiggle test. If necessary, check each sensor circuit for high resistance or a shorted condition. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to step 2.
2
OXYGEN SENSOR VOLTAGE
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, monitor all O2 Sensor voltage readings. Is the voltage switching between 2.5 and 3.4 volts for all O2 sensors?
Yes Go to step 3. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to step 4.
3
O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Wait a minimum of 10 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down before
continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize at 5.0 volts. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, actuate the O2 Sensor heater. With the scan tool, monitor O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes. Does the voltage stay above 4.5 volts?
Yes Go to step 4. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test complete.
4
O2 SENSOR
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Check for contaminants that may cause improper O2 Sensor operation, such as contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, or evidence of oil or coolant.
Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, monitor the O2 Sensor voltage.
NOTE
The voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts with the connector disconnected.
Connect a jumper wire between the signal circuit and the return circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The voltage should drop from 5.0 volts to 2.5 volts with the jumper wire in place.
Is the O2 Sensor voltage displayed on the scan tool as described?
Yes Replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to step 5.
5
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the O2 Sensor Signal circuit and connectors between the O2 sensor and the PCM. Check the O2 Sensor signal circuit for a short to ground, open circuit, short to voltage, or high resistance. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to step 6.
6
O2 SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the O2 Sensor Return circuit and connectors between the O2 sensor and the PCM. Check the O2 Sensor return circuit for a short to ground, open circuit, short to voltage or high resistance. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to step 7.
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the O2 sensor and the PCM. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Monitor the scan tool data relative to the components tested in this procedure and wiggle test the wiring and connectors. Look for the data to change or for a DTC to set during the wiggle test. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
*CHECKING THE PCM POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Diagnostic test

1
PCM WIRING OR CONNECTORS
Turn the ignition off. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and each connector at the PCM. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 2.
2
CHECKING THE PCM GROUND CIRCUITS
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the PCM ground circuits. Wiggle test each circuit during the test to check for an intermittent open in the circuit.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go To step 3.
No Repair the PCM ground circuit(s) for an open circuit or high resistance. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
CHECKING THE PCM FUSED IGNITION CIRCUITS
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Turn the ignition on. Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, check the PCM Fused Ignition circuits. Check each circuit with the ignition on, engine running position, and during cranking. Wiggle test each circuit during the test to check for an intermittent open in the circuit.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go To step 4.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the PCM Fused Ignition circuits. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
CHECKING THE PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUITS
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Using a 12 volt test light connected to Ground, check the PCM Fused B+ circuits. Wiggle test each circuit during the test to check for an intermittent open in the circuit.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright with the ignition on and not illuminated with the ignition off. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated as described above?
Yes Test complete.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the PCM Fused B+ circuit(s) for as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
*ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT START

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Possible causes

  • POWERTRAIN FUSES OPEN
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • ASD RELAY
  • (A209) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (F342) FUSED ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • FUEL CONTAMINATION
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Diagnostic test

1
NO START PRE-TEST
NOTE
Verify no codes are set in the Occupant Restraint Controller. If codes are present, they may be the cause of a No Start condition.
NOTE
The following list of items must be checked before continuing with any no start tests.
The battery must be fully charged and in good condition. A low charged battery may produce invalid test results. If the battery is low, charge the battery and then attempt to start the vehicle by cranking the engine for 15 seconds, 3 consecutive times. This will allow any DTCs to set that may have been erased due to a dead battery. Try to communicate with PCM using a scan tool. If communication between the scan tool and PCM is not allowed inspect fuses. If the PCM reports a No Response condition, refer to appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article. Make sure the PCM Power and Ground circuits are OK. Read the PCM DTCs with the scan tool. If any DTCs are present, they must be repaired before continuing with any other No Start diagnostic tests. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for the related P-code that is reported by the PCM. Make sure that the Bus is functional. Attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster and VTSS, If you are unable to establish communications refer to appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article for the proper Diagnostic procedures. The Sentry Key Immobilizer System must be operating properly. Check for proper communication with the scan tool and check for DTCs that may be stored in the WCM/Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKREEM). Repair the DTC(s) before continuing. If no DTCs are found, using the scan tool, select Clear PCM (BATT Disconnect). Crank the engine several times. Using the scan tool, View DTCs. If a DTC is present perform the DTC diagnostics before continuing. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 2.
2
OPEN FUSE
Check for any open fuses in the TIPM or Junction Block that may be related to the No Start condition. Are any of the fuses open?
Yes Replace the open fuse and check the related circuit(s) for a short to ground. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 3.
3
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CKP Sensor. Attempt to start the engine. Does the engine start?
Yes Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 4.
4
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Connect the CKP Sensor. Disconnect the CMP Sensor. Attempt to start the engine. Does the engine start?
Yes Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 5.
5
(A209) FUSED B+ CIRCUIT CHECK
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground probe the (A209) Fused B+ circuits. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To step 6.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (A209) Fused B+ circuit between the TIPM and PCM. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(F342) FUSED ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Connector To Appropriate Terminals Of Special Tool #8815 Disconnect the C5 TIPM harness connector Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (F342) ASD Relay Output circuit from the C5 TIPM harness connector to the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815, Ignition coils, and the Fuel injectors. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes Go To step 7.
No Repair the open in the (F342) Fused ASD Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
FUEL PUMP DELIVERY
Verify that the Fuel tank is not empty before continuing. Follow the diagnostics for Checking the Fuel Delivery System in the appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article. Was the No Start condition solved after following the Checking the Fuel Delivery System diagnostic procedure?
Yes Test Complete.
No Go To step 8.
8
ENGINE MECHANICAL
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems. ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks. ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications, check for broken timing components Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors at the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
*ETC INTERMITTENT NO CRANK CONDITION

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Possible causes

  • ETC STARTER INHIBIT

Diagnostic test

1
ETC STARTER INHIBIT
NOTE
This ETC equipped engine will try to relearn ETC position when the key is left in the on position for an extended period of time and will not allow the starter to crank during this procedure. This procedure can take up to 2.5 seconds.
To verify the cause of the no crank condition or delayed crank use the scan tool, and read the ETC Starter Inhibit mileage. The controller will store the mileage at which the no start condition occurred because of the ETC testing procedure. This is considered normal operation for a vehicle equipped with an Electronic Throttle Control System and no repairs are necessary. Is a mileage stored under the ETC Starter Inhibit?
Yes Test Complete.
No Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedure for further assistance if any other DTC's are set. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
*FUEL PRESSURE LEAK DOWN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Possible causes

  • FAULTY FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL INJECTOR(S)

Diagnostic test

1
FUEL PUMP MODULE
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi)
Does the fuel pressure drop?
Yes Replace Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 2.
2
FUEL INJECTOR(S)
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Move special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, from between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine to between the fuel pressure gauge and fuel pump module. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi)
Does the fuel pressure drop?
Yes Replace the leaking fuel injectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Test Complete.
*HARD START (FUEL SYSTEM)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Possible causes

  • FUEL CONTAMINATION
  • RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
  • FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
  • FUEL PUMP MODULE
  • FUEL INJECTOR(S)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECKING FUEL PRESSURE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install a fuel pressure gauge at the engine. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading. Below Specification Go To step 2. Within Specification Go To step 4.
2
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel supply line at the fuel pump module. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") #6631(3/8") fuel line adapter and the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel supply line and the fuel pump module. Ignition on, engine not running. With the scan tool, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Fuel pressure specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes Visually and physically inspect the fuel supply lines between the fuel tank and the fuel rail. Repair/replace as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 3.
3
CHECKING THE FUEL INLET STRAINER
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer. Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
Yes Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
FUEL PUMP MODULE
NOTE
Before continuing visually and physically inspect the fuel delivery system for external leaks or damage. Repair/replace as necessary.
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn the ignition off. Install special tool #6539 (5/16") or #6631 (3/8") fuel line adapter. Install the fuel pressure gauge. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Using special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, pinch the rubber fuel line between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi)
Does the fuel pressure drop?
Yes Replace Fuel Pump Module. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 5.
5
FUEL INJECTOR(S)
WARNING
The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel system pressure must be released. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Remove special tool #C4390. Start the engine and allow the fuel system to reach maximum pressure. Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Fuel specification is 407 kPa +/- 34 kPa (59 psi +/- 5 psi).
Move special tool #C4390, Hose Clamp Pliers, from between the fuel pressure gauge and the engine to between the fuel pressure gauge and fuel pump module. Monitor the fuel pressure gauge for a minimum of 5 minutes.
NOTE
The pressure should not fall below 241 kPa (35 psi)
Does the fuel pressure drop?
Yes Replace the leaking fuel injectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Check the fuel for contaminants. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
*NO CRANK CONDITION

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Possible causes

  • MECHANICAL CONDITION
  • FUSED B+ CIRCUITS OPEN
  • BATTERY CIRCUIT RESISTANCE TOO HIGH
  • (T752) STARTER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (T752) STARTER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (T750) STARTER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (T750) STARTER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • STARTER

Diagnostic test

1
MECHANICAL CONDITION
NOTE
Verify the battery is fully charged and capable of passing a load test before continuing.
WARNING
Make sure the battery is disconnected, then wait two minutes before proceeding. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or possible death.
Turn the engine over by hand to make sure the engine is not seized. Is the engine able to turn over?
Yes Go To step 2.
No Repair the mechanical condition preventing the starter motor from cranking. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
2
PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUITS
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuits at the appropriate terminals of special too #8815. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To step 3.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the PCM Fused B+ circuits. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TRS harness connectors. Move the Gear selector through all gear positions, from Park to 1st and back. While moving the gear selector through each gear, measure the resistance between ground and the TRS (T41) Sense (P/N Sense) circuit at the TRS connector.
NOTE
The circuit is grounded in Park and Neutral and open in the other positions.
Did the resistance change from above 100 kohms (open) to below 10.0 ohms (grounded) ?
Yes Go To step 4.
No Replace the Transmission Range Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE BATTERY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Check the Battery Cables for excessive resistance using the service information procedure. Did either Battery Cable have a voltage drop greater than 0.2 of a volt?
Yes Repair the excessive resistance in the Battery circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 5.
5
STARTER
CAUTION
The Parking Brake must be on and the Transmission must be in park for a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Starter Solenoid harness connector.
NOTE
The Stater Solenoid harness connector must remain disconnected at this time.
Have an assistant turn the ignition key to the CRANK position. Using a 12-volt test light connected ground, probe the (T750) Stater Relay Output circuit in the Starter Solenoid harness connector while the ignition key is in the CRANK position. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Replace the Starter per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 6.
6
(T752) STARTER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT CHECK
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 TIPM harness connector. Use a 12-volt test light connected to ground and probe the (T752) Starter Relay Control circuit in the C2 TIPM harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Have an assistant turn the key to the CRANK position. Does the test light illuminate brightly when the key is turned to the crank condition?
Yes Go To step 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance or short to ground in the (T752) Starter Relay Control circuit between the PCM and TIPM. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(T750) STARTER CONTROL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
Disconnect the Starter Solenoid connector. Measure the resistance of the (T750) Starter Control Output circuit between the Starter Solenoid harness connector and the C2 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To step 8.
No Repair the open in the (T750) Starter Control Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
(T750) STARTER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (T750) Starter Relay Output circuit in the Starter Solenoid harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (T750) Starter Relay Output circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 9.
9
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
NOTE
Before continuing, check the TIPM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
*NO RESPONSE WITH A NO START CONDITION

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Possible causes

  • (A209) PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUITS
  • PCM NO RESPONSE
  • (F1) PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
  • (Z933) PCM GROUND CIRCUIT
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SENSOR OPEN/SHORTED
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Diagnostic test

1
(A209) PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
NOTE
The scan tool and cable must be operating properly for the results of this test to be valid.
NOTE
Make sure the ignition switch was on while trying to communicate with the PCM.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground probe the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To step 2.
No Repair the open or short to ground in the (A209) Fused B+ circuit. Inspect and replace fuses as
necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
2
(F1) PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (F1) PCM Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit in the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To step 3.
No Repair the (F1) Ignition Switch Output circuit. Inspect and replace fuses as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(Z933) PCM GROUND CIRCUITS
Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the (Z933) PCM ground circuits in the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815. Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes Go To step 4.
No Repair the (Z933) PCM ground circuits. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Connector Turn the ignition off. Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Disconnect the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To step 5.
No Go To step 6.
5
CKP SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.2 volts?
Yes If communication is available with a PCM on a like vehicle, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K855) 5-VOLT SENSOR OPEN/SHORTED
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Disconnect all the sensors that use the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Did the voltage return to 4.5 to 5.2 volts when disconnecting any of the sensors.
Yes Replace the sensor that is pulling down the (K855) 5-volt supply. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 7.
7
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect PCM harness connectors. Disconnect all the sensors that share the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at one of the sensor harness connectors. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 8.
8
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Disconnect all the sensors that share the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit at one of the sensor harness connectors. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
NOTE
Before continuing, check the PCM harness connector terminals for corrosion, damage, or terminal push out. Repair as necessary.
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wire harness and connectors. Pay particular attention to all Power and Ground circuits. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
*START AND STALL CONDITION

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Possible causes

  • CURRENT PCM DTCS
  • CURRENT SKIM DTCS
  • RESTRICTED EXHAUST
  • ENGINE MECHANICAL
  • VACUUM LEAKS
  • CRACKED SPARK PLUG(S), CARBON TRACKING SPARK PLUG AND COIL
  • CARBON BUILDUP ON THROTTLE BODY
  • FUEL CONTAMINATION
  • FUEL DELIVERY
  • VALVE TIME OUT OF SPECIFICATION
  • 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • FLEX PLATE (TARGET WHEEL)
  • CMP AIRGAP
  • CKP AIRGAP
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

Diagnostic test

1
CHECKING DTCS
NOTE
Before continuing with this procedure, review the TSBs that mat be related to a start and stall condition.
NOTE
It may be helpful to review Secondary Indicators, if a two trip DTC(s) is present, drive the vehicle to try and mature the DTC to Active.
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read DTCs. Are any DTCs present?
Yes Refer to the appropriate Diagnostic Procedure. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 2.
2
CHECKING VEHICLE THEFT DTCS
NOTE
If you are unable to communicate with the SKIM/SKREEM, refer to the VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS and perform the appropriate diagnostics.
With the scan tool, read the SKIM/SKREEM codes. Are there any SKIM/SKREEM DTCs?
Yes Refer to the SKREEM/SKIM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 3.
3
CAM/CRANK VERIFICATION
Using a scan tool, under OBDII Monitors, read and record the Cam Crank Synchronization Event Monitors. CAM EVENT STATUS CM1ULTRH CM1ULTLH CM1TOL1 CM1LOW CM1ULZERO CM1MFS CM1MFR CM1IF CM1ONLY CM2ULTRH CM2ULTLH CM2TOL1 CM2LOW CM2ULZERO CM2MFS CM2MFR CM2IF CM2ONLY CM3ULTRH CM3ULTLH CM3TOL1 CM3LOW CM3ULZERO CM3MFS CM3MFR CM3IF CM3ONLY CM4ULTRH CM4ULTLH CM4TOL1 CM4LOW CM4ULZERO CM4MFS CM4MFR CM4IF CM4ONLY SYULCAM - - - - - CRANK EVENT STATUS CKULTRH CKULTLH CKLOW CKUL60M2 CKMFS CKMFR CK1IF CKULGTRH CKULGTLH CKULGTVR CKULGTVL CKUL220 CKUL40 SYULCRK SYNOCLCK - - - - - - SYNC EVENT STATUS SYULTOL SYTOLF - - - - - Use the table above and determine if any of the values are present in the Cam Crank Synchronization Event Monitor display. CAM EVENT STATUS ONLY Go To step 7. CRANK EVENT STATUS ONLY Go To step 14. CAM, CKP and/or SYNC EVENT STATUS Go To step 21. None Present Go To step 4.
4
SPARK PLUG(S)
NOTE
Inspect the ignition coil for damage, carbon tracking on the coil or a damaged spark plug insulator boot. If a problem is found, replace the ignition coil.
Turn the ignition off. Remove the spark plug. Inspect the spark plug for any of the following conditions: - Cracks or damage - Carbon tracking - Foreign material - Gap not within specification - Loose or broken electrode
NOTE
Lightly tap the bottom of the spark plug on a solid surface. The electrode in the spark plug should not move.
Were any problems found?
Yes Replace the spark plug. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 5.
5
POSSIBLE CAUSES OF START AND STALL CONDITION
The following items should be checked as a possible cause for a start and stall condition. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply to the symptom. The exhaust system must be free of any restrictions. The engine compression must be within specifications. The engine valve timing must be within specifications. The engine must be free from vacuum leaks. The throttle body must be free of carbon buildup and dirt. Cracked spark plugs, carbon track on spark plugs, coil and coil boot. Do any of the above conditions exist?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To step 6.
6
FUEL PUMP DELIVERY
Verify that the Fuel tank is not empty before continuing. Follow the diagnostics for Checking Fuel Delivery in this article. Was the No Start condition solved after following the above diagnostic test?
Yes Test Complete.
No Check for contamination/water in the fuel. Ensure the fuel being used in this vehicle meets OEM Fuel Requirement, refer to the service information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE (CMP)
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Camshaft Position Sensor connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage 5.0 volts?
Yes Go to step 8.
No Repair the 5 Volt Supply.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT TEST
Turn the ignition off. Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, probe the Sensor Ground circuit in the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go to step 9.
No Repair the Ground Circuit
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
CMP SIGNAL
Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the CMP Signal circuit in the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.7 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go to step 13.
No Go to step 10.
10
CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the CMP Signal circuit in the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the CMP Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to step 11.
11
CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the CMP Signal circuit in the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes Go to step 12.
No Repair the CMP Signal circuit for a short to ground.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
12
CMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the CMP Signal circuit between the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go to step 24.
No Repair the CMP Signal circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
13
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
Turn the ignition off. cylinder engines. The square wave patterns are uniform and are identical to one another. The patterns must be evenly spread apart and at the same height. The larger gap pattern (signature) after the shorter wave forms are used for cylinder identification (Crank signal) and the distance between the series of slots (trigger) on the camshaft pulley (cam signal). Any variation of the pattern will indicate an issue with the sensor, wiring, or trigger (target) wheel.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
With a lab scope, probe the CMP Signal circuit in the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start and allow the engine to run. Observe the lab scope screen. Compare the scope pattern with the ones in Fig. 40.
1
Pattern indicates a clean (good) square wave form that is identical to what the cam and crank should
be. The square wave patterns are uniformed and are identical to one another.
2
Two pulses joined together in the same spot on target. Indicates damage to the target (trigger) on the
flexplate or broke tooth, runout in the target or large airgap between the sensor and the target wheel.
3
Wide airgap or intermittent connection.
4
Early signature, predominately at high speed. Large airgap between the sensor and the target wheel.
5
Missed pulse. Possible burr or light damage to target or incorrect lateral position of the crank sensor to
target (trigger).
NOTE
If any of the above (except pattern 1) is displayed on the lab scope repair as necessary.
Was the square wave found to match any of the above except pattern 1?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Camshaft Position Sensors.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
14
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE (CKP)
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Crankshaft Position Sensor connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage 5.0 volts?
Yes Go to step 15.
No Repair the 5 Volt Supply.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
15
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT TEST
Turn the ignition off. Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, check the Sensor Ground circuit in the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Go to step 16.
No Repair the Ground Circuit.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
16
CKP SIGNAL
Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the CKP Signal circuit in the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.7 and 5.0 volts?
Yes Go to step 20.
No Go to step 17.
17
CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the CKP Signal circuit in the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the CKP Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go to step 18.
18
CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the CKP Signal circuit in the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes Go to step 19.
No Repair the CMP Signal circuit for a short to ground.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
19
CKP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the CKP Signal circuit between the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go to step 24.
No Repair the CMP Signal circuit for an open circuit or high resistance.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
20
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
Turn the ignition off. cylinder engines. The square wave patterns are uniform and are identical to one another. The patterns must be evenly spread apart and at the same height. The larger gap pattern (signature) after the shorter wave forms are used for cylinder identification (Crank signal) and the distance between the series of slots (trigger) on the camshaft pulley (cam signal). Any variation of the pattern will indicate an issue with the sensor, wiring, and trigger (target) wheel.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
With a lab scope, probe the CKP Signal circuit in the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start and allow the engine to run. Observe the lab scope screen. Compare the scope pattern with the ones in Fig. 42.
1
Pattern indicates a clean (good) square wave form that is identical to what the cam and crank should
be. The square wave patterns are uniformed and are identical to one another.
2
Two pulses joined together in the same spot on target. Indicates damage to the target (trigger) on the
flexplate or broke tooth, runout in the target or large airgap between the sensor and the target wheel.
3
Wide airgap or intermittent connection.
4
Early signature, predominately at high speed. Large airgap between the sensor and the target wheel.
5
Missed pulse. Possible burr or light damage to target or incorrect lateral position of the crank sensor to
target (trigger).
NOTE
If any of the above (except pattern 1) is displayed on the lab scope repair as necessary.
Was the square wave found to match any of the above except pattern 1?
Yes Repair as necessary.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
21
VALVE TIMING
Ensure the valve timing is within specification. Refer to VALVE TIMING . Was the valve timing within specification?
Yes Go to step 22.
No Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
22
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE (CMP/CKP)
NOTE
The 5 Volt Supply circuit must be present at both CMP and CKP Sensors.
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Camshaft Position Sensor connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Repeat the above test at the Crankshaft Position Sensor (Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector measure). Is the voltage 5.0 volts at each sensor?
Yes Go to step 23.
No Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit(s) as necessary.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
23
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
NOTE
The Ground circuit must be present at both CMP and CKP Sensors.
Turn the ignition off. Using a 12 volt test light connected to 12 volts, probe the Sensor Ground circuit in the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Repeat the above test at the Crankshaft Position Sensor (Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector measure).
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes Replace both the Camshaft Position Sensor and Crankshaft Position Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Repair the Ground Circuit(s) as necessary.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
24
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Monitor the scan tool data relative to this circuit and wiggle test the wiring and connectors. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary.
NOTE
A battery disconnect must be performed to clear the Cam Crank Synchronization Events.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+21 more figures in this topic
PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

Diagnostic test

1
NO RESPONSE
Make sure the scan tool will communicate with the appropriate modules. Are you currently experiencing a NO RESPONSE condition?
Yes The NO RESPONSE condition must be properly diagnosed before continuing. Refer to the appropriate BUS Communication test in appropriate Engine ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS article.
No Go To step 2.
2
NO START
Is the customer complaint a NO START condition?
Yes Check the vehicle for any NO START related PCM DTCs or Vehicle Theft Security related DTCs. If no Theft related DTCs are present, refer to the Non DTC Diagnostic Procedures that relate to Fuel and Starting.
No Go To step 3.
3
VEHICLE HISTORY AND TSB(s)
Continue by reading PCM DTCs and record the related Freeze Frame data if any DTCs are present. Whether or not any DTCs are present you will want to check the following items which may assist in repairing the customers complaint successfully. Check the vehicle's repair history. If the vehicle has a repair history that pertains to the customer's current complaint, review the repair. Inspect the vehicle for any aftermarket accessories that may have been installed incorrectly. Check for any TSBs related to the customer's complaint or DTCs. If a TSB applies, follow the instructions per the TSB. Choose the following scenario that best applies. The TSB repaired the customer's complaint. Testing complete. A DTC is present, no TSB applies, or the TSB didn't repair the customer's complaint. Go To step 4. No DTCs are present. Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
4
WIRE HARNESS INSPECTION
Clear the DTCs. Attempt to duplicate the customer complaint. Whether the customer complaint can be duplicated or not, make a quick wire harness inspection related to the DTCs that were previously cleared. Check the Powertrain Control Module connectors, the suspected component connection, in-line connectors, wire harness splices, PCM power and ground circuits, and any related fuses. If the DTCs are fuel or air related, check the fuel level and quality. Were any repairs made that fixed the customer's complaint?
Yes Testing complete.
No Refer to the diagnostic test procedure related to the DTC.
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
—
1. INTERMITTENT CONDITION
NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition.
WARNING: When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply.
Review the scan tool Freeze Frame information. If possible, try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC set.
With the engine running at normal operating temperature, monitor the scan tool parameters related to the DTC while wiggling the wire harness. Look for parameter values to change and/or a DTC to set.
Turn the ignition off.
Visually inspect the related wire harness. Disconnect all the related harness connectors. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals. Verify correct connector pin fit at the related connectors.
Perform a voltage drop test on the related circuits between the suspected inoperative component and the PCM.
CAUTION: Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Inspect and clean all PCM, engine, and chassis grounds that are related to the most current DTC.
If numerous trouble codes were set, use a wire schematic and look for any common ground or supply circuits.
For any Relay DTCs, actuate the Relay with the scan tool and wiggle the related wire harness to try to interrupt the actuation.
For intermittent Evaporative Emission trouble codes perform a visual and physical inspection of the related parts including hoses and the Fuel Filler cap.
For intermittent Misfire DTCs check for restrictions in the Intake and Exhaust system, proper installation of Sensors, vacuum leaks, and binding components that are run by the accessory drive belt.
Use the scan tool to perform a System Test if one applies to failing component.
A co-pilot, data recorder, and/or lab scope should be used to help diagnose intermittent conditions.
Were any problems found during the above inspections?
Yes
Perform the necessary repairs. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Test Complete.
P0016-CRANKSHAFT/CAMSHAFT TIMING MISALIGNMENT📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the engine speed between 480 and 6816 RPM and no CMP or CKP sensor DTCs detected.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the deviation between the camshaft position and the crankshaft position has exceeded the maximum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • ERRATIC CAM POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
  • CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING
  • ERRATIC CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING
  • TIMING SPROCKET ALIGNMENT
  • CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool select View DTCs. Record the related Freeze Frame data. With the scan tool clear DTCs. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool select View DTCs.
NOTE
If the DTC does not reset it may be necessary to test drive the vehicle.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT WIRING OR CONNECTORS
Turn the ignition off. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Inspect the Camshaft Position Sensor for conditions such as loose mounting screws, damage, or cracks. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT WIRING OR CONNECTORS
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Crankshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Inspect the Crankshaft Position Sensor for conditions such as loose mounting screws, damage, or cracks. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
CRANKSHAFT, TONE WHEEL OR FLEX PLATE
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Crankshaft Position Sensor. Inspect the Crankshaft Position Sensor and mounting area for any condition that would result in an incorrect signal, such as damage, evidence of foreign material, or excessive movement. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
CAMSHAFT, TONE WHEEL OR PULSE RING
Remove the Camshaft Position Sensor. Inspect the Camshaft Position Sensor and mounting area for any condition that would result in an incorrect signal, such as damage, evidence of foreign material, or excessive movement. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
TIMING SPROCKET ALIGNMENT
Turn the ignition off. Verify proper timing gear alignment in accordance with the Service Information. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR IRREGULAR SIGNAL
Turn the ignition off. Install any previously removed components. Connect all connectors. Using a lab scope and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K44) CMP Signal circuit in the Camshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Camshaft Position Sensor while monitoring the lab scope screen. Start the engine.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Monitor the Camshaft Position Sensor signal on the lab scope screen. Were any Camshaft Position Sensor signals irregular or missing?
Yes Go To 9.
No Go To 8.
8
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR IRREGULAR SIGNAL
Turn the ignition off. Using a lab scope and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the (K24) CKP Signal circuit in the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Wiggle the related wire harness and lightly tap on the Crankshaft Position Sensor while monitoring the lab scope screen. Start the engine.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Monitor the Crankshaft Position Sensor signal on the lab scope screen. Were any Crankshaft Position Sensor signals irregular or missing?
Yes Go To 10.
No Go To 11.
9
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
10
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Crankshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Turn the ignition off. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and between the Camshaft Position Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool clear DTCs. Start the engine.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Monitor the scan tool data relative to this circuit and wiggle test the wiring and connectors. Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
P0031-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously during O2 heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the O2 sensor heater element input is below the minimum acceptable voltage. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K99) O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K99) O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • 1/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element, between the Heater Control terminal and the Heater ground terminal at the component.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater Element resistance between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform
diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit between the 1/1 Oxygen Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 0.5 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0032-O2 SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously during O2 heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the O2 sensor heater element input is above the maximum acceptable voltage. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z933) O2 1/1 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • 1/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in possible serious or fatal injury.
NOTE
If P0688-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW has set along with any of the O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH DTCs, all of the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuits need to be checked for a short to battery voltage.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 1/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the O2 Heater ground terminal at the component.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater Element resistance between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Make sure the test light is probing the circuit before actuating the Heater Test or a DTC may set and not allow the actuation.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. With a scan tool, actuate the O2 1/1 Heater Test with the Sensor harness connector still disconnected.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash on and off during the actuation?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
(Z933) O2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between an engine ground and the (Z933) O2 1/1 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Repair the open in the (Z933) O2 1/1 Heater ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit in the 1/1 Oxygen Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K99) O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K99) O2 1/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0037-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously during O2 heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the O2 sensor heater element input is below the minimum acceptable voltage. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K299) O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • 1/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element, between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the O2 Heater ground terminal at the component.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater Element resistance between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform
diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit between the 1/2 Oxygen Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 0.5 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0038-O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously during O2 heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the O2 sensor heater element input is above the maximum acceptable voltage. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z933) O2 1/2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K299) O2 SENSOR 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • 1/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in possible serious or fatal injury.
NOTE
If P0688-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW has set along with any of the O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH DTCs, all of the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuits need to be checked for a short to battery voltage.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 1/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element, between the Heater Control terminal and the Heater ground terminal at the component.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater Element resistance between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE
Make sure the test light is probing the circuit before actuating the Heater Test or a DTC may set and not allow the actuation.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. With a scan tool, actuate the O2 1/2 Heater Test with the O2 Sensor harness connector still disconnected.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash on and off during the actuation?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
(Z933) O2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between an engine ground and the (Z933) O2 1/2 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Repair the open in the (Z933) O2 1/2 Heater ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit in the 1/2 Oxygen Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K299) O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K299) O2 1/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 1/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 1/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0051-O2 SENSOR 2/1 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously during O2 heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the O2 sensor heater element input is below the minimum acceptable voltage. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • 2/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element, between the Heater Control terminal and the Heater ground terminal at the component.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater Element resistance between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K199) O2 2/1 Sensor Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform
diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit between the 2/1 Oxygen Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 0.5 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0052-O2 SENSOR 2/1 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously during O2 heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the O2 sensor heater element input is above the maximum acceptable voltage. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z933) O2 2/1 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • 2/1 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in possible serious or fatal injury.
NOTE
If P0688-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW has set along with any of the O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH DTCs, all of the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuits need to be checked for a short to battery voltage.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element, between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the Heater ground terminal at the component connector.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater Element resistance between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
Ignition on, engine not running. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
Make sure the test light is probing the circuit before actuating the Heater Test or a DTC may set and not allow the actuation.
With the scan tool, actuate the O2 Heater Test with the Sensor harness connector still disconnected.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash on and off during the actuation?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
(Z933) O2 2/1 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between an engine ground and the (Z933) O2 2/1 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Repair the open in the (Z933) O2 2/1 Heater ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit at the 2/1 O2 Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K199) O2 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness
connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K199) O2 2/1 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/1 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/1 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0057-O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER CIRCUIT LOW📷 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously during O2 heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the O2 sensor heater element input is below the minimum acceptable voltage. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K399) O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K399) O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
  • 2/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element, between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the O2 Heater ground terminal in the component connector.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater Element resistance between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K399) O2 2/2 Sensor Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit between the 2/2 Oxygen Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 0.5 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
P0058-O2 SENSOR 2/2 HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Automatic A/C Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Continuously during O2 heater operation with battery voltage between 10.4 and 15.75 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the O2 sensor heater element input is above the maximum acceptable voltage. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (Z933) O2 2/2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • 2/2 O2 SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in possible serious or fatal injury.
NOTE
If P0688-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY SENSE CIRCUIT LOW has set along with any of the O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH DTCs, all of the O2 Sensor Heater Control circuits need to be checked for a short to battery voltage.
Start the engine and allow it to idle for at least 60 seconds. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE
Allow the O2 Sensor to cool down to room temperature.
Disconnect the 2/2 O2 Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element, between the O2 Heater Control terminal and the O2 Heater ground terminal in the component connector.
NOTE
O2 Heater Element resistance values should be measured at 21.1° C (70° F). The resistance value will vary with different temperature values.
Is the O2 Sensor Heater Element resistance between 2.0 and 30.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 3.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
(K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
Ignition on, engine not running. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
Make sure the test light is probing the circuit before actuating the Heater Test or a DTC may set and not allow the actuation.
With a scan tool, actuate the O2 2/2 Heater Test with the Sensor harness connector still disconnected.
NOTE
The test light should be illuminated and bright proportional to the maximum duty cycle allowed by the scan tool. For example, if the scan tool allows 100% actuation, the brightness should be as bright as a direct connection to the battery. If the scan tool allows a maximum 25% actuation, the brightness should be 25% as bright as a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly and flash on and off during the actuation?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
(Z933) O2 HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between an engine ground and the (Z933) O2 2/2 Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the O2 Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Repair the open in the (Z933) O2 2/2 Heater ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C3 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage of the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K399) O2 2/2 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit from the O2 Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K399) O2 2/2 Heater Control circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Oxygen Sensor 2/2 and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the 2/2 O2 Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0071-AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Theory of operation

Ambient Air Temperature Sensor performance looks at the outputs of three temperature sensors and compares
them under cold start conditions. Following a start to run delay time, the outputs of the ambient, engine coolant, and intake air temperature sensors will be compared. If the engine coolant and intake air temperature sensors agree and the ambient air temperature does not agree, the ambient air temperature sensor is declared as irrational. If declared irrational a second comparison will be done after a short drive cycle.

When monitored

Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes and the vehicle has been driven for one minute over 35 mph. Ambient temperature is greater than -64° C (-83° F).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM compares the ambient, engine coolant, and intake air temperature sensor values. If engine coolant and intake air temperature sensors agree with each other but ambient air temperature does not agree with them, the ambient air temperature sensor is declared as irrational. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
  • (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (G931) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (G931) SENSOR GROUND HIGH RESISTANCE
  • AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • CAN C BUS CIRCUITS
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose any CAN - C Communication DTCs before continuing.
Turn the ignition off. If possible, allow the vehicle to sit with the ignition off for more than 480 minutes in an environment where the temperature is consistent and above -7° C (19.4° F). Test drive the vehicle. The vehicle must exceed 48 km/h (30 mph) during the test drive. Do not cycle the ignition off when the test drive is completed. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 2.
2
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE
Turn the ignition off. Allow the vehicle to sit with the ignition off in an environment where the temperature is consistent and above -7° C (19.4° F) until the engine coolant temperature is equal to ambient temperature. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, compare the AAT, ECT, and IAT sensor values. Is the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor value within 10° C (18° F) of the other two sensor values?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
AAT SENSOR VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AAT sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the AAT voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1
volt) with the connector disconnected. Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
AAT SENSOR
Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, read the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (G31) AAT Signal circuit and the (G931) Sensor Ground circuit in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor and Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
(G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off. Reconnect the AAT sensor harness connector. Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (G31) AAT Signal circuit at the AAT sensor harness connector and the C4 TIPM harness connector. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(G931) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
Turn the ignition off. Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (G931) Sensor ground circuit at the AAT sensor harness connector and the C4 TIPM harness connector.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (G931) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C4 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (G31) AAT Signal circuit in the AAT Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the (G31) AAT Signal circuit in the AAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
(G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (G931) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (G931) Sensor ground circuit and the (G31) AAT Signal circuit in the AAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (G931) Sensor ground circuit and the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Turn the ignition off. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the AAT Sensor and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0072-AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The ignition key on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Ambient Temperature Sensor is less than the minimum acceptable value at the TIPM for 4.8 seconds. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (G931) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DTC IS ACTIVE
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
CHECKING AAT SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the AAT Sensor voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C4 TIPM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (G31) AAT Signal circuit in the AAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (G931) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (G931) Sensor ground circuit and the (G31) AAT Signal circuit in the AAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (G931) Sensor ground circuit and the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Sensor Harness Connector And C4 TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance of the (G31) AAT Signal circuit between the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector and the C4 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go to 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the AAT Sensor and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace and program the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0073-AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Ambient Temperature Sensor voltage is greater than the maximum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (G931) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
AAT SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read AAT Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (G31) AAT Signal circuit and the (K300) Sensor ground circuit in the AAT Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the AAT Sensor and Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
3
(G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C4 TIPM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (G31) AAT Signal circuit in the AAT Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(G31) AAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Sensor Harness Connector And C4 TIPM Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the (G31) AAT Signal circuit from the AAT Sensor harness connector to the C4 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (G31) AAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(G931) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To C4 TIPM Harness Connector Measure the resistance of the (G931) Sensor ground circuit from the AAT Sensor harness connector to the C4 TIPM harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (G931) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the AAT Sensor and the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the Totally Integrated Power Module per Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0107-MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW📷 7
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine speed between 600 and 3500 RPM. Battery voltage greater than 10.37 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the MAP Sensor input voltage is below the minimum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL. The MIL will illuminate and the ETC light will flash if equipped.

Possible causes

  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • MAP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.5 to 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 7.
3
MAP SENSOR
With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage with the Sensor harness connector disconnected.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the MAP Sensors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K900) Sensor ground and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit between the MAP Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair the open in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
(K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the MAP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0108-MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Engine speed between 600 to 3500 RPM. Battery voltage greater than 10.37 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The MAP sensor signal voltage is greater than the maximum acceptable value. One trip fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL. The MIL will illuminate and the ETC light will flash if equipped.

Possible causes

  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • MAP SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
MAP SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the MAP Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
3
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K1) MAP Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal
to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis. Measure the resistance of the (K1) MAP Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K1) MAP SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K857) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Disconnect the C1 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K1) MAP Signal circuit and the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K857) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K1) MAP Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the MAP Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the MAP Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the MAP Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR RATIONALITY📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Intake Air Temperature Sensor performance looks at the outputs of three temperature sensors and compares them under cold start conditions. Following a start to run delay time, the outputs of the ambient, engine coolant, and intake air temperature sensors will be compared. If the engine coolant and ambient air temperature sensors agree and the intake air temperature does not agree, the intake air temperature sensor is declared as irrational. If declared irrational a second comparison will be done after a short drive cycle.

When monitored

Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes and the vehicle has been driven for one minute over 35 mph. Ambient temperature is greater than -64° C (-83° F).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Once the vehicle is soaked for a calibrated engine off time and then driven over calibrated speed and load conditions for some calibrated time, the PCM compares the ambient, engine coolant, and intake air temperature sensor values. If engine coolant and ambient air temperature sensors agree with each other but intake air temperature does not agree with them, the intake air temperature sensor is declared as irrational. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition off. If possible, allow the vehicle to sit with the ignition off for more than 480 minutes in an environment where the temperature is consistent and above -7° C (19.4° F). Test drive the vehicle. The vehicle must exceed 48 km/h (30 mph) during the test drive. Do not cycle the ignition off when the test drive is completed. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 2.
2
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
Turn the ignition off. Allow the vehicle to sit with the ignition off in an environment where the temperature is consistent and above -7° C (19.4° F) until the engine coolant temperature is equal to ambient temperature. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, compare the AAT, ECT, and IAT sensor values. Is the Intake Air Temperature Sensor value within 10° C (18° F) of the other two sensor values?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 3.
3
IAT SENSOR VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, read the Intake Air Temperature Sensor voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
IAT SENSOR
Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, read the IAT voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K21) IAT Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the IAT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Intake Air Temperature Sensor.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (K21) IAT Signal circuit at the IAT Sensor harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit at the IAT Sensor harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the special tool #8815 from the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K21) IAT Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K21) IAT Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Circuit In IAT Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (K21) IAT Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the IAT Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the IAT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the Inlet Air Temp Sensor Signal circuit voltage is less than the minimum acceptable value. One trip failure. Three good trips to clear the MIL.

Possible causes

  • (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
IAT SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the IAT Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read IAT voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the IAT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Intake Air Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Harness Connector Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K21) IAT Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Circuit In IAT Sensor Harness Connector Measure the resistance between the (K21) IAT Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K21) IAT Signal circuit between the Intake Air Temperature Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the IAT Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the IAT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the Intake Air Temperature Sensor input voltage is above the maximum acceptable value.

Possible causes

  • (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
IAT SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature Sensor harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the IAT Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K21) IAT Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the IAT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Intake Air Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
3
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K21) IAT Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K21) IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K21) IAT Signal circuit from the IAT Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K21) IAT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector To Appropriate Terminal Of Special Tool #8815 Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the IAT Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the IAT Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the IAT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0116-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor performance looks at the outputs of three temperature sensors and compares them under cold start conditions. Following a start to run delay time, the outputs of the ambient, engine coolant, and intake air temperature sensors will be compared. If the intake air and ambient air temperature sensors agree and the intake air temperature does not agree, the engine coolant temperature sensor is declared as irrational.

When monitored

Engine off time is greater than 480 minutes and the vehicle has been driven for one minute over 35 mph. Ambient temperature is greater than -64° C (-83° F).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Once the vehicle is soaked for a calibrated engine off time and then driven over calibrated speed and load conditions for some calibrated time, the PCM compares the ambient, engine coolant, and intake air temperature sensor values. If ambient air and intake air temperature sensors agree with each other but engine coolant temperature does not agree with them, the engine coolant temperature sensor is declared as irrational. Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose any CAN - C Communication DTCs before continuing.
Turn the ignition off. If possible, allow the vehicle to sit with the ignition off for more than 480 minutes in an environment where the temperature is consistent and above -7° C (19.4° F). Test drive the vehicle. The vehicle must exceed 48 km/h (30 mph) during the test drive. Do not cycle the ignition off when the test drive is completed. With a scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active or Pending at this time?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 2.
2
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Turn the ignition off. Allow the vehicle to sit with the ignition off in an environment where the temperature is consistent and above -7° C (19.4° F) until the engine coolant temperature is equal to ambient temperature. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, compare the AAT, ECT, and IAT sensor values. Is the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor value within 10° C (18° F) of the other two sensor values?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Go To 3.
3
ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With a scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1
volt) with the connector disconnected. Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 5.
4
ECT SENSOR
With a scan tool, read the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K2) ECT Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit in the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module
connectors. If OK, replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 and #8815-1 to perform diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (K2) ECT Signal circuit at the ECT Sensor harness connector and probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K900) Sensor Ground circuit at the ECT Sensor harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is indicated on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the special tool #8815 from the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is the there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 9.
9
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the ECT Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0117-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is a negative temperature coefficient thermistor-type sensor whose resistance varies inversely with temperature. At cold temperatures the sensor resistance is high so the voltage is high. As the coolant temperature increases the resistance decreases and the voltage becomes low.

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor input voltage is below the minimum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to clear the MIL. The MIL and ETC light will illuminate if equipped.

Possible causes

  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
  • ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
ECT SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read ECT voltage.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to between the (K900) Sensor ground circuit and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals, resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K2) ECT Signal circuit between the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor harness connector and the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the ECT Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0118-ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is a negative temperature coefficient thermistor-type sensor whose resistance varies inversely with temperature. At cold temperatures the sensor resistance is high so the voltage is high. As the coolant temperature increases the resistance decreases and the voltage becomes low.

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor input voltage is above the maximum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL. The MIL and ETC light will illuminate if equipped.

Possible causes

  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any system voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
With the scan tool, select View DTCs. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
2
ECT SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the ECT harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read ECT voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K2) ECT Signal circuit and the (K900) Sensor ground circuit in the ECT harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the ECT Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
3
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K2) ECT Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector. Is the there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K2) ECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K2) ECT Signal circuit from the ECT Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K2) ECT Signal circuit.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K900) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K900) Sensor ground circuit from the ECT Sensor harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the open in the (K900) Sensor ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the ECT Sensor and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0121-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 PERFORMANCE📷 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

Ignition on and No MAP Sensor DTCs set.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The PCM detects that the sensor input voltage does not fall within a valid range based on engine speed and load. Two Trip Fault. ETC light will illuminate. P2135 should set with this code also.

Possible causes

  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
  • THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any Throttle Body circuit, system voltage, or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool select View DTCs.
NOTE
If the DTC does not reset it may be necessary to test drive the vehicle.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 9.
2
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 along with the #8815-1 to perform the diagnosis.
Using a voltmeter perform a voltage drop test. Backprobe the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 of a volt?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
4
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Move the voltmeter leads to backprobe the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit at the Throttle Body harness connector and to probe the appropriate terminal of the special tool #8815. Make sure the voltmeter leads are connected so a positive polarity is displayed on the voltmeter.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Monitor the voltmeter. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
6
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K122) TP SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
Circuit Turn the ignition off. Remove special tool #8815 and #8815-1 leaving the C2 PCM harness connector disconnected. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Measure the resistance between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Connect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the TP Sensor No.1 and No.2 voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit.
NOTE
TP Sensor No.1 voltage should change from approximately 4.5 volts to less than 0.5 of a volt.
For TP Sensor No.2, connect a jumper wire between (K855) 5-volt supply circuit and the (K122) TP Signal 2 circuit.
NOTE
TP Sensor No.2 voltage should change from approximately 0 volts to 5.0 volts?
Is the voltage reading within the listed specification when the jumper wire is installed?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
8
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
THROTTLE FOLLOWER TEST
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test and monitor the TP Sensor No.1 or No.2 voltage. Slowly press the throttle pedal down. The voltage for TP Sensor No.1 should start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to approximately 4.3 volts. The voltage for TP Sensor No.2 should start at approximately 4.3 volts and decrease to approximately 0.7 of a volt. Is the voltage within the range of the listed specification for the appropriate Sensor?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, use a scan tool and select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW📷 7
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is less than the minimum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL. ETC light will illuminate.

Possible causes

  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
  • EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
  • THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Diagnose and repair any Throttle Body circuit, system voltage, or sensor supply voltage DTCs before continuing with this test.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
WARNING
When the engine is operating, do not stand in direct line with the fan. Do not put your hands near the pulleys, belts, or fan. Do not wear loose clothing. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death.
With the scan tool select View DTCs.
NOTE
If the DTC does not reset it may be necessary to test drive the vehicle.
NOTE
If the P2122-APP Sensor 1 Circuit Low DTC is also Active, diagnose the
P2122 before continuing with the P0122 diagnostic procedure. Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 11.
2
P0222 ALSO SET
Was the P0222-TP SENSOR NO.2 VOLTAGE LOW DTC set along with the P0122?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 4.
3
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the voltage between 4.8 to 5.2 volts?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 8.
4
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
With a scan tool, monitor the TP Sensor No.1 voltage with the Sensor harness connector disconnected.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 5.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the connector disconnected.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
EXCESSIVE RESISTANCE IN THE (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 10.
No Repair the excessive resistance in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnostics.
Measure the resistance of the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 9.
No Repair the open in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
9
(K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short to ground in the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 10.
10
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
11
THROTTLE FOLLOWER TEST
With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. Monitor the TP Sensor No.1 voltage. Does the voltage start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to approximately 4.3 volts with a smooth transition?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. Battery voltage greater than 10 volts.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Throttle Position Sensor No.1 voltage is greater than the maximum acceptable value. One Trip Fault. ETC light will illuminate.

Possible causes

  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
  • (K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/THROTTLE BODY
  • THROTTLE PLATE JAMMED AGAINST THE MAXIMUM STOP
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
When this DTC is Active the engine speed, torque, and vehicle speed are limited to a Limp in mode.
NOTE
Make sure the throttle is fully closed and free from binding or carbon build up.
NOTE
If a 5-Volt Supply DTC has also set, diagnose the 5-Volt DTC before continuing.
NOTE
If P2101 is also set, then make sure that the blade moves freely and does not hang up near Wide Open Throttle before trying to repair P0123.
Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature. With the scan tool select View DTCs.
NOTE
If the DTC does not reset it may be necessary to test drive the vehicle.
NOTE
If the P2123-APP Sensor 1 Circuit High DTC is also Active, diagnose the P2123 before continuing with the P0123 diagnostic procedure.
Is the DTC Active at this time?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 8.
2
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Throttle Body harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, monitor the TP Sensor No.1 voltage. Connect a jumper wire between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector.
NOTE
The sensor voltage should be approximately 0.0 volts (plus or minus.1 volt) with the jumper wire in place.
Does the scan tool display the voltage as described above?
Yes Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
NOTE
Remove the jumper wire before continuing.
3
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the C2 PCM harness connector. Ignition on, engine not running. Measure the voltage on the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the short to voltage in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
4
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
Turn the ignition off.
CAUTION
Do not probe the PCM harness connectors. Probing the PCM harness connectors will damage the PCM terminals resulting in poor terminal to pin connection. Install Miller Special Tool #8815 to perform diagnosis.
Measure the resistance of the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the open in the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
5
(K22) TP SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE (K855) 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit and the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Body harness connector. Is the resistance below 100 ohms?
Yes Repair the short between the (K855) 5-volt Supply circuit and the (K22) TP Signal 1 circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 6.
6
(K922) TP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit from the Throttle Body harness connector to the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the open in the (K922) TP Sensor Ground circuit. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
7
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors between the Throttle Body and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires. Look for broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals. Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Were there any problems found?
Yes Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
8
THROTTLE FOLLOWER TEST
With a scan tool, perform the ETC Throttle Follower Test. Monitor the TP Sensor No.1 voltage. Does the voltage start at approximately 0.7 of a volt and increase to approximately 4.3 volts with a smooth transition?
Yes Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the Throttle Body and Powertrain Control Module connectors. If OK, replace the Throttle Body Assembly. Disconnect the Battery when replacing the Throttle Body Assembly. After installation is complete, using a scan tool select the ETC RELEARN function. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
P0125-INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED-LOOP📷 8
⚡ Wiring diagram: 3.7L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 5)
FUEL CONTROL

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is a negative temperature coefficient thermistor-type sensor whose resistance varies inversely with temperature. At cold temperatures the sensor resistance is high so the voltage is high. As the coolant temperature increases the resistance decreases and the voltage becomes low. The INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMP FOR CLOSED-LOOP FUEL CONTROL determines if the engine coolant temperature will reach the closed loop fueling control temperature limit in a regulated time after start.

When monitored

With the ignition on, battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, and no ECT sensor circuit DTCs present.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The engine temperature does not go above -10° C (15° F). Failure time depends on start-up coolant temperature and ambient temperature. (i.e. 2 minutes for a start temp of -10° C (15° F) or up to 10 minutes for a vehicle with a start-up temp of -28° C (5° F). Two Trip Fault. Three good trips to turn off the MIL.

Possible causes

  • LOW COOLANT LEVEL
  • THERMOSTAT
  • ECT SENSOR
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
CHECKING COOLANT LEVEL AND CONDITION
NOTE
If a Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) DTC is set along with this code, diagnose the ECT DTC first.
NOTE
Inspect the ECT terminals and related PCM terminals. Make sure the terminals are free from corrosion and damage.
NOTE
The best way to diagnose this DTC is to allow the vehicle to sit overnight outside in order to have a totally cold soaked engine.
NOTE
Extremely cold outside ambient temperatures may have caused this DTC to set.
WARNING
Never open the cooling system when the engine is hot. The system is under pressure. Extreme burns or scalding may result. Failure to follow these instructions can result in personal injury or death. Allow the engine to cool before opening the cooling system.
Inspect the coolant system for proper level and condition. Is the coolant level and condition OK?
Yes Go To 2.
No Inspect the vehicle for a coolant leak, make the appropriate repairs, and add the correct amount of coolant. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
2
THERMOSTAT OPERATION
NOTE
This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak)
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up monitor the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. The temp deg value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp 82° C (180° F). Also monitor the actual coolant temperature with a thermometer.
NOTE
As the engine warms up to operating temperature, the actual coolant temperature (thermometer reading) and the scan tool Eng Coolant Tmp Deg values should stay relatively close to each other.
Using the appropriate service information, determine the proper opening temperature of the thermostat. Did the thermostat open at the proper temperature?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the thermostat. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
3
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
Ignition on, engine not running. With a scan tool, read the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. If the engine was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
NOTE
If engine coolant temperature is above 82° C (180° F), allow the engine to cool until 65° C (150° F) is reached.
Start the Engine. During engine warm-up monitor the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. The temp deg value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp 82° C (180° F). Also monitor the actual coolant temperature with a thermometer.
NOTE
As the engine warms up to operating temperature, the actual coolant temperature (thermometer reading) and the scan tools Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value should stay relatively close to each other.
Is the thermometer reading relatively close to the scan tool ECT reading?
Yes The conditions that set this DTC are no longer present. Test Complete. Refer to the INTERMITTENT CONDITION Diagnostic Procedure.
No Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .

Standard procedure

PCM/ECM PROGRAMMING - GAS
PCM / TCM FLASH REPROGRAMMING
This procedure will need to be done when one or more of the following situations are true:
1
A vehicle's Powertrain control module (PCM) has been replaced.
2
A diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is set "P1602 - PCM Not Programmed."
3
An updated calibration or software release is available for either the PCM or TCM ECUs.
This procedure assumes that the StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® devices are configured to your dealership's network with either a wired or wireless connection. The StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® must also be running at the latest operating system and software release level. For more help on how to network your StarSCAN® or StarMOBILE® reference the StarSCAN® / StarMOBILE® Quick Start Networking Guide available on 'DealerCONNECT > Service > StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® Tools > Online Documentation' or at www.dcctools.com, under the Download Center. Table of contents
1
SECTION 1 - PCM / TCM FLASH PROCEDURE.
2
REQUIRED TOOLS/EQUIPMENT:.
3
TECH TIPS and INFORMATION:.
4
PARTS REQUIRED.
SECTION 1 - PCM / TCM FLASH PROCEDURE If using StarSCAN® or StarMOBILE® Desktop Client. Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE - Using StarSCAN® or StarMOBILE® Desktop Client. If using StarMOBILE® Standalone Diagnostic Mode. Go To REPAIR PROCEDURE - Using StarMOBILE® Standalone Diagnostic Mode. REPAIR PROCEDURE - Using StarSCAN® or StarMOBILE® Desktop Client
NOTE
If this flash process is interrupted or aborted, the flash should be restarted.
1
Open the hood of the vehicle and install a battery charger. Verify that the charging rate provides a
continuous charge of 13.2 - 13.5 volts.
2
Connect the StarSCAN® or StarMOBILE® to the vehicle data link connector located under the steering
column and turn the ignition key to the "RUN" position.
3
Power on the StarSCAN® or StarMOBILE®. If the StarMOBILE® is being used, launch the
StarMOBILE® Desktop Client and connect to the appropriate StarMOBILE® device.
4
Retrieve the old ECU part number. From the tool's Home screen,
a. Select "ECU View" b. Select "PCM" c. Select "More Options" d. Select "ECU Flash" e. Record the part number at the top of the Flash PCM screen for later reference.
5
Program the ECU as follows:
 Using the StarSCAN® / StarMOBILE® at the Home screen, select "ECU View"  Select "PCM"  Select "More Options"  Select "ECU Flash"  Select "Browse for New File" and follow the on screen instructions.  Highlight the appropriate calibration based on the part number recorded in Step 4e, or by using Year/Model/Engine and appropriate emissions selection for the vehicle being worked on.
NOTE
If you are not connected to the vehicle, you may also search for flash files by selecting the "Flash Download" button from the Home screen.
 Select "Download to Scantool"  Once the download is complete, select "Close" and then "Back"  Highlight the listed calibration, select "Update Controller" and follow the on screen instructions.  When the PCM update is complete, select "OK"  Verify that the part number at the top of the Flash PCM screen has updated to the new part number.
NOTE
If this flash process is interrupted or aborted, the flash should be restarted.
6
Continue to SECTION 2 - ADDITIONAL PCM / TCM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES to
complete the process if the ECU has been replaced.
7
Type the necessary information on the "Authorized Modification Label" (p/n 04275086AB) and attach
near the VECI label (See SECTION 3 - AUTHORIZED MODIFICATION LABEL for details). REPAIR PROCEDURE - Using StarMOBILE® Standalone Diagnostic Mode
NOTE
StarMOBILE® Standalone Mode is an efficient way to flash ECUs without having direct access to a network connection. It involves first copying the flash file to the StarMOBILE® device which DOES require a network connection. Once the file has been copied to the StarMOBILE® device, it can be used in a Standalone mode to flash the ECU WITHOUT a network connection.
NOTE
StarMOBILE® does not need to be connected to a vehicle when retrieving a flash file for Standalone Mode.
1
Power on the StarMOBILE®. Launch the StarMOBILE® Desktop Client and connect to the tool.
2
At the Home screen, select "ECU View"
 Select "PCM"  Select "More Options"  Select "ECU Flash"  Select "Browse for New File" and follow the on screen instructions.  Highlight the appropriate calibration based on the current ECU part number, or by using Year/Model/Engine and appropriate emissions selection for the vehicle being worked on.
NOTE
If you are not connected to the vehicle, you may also search for flash files by selecting the "Flash Download" button from the Home screen.
3
From the Flash File List, select the appropriate calibration for the PCM and select "Download to Client"
4
Once the download is complete, hit "OK" and then "Manage Files"
5
In the Manage Files screen, highlight the downloaded flash file and select "Copy to SM Device". A green
checkmark should now appear in the On SM Device column.
6
Exit the StarMOBILE® Desktop Client application.
7
Open the hood of the vehicle and install a battery charger. Verify that the charging rate provides a
continuous charge of 13.2 - 13.5 volts.
8
Connect the StarMOBILE® to the vehicle data link connector located under the steering column and turn
the ignition key to the "RUN" position.
9
On the StarMOBILE® device, select "Enter Standalone Diagnostic Mode" (use the right function key).
NOTE
If a StarMOBILE® Desktop Client is still associated with the device, you will receive the following error: "Your StarMOBILE® device is currently locked by a pc named 'xxxxxxxx' on your network. To remove the lock, close its Desktop Client or reboot this device".
10
Program the ECU as follows:
 Select "ECU View"  Select "PCM"  Select "Flash ECU"  Record the ECU part number at the very top of the screen for later reference.  Highlight the flash file that you want to use. Hit "SELECT" and then "OK". Follow the on screen instructions.  Once the flash is complete, verify that the part number at the top of the Flash PCM screen has updated to the new part number.
NOTE
If this flash process is interrupted or aborted, the flash should be restarted.
11
Continue to SECTION 2 - ADDITIONAL PCM / TCM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES to
complete the process if the ECU has been replaced.
12
Type the necessary information on the "Authorized Modification Label" (p/n 04275086AB) and attach
near the VECI label (See SECTION 3 - AUTHORIZED MODIFICATION LABEL for details). SECTION 2 - ADDITIONAL PCM / TCM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES Find the PCM/TCM Type for the vehicle, read and write down the steps, and then go to the step by step instructions for additional information on how to perform these procedures. See STEP-BY-STEP INSTRUCTIONS. If a NGC3 or NGC4 PCM was replaced, perform the following additional steps and/or routines:
1
PCM Replaced - if WCM equipped
2
Learn ETC - if ETC equipped
3
Check PCM Odometer
4
Check PCM VIN - if NOT WCM equipped
5
Quicklearn - if EATX equipped
If a GPEC PCM was replaced, perform the following additional steps and/or routines:
1
If the vehicle is equipped with a CVT, ensure that the TCM has the latest software calibration available
(if the vehicle is not equipped with a CVT, skip to Step 3).
2
PCM Replaced - if WCM equipped
3
Learn ETC
4
Check PCM Odometer
5
Check PCM VIN - if NOT WCM equipped
6
TCM Quicklearn - if EATX equipped
If a CVT TCM was replaced, perform the following additional steps and/or routines:
1
Initialize CVT
If an EGS TCM was replaced, perform the following additional steps and/or routines:
1
Initialize EGS
STEP-BY-STEP INSTRUCTIONS Check PCM Odometer From the "Home" screen, select "ECU View". Select "PCM" Select "Misc. Functions" Select "Check PCM Odometer" and follow the on screen instructions. When complete, select "Finish". Check PCM VIN From the "Home" screen, select "ECU View" Select "PCM" Select "Misc. Functions" Select "Check PCM VIN" and follow the on screen instructions. When complete, select "Finish" Initialize CVT From the "Home" screen, select "ECU View" Select "TCM" Select "Misc. Functions" Select "Initialize CVT" and follow the on screen instructions. When complete, select "Finish" Initialize EGS From the "Home" screen, select "ECU View" Select "TCM" Select "Misc. Functions" Select "Initialize EGS" and follow the on screen instructions. When complete, select "Finish" Learn ETC From the "Home" screen, select "ECU View" Select "PCM" Select "Misc. Functions" Select "Learn ETC" and follow the on screen instructions. When complete, select "Finish" PCM Replaced The vehicle pin (Personal Identification Number) will be required to complete the routine. This information may be obtained in three ways:
1
The original selling invoice
2
DealerCONNECT > Parts > Key Codes
3
Contacting the District Manager.
From the "Home" screen, select "ECU View" Select "WCM" Select "Misc. Functions" Select "PCM Replaced" and follow the on screen instructions. When complete, select "Finish" Quicklearn From the "Home" screen, select "ECU View" Select "PCM" Select "Misc. Functions" Select "Quicklearn" and follow the on screen instructions. When complete, select "Finish" Update CVT TCM From the "Home" screen: Select "ECU View" Select "TCM" Select "More Options" Select "ECU Flash" Select "Browse for New File" and follow the on screen instructions. Highlight the appropriate calibration. Select "Download to Scantool" Once the download is complete, select "Close" and then "Back" Highlight the listed calibration, select "Update Controller" and follow the on screen instructions. When the TCM update is complete, select "OK" Verify that the part number at the top of the "Flash TCM" screen has updated to the latest level. SECTION 3 - AUTHORIZED MODIFICATION LABEL
NOTE
The following step is required by law when reprogramming a PCM and/or TCM.
Type the necessary information on the "Authorized Modification Label" and attach near the VECI label.
1
Powertrain Control / Transmission Control Module Part Numbers (Insert P/Ns) Used
2
Change Authority: TSB XX--XX
3
Dealer Code: XXXXX
4
Date: XX-XX-XX
REQUIRED TOOLS/EQUIPMENT: PART NUMBER StarSCAN® PART NUMBER StarMOBILE® NPN Battery Charger NPN Battery Charger CH9401 StarSCAN® Tool Kit CH9801 StarMOBILE® Tool Kit CH9404 StarSCAN® Vehicle StarMOBILE® Vehicle CH9804 Cable Cable - - TechCONNECT PC or - equivalent TECH TIPS and INFORMATION:
1
StarMOBILE® Standalone Diagnostic Mode is an efficient way to flash ECUs without having direct
access to a network connection. It involves first copying the flash file to the StarMOBILE® device which DOES require a network connection. Once the file has been copied to the StarMOBILE® device, it can be used in a Standalone mode to flash the ECU WITHOUT a network connection.
2
To use the StarMOBILE® in Pass-Through Mode requires that your StarMOBILE® is connected to the
dealerships network via a wired or wireless connection. For more information on how to use the StarMOBILE in Pass-Through Mode see the StarMOBILE® training tutorials available on 'DealerCONNECT > Service > StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® Tools > Training Aids' link or at www.dcctools.com, under the 'Training Aids' link.
3
StarMOBILE® does not need to be connected to a vehicle when retrieving a flash file for Standalone
Mode.
4
Extreme care must be taken when programming a calibration into a generic PCM. Do not randomly select
a calibration. Once a calibration is selected and programmed, the controller cannot be reprogrammed to a different calibration. The ECU can only be reprogrammed to a more recent version of that calibration.
5
If the flash process is interrupted or aborted, the flash should be restarted.
6
Due to the PCM / TCM programming procedure, a DTC may be set in other ECUs within the vehicle.
Some DTCs may cause the MIL to illuminate. From the "Home" screen select "System View". Then select "All DTCs". Press "Clear All Stored DTCs" if there are any DTCs shown on the list.
7
When replacing a GPEC PCM for a vehicle that is equipped with a CVT, it is extremely important that
the PCM and TCM both have the latest software calibrations.
8
Do not allow the battery charger to time out or the charging rate to climb above 13.5 volts during the
flash process.
9
The StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® diagnostic tools fully support Internet connectivity and must be
configured for your dealership's network. For help on setting up your StarSCAN® / StarMOBILE® for the dealership's network, refer to the StarSCAN® / StarMOBILE® Quick Start Networking Guide available on 'DealerCONNECT > Service > StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® Tools > Online Documentation' or at www.dcctools.com, under the download center.
10
The operating software in the StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® must be programmed with the latest
software release level. The software level is visible in the blue header at the top of the StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® Desktop Client screens. For instructions on how to update your scan tool, refer to the StarSCAN® / StarMOBILE® Software Update guide available on 'DealerCONNECT > Service > StarSCAN® and StarMOBILE® Tools > Online Documentation' or at www.dcctools.com, under the download center. PARTS REQUIRED Qty Part Number DESCRIPTION 1 04275086AB Label, Authorized Modification
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST
For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
1. SELECTING THE PROPER VERIFICATION TEST
The following verification test are for different repairs. Select the appropriate Verification test for the repair that has been completed.
Speed Control repair
Go To step 2.
Charging System repair
Go To step 3.
EVAP System repair
Go To step 4.
All other repairs
Go To step 5.
2. POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST 1
NOTE: 1. If this vehicle is equipped with an Electronic Throttle Control system, and the APP Sensors, PCM, or Throttle Body Assembly have been replaced, use the scan tool to perform the ETC RELEARN function.
NOTE: 2. After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verification Test must be performed.
NOTE: 3. If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM/SKREEM.
NOTE: 4. If the vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key Remote Entry, Secret Key data must be updated. Refer to the Service Information for the PCM, SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE and TRANSPONDER KEY for programming information. Using the scan tool, program the Secret Key information into the PCM using the PCM replaced function under the WCM menu.
5. Inspect the vehicle to make sure that all engine components are properly installed and connected.
6. Connect the scan tool to the data link connector and erase all codes.
7. Turn the speed control ON (if equipped, cruise light will be on).
8. Depress and release the SET Switch when the vehicle speed is greater than 56 km/h (35 mph). The speed control should engage and hold the selected speed.
9. Press and hold the RESUME/ACCEL Switch. The vehicle speed should increase by at least 3 km/h (2 mph).
10. Press and hold the COAST switch. The vehicle speed should decrease.
11. Using caution, press and release the brake pedal. The speed control should disengage.
12. Bring the vehicle speed back up to 56 km/h (35 mph).
13. Press the RESUME/ACCEL switch. The speed control should resume the previously set speed.
14. Hold down the SET switch. The vehicle should decelerate.
15. Make sure vehicle speed is greater than 56 km/h (35 mph) and release the SET Switch. The vehicle should adjust and set a new vehicle speed.
16. Press and release the CANCEL switch. The speed control should disengage.
17. Bring the vehicle speed back up above 56 km/h (35 mph) and engage speed control.
18. Turn the Speed Control Off. (Cruise light will be off). The speed control should disengage.
NOTE: OVERSHOOT/UNDERSHOOT FOLLOWING SPEED CONTROL SET.
19. If the vehicle operator repeatedly presses and releases the SET button with their foot off of the accelerator (referred to as "lift foot set"), the vehicle may accelerate and exceed the desired set speed by up to 8 km/h (5 mph).
20. It may also decelerate to less than the desired set speed, before finally achieving the desired set speed.
21. The Speed Control System has an adaptive strategy that compensates for vehicle-to-vehicle variations in speed control cable lengths.
22. When the speed control is set with the vehicles operators foot off of the accelerator pedal, the speed control thinks there is excessive speed control cable slack and adapts accordingly.
23. If the "lift foot sets" are continually used, a speed control overshoot/undershoot condition will develop.
24. To "unlearn" the overshoot/undershoot condition, the vehicle operator has to press and release the set button while maintaining the desired set speed using the accelerator pedal (not decelerating or accelerating).
25. Then turn the cruise control switch to the OFF position (or press the CANCEL button if equipped) after waiting 10 seconds.
26. This procedure must be performed approximately 10-15 times to completely unlearn the overshoot/undershoot condition.
Did the Speed Control pass the above test?
Yes
Repair is complete.
No
Check for any related Technical Service Bulletins and/or refer to the appropriate Diagnostic Procedure.
3. POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST 2
1. If this vehicle is equipped with an Electronic Throttle Control system, and the APP Sensors, PCM, or Throttle Body Assembly has been replaced use a scan tool to perform the ETC RELEARN function.
NOTE: 2. After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verification Test must be performed.
NOTE: 3. If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the SKIM/SKREEM.
NOTE: 4. If the vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key Remote Entry, Secret Key data must be updated. Refer to the Service Information for the PCM, SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE and TRANSPONDER KEY for programming information. Using the scan tool, program the Secret Key information into the PCM using the PCM replaced function under the WCM menu.
5. Inspect the vehicle to make sure that all components related to the repair are properly installed and connected.
6. With the scan tool, clear DTCs.
7. Perform generator output test. Refer to the appropriate service information as necessary.
8. Start the engine and set engine speed to 2000 RPM for at least thirty seconds.
9. Cycle the ignition key off and on.
10. With the scan tool, read the DTCs.
Are any DTCs or symptoms remaining?
Yes
Check for any Technical Service Bulletins and/or refer to the appropriate Diagnostic Procedure.
No
Repair is complete.
4. POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST 3
1. Install the Miller Tool #8404 Evaporative Emission Leak Detector (EELD) according to the instructions in the previous DTC table.
2. Set the smoke/air control switch to AIR.
3. Insert the tester's AIR supply tip (clear hose) into the appropriate calibration orifice on the tester's control panel (based on DTC leak size).
4. Press the remote smoke/air start button.
5. Position the red flag on the air flow meter so it is aligned with the indicator ball.
6. When the calibration is complete, release the remote button. The EELD flow meter is now calibrated in liters per minute to the size of leak indicated by the DTC set in the PCM.
7. Install the service port adapter #8404-14 on the vehicle's service port.
8. Connect the Air supply hose from the EELD to the vehicle.
9. Press the remote button to activate AIR flow.
NOTE: 10. Larger volume fuel tanks, lower fuel levels or if the vehicle is equipped with a Flow Management Valve may indicate high flow and will require 4 to 5 minutes to fill.
11. Compare the flow meter indicator ball reading to the red flag.
12. ABOVE the red flag indicates a leak present.
13. BELOW the red flag indicates a sealed system.
NOTE: If this vehicle is equipped with an Electronic Throttle Control system, and the APP Sensors, PCM, or Throttle Body Assembly have been replaced, use the scan tool to perform the ETC RELEARN function.
14. If the indicator ball shows a leak present, perform the smoke test indicated in the previous test and identify the leak and repair. Perform this verification test when the repair is complete.
Did the indicator ball indicate the a leak is present?
Yes
Repeat the DTC test to identify the leak and repair.
No
Repair is complete.
5. POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST 4
NOTE: After completing the Powertrain Verification Test the Transmission Verification Test must be performed.
         NOTE:            If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have
    1.                    not been programmed, a DTC will set in the ABS Module, Airbag
1. Module and the SKIM/SKREEM.
NOTE: If the vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key Remote Entry, Secret Key data must be updated. Refer to the Service Information for the PCM, SENTRY KEY REMOTE ENTRY MODULE and TRANSPONDER KEY for programming information. Using the scan tool, program the Secret Key information into the PCM using the PCM replaced 2. function under the WCM menu.
NOTE: If this vehicle is equipped with an Electronic Throttle Control system, and the APP Sensors, PCM, or Throttle Body Assembly have been 3. replaced, use the scan tool to perform the ETC RELEARN function.
NOTE: When replacing an O2 Sensor, the PCM RAM memory must be cleared, either by disconnecting the PCM C1 connector or 4. momentarily disconnecting the Battery negative terminal.
5. 6. The NGC learns the characteristics of each O2 heater element and these old values should be cleared when installing a new O2 sensor. The customer may experience driveability issues if this is not performed. 7. Inspect the vehicle to make sure that all engine components are properly installed and connected. Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary. 8. Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. 9. Make sure the fuel tank has at least a quarter tank of fuel. Turn off all accessories. 10. If the Catalyst was replaced, with the scan tool go to the Miscellaneous Menu Option "Catalyst Replaced" and press enter. 11. If a Comprehensive Component DTC was repaired, perform steps 12 - 14If a Major OBDII Monitor DTC was repaired skip those steps and continue verification. 12. After the ignition has been off for at least 10 seconds, restart the vehicle and run 2 minutes. 13. With the scan tool, monitor the appropriate pre-test enabling conditions until all conditions have been met. Once the conditions have been met, switch screen to the appropriate OBDII monitor, (Audible beeps when the monitor is running). 14. If the repaired OBDII trouble code has reset or was seen in the monitor while on the road test, the repair is not complete. Check for any related technical service bulletins or flash updates and return to Engine Electrical Diagnostic List. 15. If the conditions cannot be duplicated, erase all DTCs with the Scan tool. 16. If another DTC has set, return to the Engine Electrical Diagnostic List and follow the path specified for that DTC.
Did the OBDII Monitor run successfully and has the Good Trip Counter changed to one or more?
Yes
Repair is complete.
No
Check for any related Technical Service Bulletins and/or refer to the appropriate Diagnostic Procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX
DTC                                                                    Description
B1B00                                        DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW
B1B01                                        DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B02                                        DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
B1B03                        DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
B1B04                                        DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW
B1B05                                        DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B06                                        DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
B1B07                        DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
B1B08                                     PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW
B1B09                                    PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B0A                                    PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
B1B0B                    PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
B1B0C                                     PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW
B1B0D                                    PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B0E                                    PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
B1B0F                   PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
B1B18                                     LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW
B1B19                                     LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B1A                                    LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
B1B1B                     LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
B1B20                                    RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW
B1B21                                   RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B22                                   RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
B1B23                   RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
B1B54                        1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
B1B55                         1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B70                UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL
B1B71               UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL
B1B72                    LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL
B1B73                    LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL
B1B75                   RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL
B1B76                   RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL
B1B78             PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE
B1B79             PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT
LOW B1B7A PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B7D     PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE
B1B7E      PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT
LOW B1B7F PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B82        PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE
B1B83   PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW
B1B84   PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B87       PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE
B1B88       PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT
LOW B1B89 PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B8D                  DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
B1B8E                  DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B8F                  DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
B1B93               PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
B1B94              PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
B1B95              PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
B1B97           PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION
MISMATCH
B1BA5                           AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
B1BA6                         OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION UNDETERMINED
B1BA7 OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED📷 87
B1BA8                 OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED
B1BAA      OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
B1BBA                    PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT
B1BBB         PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER
B1BBC                                    OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT
B1BBD              OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION TABLE UNPROGRAMMED
B1BC7                                  DEPLOYMENT DATA RECORD FULL
B1BCF                                               ROLL OVER SENSOR
B1C23             PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT 3 - LEFT FRONT CONFIGURATION
MISMATCH B1C24 PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT CONFIGURATION MISMATCH B1C25 PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH B1C26 PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
B1C38                 1st ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW
B1C39               1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH
B1C3A                1st ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
B1C3B          1st ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED
TOGETHER
B1C3D      1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW
B1C3E    1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH
B1C3F     1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
B1C40              1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT
SHORTED TOGETHER
B1C47           1st ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW
B1C48          1st ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH
B1C49          1st ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
B1C4A    1st ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED
TOGETHER B1C4C 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW B1C4D 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH B1C4E 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN B1C4F 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER
B210D                                               BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW
B210E                                              BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH
B212C                               IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
B212D                                IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
B2206                                      CURRENT VIN MISSING / MISMATCH
B2207                         OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 1
B2208                         OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 2
B2209                         OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 3
B220A                         OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 4
B220B            OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER FIRING STORED ENERGY
B220C   OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 1 INTERNAL
B2212                          OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL
B222A                                              VEHICLE LINE MISMATCH
B223B                                   VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
B223D                       OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DTC PRESENT
B2255   OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ROLL OVER FEATURE DISABLE
U0002                                          CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE
U0141          LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM)
U0151    LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
(ORC)
U0154    LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE
U0170                LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE
ACCELERATION SENSOR U0171 LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR U0172 LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 U0173 LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2
U0175   COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR
U0176      LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION
SENSOR 2
U1414         IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU NETWORK CONFIGURATION DATA
U1415              IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA
U1419      IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM OCS SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT
U141A     IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM OCS SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT
U141B       IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM OCS SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR
U141C      IMPLAUSIBLE DATA RECEIVED FROM OCS SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR
B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • STEERING CONTROL MODULE
  • DRIVER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-1 Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK STEERING CONTROL MODULE (CLOCKSPRING) SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A
SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-19 Jumper to the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Steering Column Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Adapter Cavity C1-9/10 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module C4 connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-9 and ground. Measure the resistance of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1- 10 ground. Is the resistance below 10k ohms for either measurement?
Yes Repair the Driver Squib 1 circuits with resistance below 10k ohms for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes.
Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures. With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • STEERING CONTROL MODULE (SCM)
  • DRIVER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-1 Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK STEERING CONTROL MODULE (CLOCKSPRING) SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A
SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-19 Jumper to the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Cavity C1-9/10 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module C4 connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-9 and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-10 and ground. Is there any voltage present for either measurement?
Yes Repair the Driver Squib 1 circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects an open or high resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • STEERING CONTROL MODULE
  • DRIVER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 6.
2
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-1 Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK STEERING CONTROL MODULE (CLOCKSPRING) SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR AN
OPEN
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-19 Jumper to the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Module C4 Connector Cavity 4 And The 8443-32-R ORC Adapter Cavity C1-9
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module C4 connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Steering Control Module C4 connector cavity 4 and the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter cavity C1-9. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the R43 Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Module C4 Connector And 8443-32-R ORC Adapter Cavity C1-10 Measure the resistance of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Steering Control Module C4 connector and the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter cavity C1-10. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Repair the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects low resistance between the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT
  • STEERING CONTROL MODULE (SCM)
  • DRIVER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-1 Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK STEERING CONTROL MODULE C4 (CLOCKSPRING) SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A
SHORT TOGETHER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the
battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-19 Jumper to the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1
LINE 1 CIRCUIT Squib 1 Line 1 Circuit At ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Cavities C1-9 And C1-10
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit and the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit at the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavities C1-9 and C1-10. Is the resistance below 10k ohms?
Yes Repair the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for a short to the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system
diagnostic procedures. With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B04-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects low resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT
  • SHORTED TO GROUND
  • STEERING CONTROL MODULE (SCM)
  • DRIVER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-1 Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B04-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK STEERING CONTROL MODULE (CLOCKSPRING) SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A
SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-19 Jumper to the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B04-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity C1-14/13
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module C4 connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between ground and the ORC 8443-32- R Adapter cavity C1-14. Measure the resistance of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between ground and the ORC 8443-32- R Adapter cavity C1-13. Is the resistance below 10k ohms for either measurement?
Yes Repair the Driver Squib 2 circuits with resistance below 10k ohms for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes.
Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures. With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B05-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • STEERING CONTROL MODULE (SCM)
  • DRIVER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The Scan Tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443 and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-1 Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B05-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK STEERING CONTROL MODULE (CLOCKSPRING) SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A
SHORT TO BATTERY
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-19 Jumper to the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B05-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Adapter Cavity C1-14/13 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-14 and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-13 and ground. Is there any voltage present for either measurement?
Yes Repair the Driver Squib 2 circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B06-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects an open or high resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • STEERING CONTROL MODULE (SCM)
  • DRIVER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 6.
2
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-1 Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B06-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK STEERING CONTROL MODULE (CLOCKSPRING) SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR AN
OPEN
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-19 Jumper to the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B06-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Module C4 Connector Cavity 1 And 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity C1-14
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the ORC 8443-32 ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between the Steering Control Module C4 connector cavity 1 and the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-14. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Module C4 Connector Cavity 2 And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity C1-13 Measure the resistance of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between the Steering Control Module C4 connector cavity 2 and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-13. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Repair the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B07-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects low resistance between the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT
  • STEERING CONTROL MODULE
  • DRIVER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The Scan Tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443 and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-1 Jumper to the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B07-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK STEERING CONTROL MODULE (CLOCKSPRING) SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A
SHORT TOGETHER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the
battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and jumper from the Driver Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-19 Jumper to the Steering Control Module C4 connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B07-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2
LINE 2 CIRCUIT
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering Control Module connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the ORC 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit cavity 1 and the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit cavity 2 in the SCM C4 connector. Is the resistance below 10k ohms?
Yes Repair the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects low resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • PASSENGER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 4.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-8 Jumper to the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1
LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND 32-R Adapter Cavity C1-12/11 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the ORC 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-12 and ground. Measure the resistance of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-11 and ground. Is the resistance below 10k ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Squib 1 circuits with resistance below 10k ohms for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • PASSENGER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 4.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-8 Jumper to the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1
LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Adapter Cavity C1-12/11 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the voltage of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-12 and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-11 and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Squib 1 circuits with voltage present for short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects an open or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • PASSENGER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-8 Jumper to the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Connector Circuit Cavity 1 And 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity C1-12
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 between the Passenger Airbag Squib connector circuit cavity 1 and the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-12. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Squib connector circuit cavity 2 and 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-11 Measure the resistance of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Squib connector circuit cavity 2 and the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-11. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Repair the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects low resistance between the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
  • CIRCUIT
  • PASSENGER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 4.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-8 Jumper to the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R44) PASSENGER
SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 Circuit Cavity C1-11 At ORC 8443-32-R Adapter
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit cavity C1-12 and the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit cavity C1-11 at the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 10k ohms?
Yes Repair the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for a short to the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects low resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • PASSENGER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 4.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-8 Jumper to the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2
LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND 32-R Adapter Cavity C1-15/16 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-15 and ground. Measure the resistance of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-16 and ground. Is the resistance below 10k ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Squib 2 circuits with resistance below 10k ohms a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • PASSENGER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 4.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-8 Jumper to the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2
LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Adapter Cavity C1-15/16 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the voltage of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-15 and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-16 and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Squib 2 circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects an open or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • PASSENGER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-8 Jumper to the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Airbag Squib Connector And 8443-32-R ORC Adapter Cavity C1-15
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter cavity C1-15. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go to 4.
No Repair the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Airbag Squib Connector And 8443-32-R ORC Adapter Cavity C1-16 Measure the resistance of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter cavity C1-16. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Repair the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. The ORC will set this DTC if it detects low resistance between the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
  • CIRCUIT
  • PASSENGER AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Turn the ignition on. Select ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. STORED DTC Go To 4.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-8 Jumper to the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R62) PASSENGER
SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 Circuit At 8443-32-R Adapter Cavities C1-15 And C1-16
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Airbag Squib connectors. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit and the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit at the 8443-32-R Adapter cavities C1-15 and C1-16. Is the resistance below 10k ohms?
Yes Repair the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector located in the "D" post.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-3 Jumper to the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1B18 LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag and pigtail harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1
LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND And Left Side Curtain Airbag Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between ground and the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Measure the resistance of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between ground and the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. IF only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected voltage on the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector located in the "D" post.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-3 Jumper to the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1
LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Curtain Airbag Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the voltage of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off then disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B1A-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6.
2
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector located in the "D" post.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-3 Jumper to the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1B1A LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Curtain Airbag Connector And Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector and the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for an open. Then, Go To 4.
4
CHECK (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Curtain Airbag Connector And Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Measure the resistance of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector and the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it
must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance between the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1
  • LINE 2 CIRCUIT
  • LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector located in the "D" post.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-3 Jumper to the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1B1B LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R1) LEFT
CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 Circuit At Left Side Curtain Airbag Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit and the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit at the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector located in the "D" post.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-3 Jumper to the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN
SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND And Right Side Curtain Airbag Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between ground and the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Measure the resistance of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between ground and the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go to 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the ORC detects voltage on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector located in the "D" post.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact uncoupled curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-3 Jumper to the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1B21 RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN
SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Curtain Airbag Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the voltage of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go to 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer
B1B22-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
When the ORC has detects an open or high resistance on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6.
2
CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector located in the "D" post.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact uncoupled curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-3 Jumper to the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1B22 RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go to 3.
No Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Curtain Airbag Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit between the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for an open. Then, Go To 4.
4
CHECK (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Curtain Airbag Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Measure the resistance of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit between the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it
must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance between the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1
  • LINE 2 CIRCUIT
  • RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector located in the "D" post.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, do not place an intact uncoupled curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-3 Jumper to the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go to 3.
No Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R2) RIGHT
CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 Circuit At Right Side Curtain Airbag Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit and the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit at the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go to 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B54-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

When powered, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) sends a test current to the belt switches to verify the integrity of the switch and wiring. The use of the ORC connector adapter tool in the tests below provides a test point in place of the module.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC monitors the status of the seat belt switch circuits at power up and every 60 ms thereafter while the ignition is in on.
This DTC sets when the ORC detects the seat belt switch circuits have become shorted to ground for more than 2.5 seconds. This DTC transitions from active to stored when the module sees a recovery from the shorted to ground condition for greater than 5 seconds.

Possible causes

  • (R58) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read all active ORC DTCs. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Perform *RESTRAINTS SYSTEM INTERMITTENT TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
2
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector. Disconnect the ORC connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-28 Adapter to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance of the (R58) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Signal circuit between the Load Tool ORC 8443-28 Adapter and ground. Is the resistance below 10.0 Ohms?
Yes Repair or replace the (R58) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Signal circuit for a short to ground in accordance with the Service Information. Perform VERIFICATION TEST - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform VERIFICATION TEST - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM . B1B55-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

Theory of operation

When powered, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) sends a test current to the belt switches to verify the integrity of the switch and wiring. The use of the ORC connector adapter tool in the tests below provides a test point in place of the module.

When monitored

The ORC monitors the status of the seat belt switch circuits at power up and every 60 ms thereafter while the ignition is in on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC sets when the ORC detects the seat belt switch circuits have become shorted to voltage for more than 2.5 seconds. This DTC transitions from active to stored when the module sees a recovery from the shorted to voltage condition for greater than 5 seconds.

Possible causes

  • (R58) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R60) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R58) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R60) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)
  • Always perform the PRE-DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE before proceeding.

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read all active ORC DTCs. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Perform *RESTRAINTS SYSTEM INTERMITTENT TEST. Refer to STANDARD PROCEDURE .
2
CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL ACTIVE SENSOR DTCS
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read all active ORC DTCs. Are DTCs B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH and B1B94- PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH active?
Yes Repair the (Z908) Ground circuit for an open. Perform VERIFICATION TEST - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
No Go To 3.
3
(R58) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector. Disconnect the ORC connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-28 Adapter to the ORC connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R58) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Signal circuit between the Load Tool ORC 8443-28 Adapter and ground. Is there any voltage present on the circuit?
Yes WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Repair the (R58) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Signal circuit for a short to battery. Perform VERIFICATION TEST - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
No Go To 4.
4
(R60) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage of the (R60) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Ground circuit between the Load Tool ORC 8443-28 Adapter and ground. Is there any voltage present on the circuit?
Yes WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect
the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Repair or replace the (R60) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Ground circuit for a short to battery in accordance with the Service Information. Perform VERIFICATION TEST - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
No Go To 5.
5
(R58) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector. Disconnect the ORC connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-28 Adapter to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance of the (R58) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Signal circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector and the 8443 ORC Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go to 6.
No Repair or replace the (R58) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Signal circuit in accordance with the Service Information. Then, Go to 6.
6
(R60) PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (R60) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Ground circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector and the Load Tool ORC 8443-28 Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go to 7.
No Repair or replace the (R60) Passenger Seat Belt Switch Ground in accordance with the Service Information. Perform VERIFICATION TEST - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
7
CHECK OPERATION OF THE 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the 1st Row Passenger Seat Belt Switch. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the switch.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase all codes in the ORC. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes. Did the active B1B56-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN DTC return?
Yes WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform VERIFICATION TEST - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
No Repair is complete. Perform VERIFICATION TEST - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Front Left Impact Sensor is equipped with on board diagnostics to monitor to sensor's internal circuits. If a problem is identified, the sensor sends the Front Left Impact Sensor Internal message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC receives an internal DTC from the Front Left Impact Sensor.

Possible causes

  • FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED FAULT CODE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. Wait one minute, and read active codes. Is the DTC: B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 4.
2
VERIFY OPERATION OF THE FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Front Left Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle wire harness to the sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes. Did the active DTC: B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL return?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+77 more figures in this topic
4. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 1
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Front Right Impact Sensor is equipped with on board diagnostics to monitor to sensor's internal circuits. If a problem is identified, the sensor sends the Front Right Impact Sensor Internal message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC receives an internal DTC from the Front Right Impact Sensor.

Possible causes

  • FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED FAULT CODE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. Is the DTC: B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 4.
2
VERIFY OPERATION OF THE FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Front Right Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle wire harness to the sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes. Did the active DTC: B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL return?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
4. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 1
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 is equipped with on board diagnostics to monitor to sensor's internal circuits. If a problem is identified, the sensor sends the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Internal message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC receives an internal DTC from the Left Side Impact Sensor 1.

Possible causes

  • LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED FAULT CODE
Turn the ignition on.
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
IS the DTC: B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 4.
2
VERIFY OPERATION OF THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 1. Reconnect the vehicle wire harness to the sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes. Did the active DTC: B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL return?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
4. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 is equipped with on board diagnostics to monitor to sensor's internal circuits. If a problem is identified, the sensor sends the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 Internal message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC receives an internal DTC from the Left Side Impact Sensor 2.

Possible causes

  • LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED FAULT CODE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. Is the DTC: B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 4.
2
VERIFY OPERATION OF THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 2. Reconnect the vehicle wire harness to the sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes. Did the active DTC: B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL return?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 1
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 is equipped with on board diagnostics to monitor to sensor's internal circuits. If a problem is identified, the sensor sends the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Internal message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC receives an internal DTC from the Right Side Impact Sensor 1.

Possible causes

  • RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED FAULT CODE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. Is the DTC: B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 4.
2
VERIFY OPERATION OF THE RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor 1. Reconnect the vehicle wire harness to the sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes. Did the active DTC: B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL return?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
4. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 1
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 is equipped with on board diagnostics to monitor to sensor's internal circuits. If a problem is identified, the sensor sends the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Internal message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC receives an internal DTC from the Right Side Impact Sensor 2.

Possible causes

  • RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED FAULT CODE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. Is the DTC: B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL active?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 4.
2
VERIFY OPERATION OF THE RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor 2. Reconnect the vehicle wire harness to the sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes. Did the active DTC: B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL return?
Yes Go To 3.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
4. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 1
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

When CAN ignitions status is Run or Signal Not Available (SNA), during auto zero and while performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
During the Occupant Classification Module system verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4 volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 volt or greater than 4 volts.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • LEFT-FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS,
  • SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT
PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 6.
3
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Are any of these conditions present?
Yes Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
figure
4. PERFORM THE OCM VERIFICATION TEST
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: The Occupant Classification Seat Weights 9077 are required to perform this test.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the battery.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs?
Yes
Go To 5.
No
Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5. PERFORM SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR VERIFICATION TEST📷 10
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specification.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all
tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE?
Yes
Perform *DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS .
No - But Other DTCs Present
Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Active DTCs Present
Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 6. CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE: Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary.
Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:
 Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No
No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 ±.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground. However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication With OCM DTC to set in other modules. Also, this DTC will remain active after the condition that set this fault is no longer present. This condition is referred to as latching the DTC for the ignition cycle. Cycling the ignition key will change the status from active to stored if the condition that set the fault is no longer present.

Possible causes

  • ACTIVE B1B79 DTC AND B1B7A DTC AT THE SAME TIME
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • LEFT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT
CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 10.
3
VERIFY THAT B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT
CIRCUIT HIGH DTC AND B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW DTC ARE ACTIVE AT THE SAME TIME With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH AND B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW AT THE SAME TIME?
Yes Perform B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH diagnostic test.
No Go To 4.
4
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Are any of these conditions present?
Yes Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 6.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
6
CHECK VOLTAGE OF (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 9.
7
CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND Ground And OCM C2 Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
C2 Connector And Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor Connector Measure the resistance of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . If DTC B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
9
CHECK (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Connector And Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM connectors. Measure the resistance of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
10
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. Note that this DTC will remain active after the condition that set this fault is no longer present. Performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test will change the status from active to stored if the condition that set the fault is no longer present.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT
  • SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
  • (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • LEFT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, & BATTERY FAULTS IN
THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of
symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
PREFORM OCM VERIFICATION
NOTE
Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 9.
3
VERIFY SENSOR TORQUE
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specification.
NOTE
Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 9.
4
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 6.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
6
CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volt?
Yes Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701)
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt Circuit Disconnect the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Measure the resistance between the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Connector And Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor Connector Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
9
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

When CAN ignitions status is Run or SNA, during auto zero and while performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
During the occupant classification module system verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4 volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 volt or greater than 4 volts.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • RIGHT-FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS,
  • SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT
PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 6.
3
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
4. PERFORM THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: The Occupant Classification Seat Weights 9077 are required to perform this test.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the battery.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs?
Yes
Go To 5.
No
Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 10
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specification.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all
tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs?
Yes
Perform the *DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS .
No
But Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTCs Present Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 6. CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE: Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary.
Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:
 Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No
No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground. However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication With OCM DTC to set in other modules. Also, this DTC will remain active after the condition that set this fault is no longer present. This condition is referred to as latching the DTC for the ignition cycle. Cycling the ignition key will change the status from active to stored if the condition that set the fault is no longer present.

Possible causes

  • ACTIVE B1B7E DTC AND B1B7F DTC AT THE SAME TIME
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • RIGHT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT
INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 10.
3
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT
CIRCUIT HIGH AND B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW ARE BOTH ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Perform B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH diagnostic test.
No Go To 4.
4
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 6.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
6
CHECK VOLTAGE OF (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 9.
7
CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND C2 Connector Cavity 5 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector cavity 5 and ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
C2 Connector Cavity 5 And Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor Connector Cavity 2 Measure the resistance of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector cavity 5 and the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector cavity 2. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . If DTC B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.
No NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
9
CHECK (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Connector Cavity 1 And Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor Connector Cavity 3
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit between the OCM C2 connector cavity 1 and the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector cavity 3. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
10
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chaffed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. Note that this DTC will remain active after the condition that set this fault is no longer present. Performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test will change the status from active to stored if the condition that set the fault is no longer present.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT
  • SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
  • (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • RIGHT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTC. Does the scan tool display any active DTC relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of
symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY OCM
NOTE
Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTC. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 9.
3
VERIFY SENSOR TORQUE
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to specification. Refer SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR .
NOTE
Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTC. Does the scan tool display active: B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 9.
4
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 6.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
6
CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit. Is the voltage above 0.2 volt?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701)
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5-Volt Circuit Disconnect the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Measure the resistance between the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Connector And Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor Connector Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
9
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTC.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTC present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

When CAN ignitions status is Run or SNA, during auto zero and while performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
During the occupant classification module system verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4 volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 volt or greater than 4 volts.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • LEFT-REAR PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS,
  • SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR
PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B82- PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 6.
3
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
4. PERFORM THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: The Occupant Classification Seat Weights 9077 are required to perform this test.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the battery.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs?
Yes
Go To 5.
No
Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 9
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specification.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all
tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs?
Yes
Perform *DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS .
No - But Other DTCs Present
Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Active DTCs Present
Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 6. CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE: Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary.
Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect
the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:
 Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No
No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground. However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication With OCM DTC to set in other modules. Also, this DTC will remain active after the condition that set this fault is no longer present. This condition is referred to as latching the DTC for the ignition cycle. Cycling the ignition key will change the status from active to stored if the condition that set the fault is no longer present.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • LEFT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, & BATTERY FAULTS IN
THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT
CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 10.
3
VERIFY THAT B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT
CIRCUIT LOW DTC AND B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH DTC ARE ACTIVE AT THE SAME TIME With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW AND B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH AT THE SAME TIME?
Yes Perform B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH diagnostic test. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 5.
5
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 6.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK VOLTAGE OF (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 9.
7
CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND Ground And OCM C2 Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 8.
8
CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
C2 Connector And Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor Connector Measure the resistance of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . If DTC B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.
No NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the
condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness. Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
9
CHECK (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
10
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. Note that this DTC will remain active after the condition that set this fault is no longer present. Performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test will change the status from active to stored if the condition that set the fault is no longer present.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT
  • SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
  • (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • LEFT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTC. Does the scan tool display any active DTC relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of
symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT
CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTC. Does the scan tool display active: B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 9.
3
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT
CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specification.
NOTE
Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION
TEST to completion. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows. With the scan tool, read OCM DTC. Does the scan tool display active: B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 4.
No Go To 9.
4
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 5.
5
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 6.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
6
CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the voltage of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit. Is the voltage above 0.2 volt?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701)
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt Circuit Disconnect the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Measure the resistance between the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 8.
8
CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Connector And Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor Connector Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
9
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTC.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTC present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

When CAN ignitions status is Run or SNA, during auto zero and while performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
During the occupant classification module system verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4 volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 volt or greater than 4 volts.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • RIGHT-REAR PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS,
  • SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR
PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 6.
3
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 4.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
4. PERFORM THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: The Occupant Classification Seat Weights 9077 are required to perform this test.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the battery.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs?
Yes
Go To 5.
No
Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 6
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specification.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all
tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active: PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs?
Yes
Perform the *DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS .
No
But Other DTCs Present Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTCs Present Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 6. CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE: Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary.
Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:
 Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No
No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground. However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication With OCM DTC to set in other modules. Also, this DTC will remain active after the condition that set this fault is no longer present. This condition is referred to as latching the DTC for the ignition cycle. Cycling the ignition key will change the status from active to stored if the condition that set the fault is no longer present.

Possible causes

  • ACTIVE B1B88 DTC AND B1B89 DTC AT THE SAME TIME
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • RIGHT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT
CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 10.
3
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT
CIRCUIT LOW AND B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH ARE ACTIVE AT THE SAME TIME With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW DTC AND B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH DTC AT THE SAME TIME?
Yes Perform B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH diagnostic test.
No Go To 4.
4
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 5.
5
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 6.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK VOLTAGE OF (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit. Is the voltage above 4.8 volts?
Yes Go To 7.
No Go To 9.
7
CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND Ground And OCM C2 Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 8.
8
CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
C2 Connector And Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor Connector Measure the resistance of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . If DTC B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.
No NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
9
CHECK (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Connector And Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
10
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:  Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit voltage. Note that this DTC will remain active after the condition that set this fault is no longer present. Performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test will change the status from active to stored if the condition that set the fault is no longer present.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT
  • SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
  • (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • RIGHT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
2. PERFORM THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 5
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: The Occupant Classification Seat Weights 9077 are required to perform this test.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the battery.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs?
Yes
Go To 3.
No
Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specification.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display active: B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes
Go To 4.
No
Go To 9. 4. INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
Are any of these conditions present?
Yes
NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Go To 5. 5. VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly.
Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes
Go To 6.
No
Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 6. CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Disconnect the OCM C2 connectors.
Measure the voltage of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.2 volt?
Yes
NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Go To 7. 7. CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT
Disconnect the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance between the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes
NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
Go To 8. 8. CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes
Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 9. CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chaffed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary.
Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor for active codes while performing the following:
 Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit.  Continue the test until either a code becomes active or the problem area is isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the DTC in question / causing the intermittent condition.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No
No problem found at this time. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Driver Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is less than or equal to 0.3 ma. This DTC may set when the current is between 0.3 mA and 2.0 mA.

Possible causes

  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD,
  • CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R263) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R263) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT OPEN
  • DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
IDENTIFYING VEHICLE EQUIPMENT
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC active DTCs. Does the scan tool display active DTC: B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 7.
2
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC) With the scan tool, read Occupant restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 3.
3
INSPECT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the driver seat harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the driver seat harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
VERIFY THAT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the driver seat harness is routed correctly. Is the Driver Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 5.
No Reroute the driver seat harness as necessary. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT AND (R263) DRIVER
SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Circuit Cavity 1/2
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the ORC connectors. Connect the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (R261) Driver Seat Position Sensor Data circuit cavity 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (R263) Driver Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit cavity 2. Is the resistance below 10k ohms on either circuit?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 6.
6
CHECK (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT AND (R263) DRIVER
SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN C2 Connector Cavity C2-24 And Driver Seat Track Position Sensor Connector Cavity 1 ORC-C2 Connector Cavity C1-23 And Driver Seat Track Position Sensor Connector Cavity 2 Measure the resistance of the (R261) Driver Seat Position Sensor Data circuit between the ORC-C2 connector cavity C2-24 and the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector cavity 1. Measure the resistance of the (R263) Driver Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit between the ORC-C2 connector cavity C1-23 and the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector cavity 2. Is the resistance of either circuit above 5.0 ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC ) in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
7. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 3
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from the OCM.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Driver Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than or equal to 20.5 mA. This DTC may set when the current is between 17 mA and 20.5 mA.

Possible causes

  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD,
  • CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R263) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R263) DRIVER SEAT
  • POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT
  • DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
IDENTIFYING VEHICLE EQUIPMENT
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC active DTC. Does the scan tool display active DTC: B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 8.
2
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC) With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTC. Does the scan tool display any active DTC relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 3.
3
INSPECT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the driver seat harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the driver seat harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
VERIFY THAT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the driver seat harness is routed correctly. Is the Driver Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 5.
No Reroute the driver seat harness as necessary. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK FOR DTC B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
WITH DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read ORC DTC. Does the scan tool display: B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 6.
No WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK (R261) DRIVE SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT AND (R263) DRIVE SEAT
POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Between Driver Seat Track Position Sensor Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the ORC connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R261) Driver Seat Position Sensor Data circuit at the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector cavity 1. Measure the voltage of the (R263) Driver Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit at the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector cavity 2. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts on either circuit?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
(R263) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT (R263) Driver Seat Position Sensor Voltage Circuit In Driver Seat Track Position Sensor Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Measure the resistance between the (R261) Driver Seat Position Sensor Data circuit cavity 1 and the (R263) Driver Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit cavity 2 in the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 10k ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
8. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 3
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC from the OCM.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTC present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B8F-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC may set when the module detects that the sensor input current is below 1 mA.

Possible causes

  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • DRIVER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD,
  • CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R263) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R263) DRIVER SEAT
  • POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT
  • DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC) With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTC. Does the scan tool display any active DTC relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8F-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN IS
ACTIVE Does the scan tool display active: B1B8F-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 8.
3
INSPECT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Driver Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if any of these conditions exist
Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
VERIFY THAT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Driver Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Driver Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 5.
No Reroute the Driver Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK FOR DTC B1B8F-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
WITH DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read ORC DTC. Does the scan tool display: B1B8F-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 6.
No WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT AND (R263) DRIVER
SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Between Driver Seat Track Position Sensor Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the ORC connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R261) Driver Seat Position Sensor Data circuit between the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R263) Driver Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit between the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector and ground. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts on either circuit?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if any of these conditions exist
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK (R261) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
(R263) DRIVER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT (R263) Driver Seat Position Sensor Voltage Circuit In Driver Seat Track Position Sensor Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Measure the resistance between the (R261) Driver Seat Position Sensor Data circuit and the (R263) Driver Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit in the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 10k ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if any of these conditions exist
Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
8. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 4
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC from the ORC.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTC present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is less than or equal to 0.3 ma. This DTC may set when the current is between 0.3 mA and 2.0 mA.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R264) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R264) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT OPEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
IDENTIFYING VEHICLE EQUIPMENT
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC active DTCs. Does the scan tool display active DTC: B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 7.
2
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC) With the scan tool, read Occupant restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 3.
3
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the passenger seat harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the passenger seat harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the passenger seat harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 5.
No Reroute the passenger seat harness as necessary. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT AND (R264)
PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Passenger Circuit For Short To Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the ORC connectors. Install the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC-C2
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (R262) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Data circuit cavity 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the (R264) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit cavity 2. Is the resistance below 10k ohms on either circuit?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the passenger seat harness in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 6.
6
CHECK (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT AND (R264)
PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN 8443-32-R ORC Adapter Cavity C2-17 And Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor Connector Cavity 1 8443-32-R ORC Adapter Cavity C2-18 And Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor Connector Cavity 2 Measure the resistance of the (R262) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Data circuit between the 8443-32-R ORC Adapter cavity C2-17 and the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector cavity 1. Measure the resistance of the (R264) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit between the 8443- 32-R ORC Adapter cavity C2-18 and the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector cavity 2.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Is the resistance of either circuit above 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the passenger seat harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC ) in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
7. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 3
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from the OCM.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than or equal to 20.5 mA. This DTC may set when the current is between 17 mA and 20.5 mA.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R264) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R264) SEAT
  • POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT
  • PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
IDENTIFYING VEHICLE EQUIPMENT
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC active DTCs. Does the scan tool display active DTC: B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 8.
2
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC) With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 3.
3
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the passenger seat harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the passenger seat harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 5.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK FOR DTC B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
WITH PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 6.
No WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT AND (R264)
PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Voltage Circuit For Short To Voltage
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the both ORC connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R262) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Data circuit at the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Measure the voltage of the (R263) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit at the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Is the voltage above 0.2 volts on either circuit?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
(R264) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Measure the resistance between the (R262) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Data circuit and the (R264) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit in the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 10k ohms?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the passenger seat harness in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
8. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 3
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from the OCM.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B95-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Seat Track Position Sensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC may set when the module detects that the sensor input current is below 1 mA.

Possible causes

  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT,
  • SPREAD, CORRODED, CONTAMINATED
  • (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R264) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R264) SEAT
  • POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT
  • PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC) With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT DTC B1B95-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
IS ACTIVE Does the scan tool display active: B1B95-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 8.
3
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if any of these conditions exist
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLY
Verify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly. Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?
Yes Go To 5.
No Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK FOR DTC B1B95-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
WITH PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR DISCONNECTED
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1B95-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 6.
No WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK (R262) PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA CIRCUIT AND (R264)
PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Voltage Circuit For Short To Voltage
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the ORC connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R262) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Data circuit between the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R264) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit between the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector and ground.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if any of these conditions exist
Is the voltage above 0.2 volts on either circuit?
Yes WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
(R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Measure the resistance between the (R262) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Data circuit and the (R264) Passenger Seat Position Sensor Voltage circuit in the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector.
NOTE
Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if any of these conditions exist
Is the resistance below 10k ohms?
Yes Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
8. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 1
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from the ORC.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on the OCM monitors the Seat Track Position Sensors (STPS) circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects current on the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits and the module is not configured for STPS.

Possible causes

  • SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSORS (STPS)
  • WIRING
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, AND BATTERY FAULTS
IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
VERIFY THAT B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION
MISMATCH IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs. Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on. Wait 2 minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
3
VERIFY WIRING
Turn the ignition off. Inspect the passenger seat wiring for Seat Position Sensors. Are Seat Position Sensor(s) present?
Yes WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If an Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) configured for vehicles without side airbags is installed in a vehicle with side airbags.

Possible causes

  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR ACTIVE TIPM DTC
Verify that the vehicle is equipped with a Occupant Classification System (OCS). With the scan tool, read the active TIPM DTCs. Is active TIPM DTCs present?
Yes Diagnose and repair the active TIPM DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 3. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK ORC PART NUMBER WITH SCAN TOOL
With the scan tool, select ECU View, select ORC, select ECU Details, and read the ORC part number. Is the part number correct for the vehicle?
Yes Go To 4.
No Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK VIN WITH SCAN TOOL
With the scan tool, read the VIN. Is the correct VIN displayed?
Yes Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace or reprogram the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
5. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the
battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question.
Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1BA6-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION UNDETERMINED

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
Because other DTC have made occupant detection impossible. This DTC will set in addition to all sensor and module DTC and will be erased when the repairs are completed.

Diagnostic test

Refer to B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED for the diagnostic test procedure.
B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED📷 1

When monitored

With the CAN ignition status as IGN_RUN, the module tries to detect potentially damaging events and monitors the CAN Bus for the Impact messages (crash event causing one or more airbag or pretensioner
to deploy) or upon detecting an Offset Event (if equipped).

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module detects a potentially damaging event or the Impact messages from the CAN Bus input.

Possible causes

  • B1BA7-OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED DTC ACTIVE

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM) ACTIVE DTC:
 ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS  IGNITION FAULTS  BATTERY FAULT  SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTC. Does the scan tool display any active DTC listed above?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
figure
2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION
REQUIRED IS ACTIVE
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED?
Yes
Go To 3.
No
Go To 5.
3. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 1
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED?
Yes
Go To 4.
No - But Other DTC Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No - No Active DTC Present
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 4. PERFORM SENSOR TORQUE TEST
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to Group 23 for specification.
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED?
Yes
Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No - But Other DTC Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No - Active DTC Present
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 5. CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1BA8-OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1BA8-OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED?
Yes
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B1BA8-OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is IGN_RUN or signal not available.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module has initiated a re-zero and did not successfully complete the system verification, a system verification routine has been aborted or a update option table from flash routine has been completed.
figure
1. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 2
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display any active DTC?
Yes
Go To 2.
Yes
But Other DTC Present? Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present? Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 2. PERFORM SENSOR TORQUE TEST
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to Group 23 for specification.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display any active DTC?
Yes
Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.
Yes
But Other DTC Present? Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present?
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is IGN_RUN.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC is not configured for Occupant Classification Module (OCM) and the OCM is active on the CAN Bus. Note: Because all ORCs are originally configured for the OCM the ORC must learn the not equipped with OCM state from the TIPM.

Possible causes

  • LOSS OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN ORC AND TIPM
  • MISSING CAN BUS CONFIGURATION MESSAGE
  • CORRUPT CONFIGURATION MESSAGE
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION
MISMATCH With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display an active: B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH DTCs?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 5.
2
CHECKING FOR CORRUPT CONFIGURATION MESSAGE
With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display an active: U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU NETWORK CONFIGURATION DATA DTCs?
Yes Perform the U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU NETWORK CONFIGURATION DATA

Diagnostic test

No
Go To 3.
3
CHECKING FOR LOSS OF CAN BUS CONFIGURATION MESSAGE
With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display an active U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA DTCs?
Yes Perform the U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA diagnostic test.
No Go To 4.
4
CHECKING FOR LOSS OF COMMUNICATION WITH THE TIPM
With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display an active: U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE)?
Yes Perform the U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE. Refer to

Diagnosis & testing

No
Go To 6. 5. VERIFYING STORED B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from the Occupant Restraint Controller.
Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
Wait one minute, and read active and stored codes.
Does the scan tool display an active or stored B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH DTCs?
Yes
For active DTC-Go To 2.
Yes
For stored-Go To 6.
No
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 6. REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair
Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor supply.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the OCM detects that the sensor supply shorted.
NOTE: A shorted supply circuit will cause a 'NO RESPONSE FROM OCM" condition.

Possible causes

  • OCS SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT DTC IS
ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED

Diagnostic test

No
Go To 2.
2
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
figure
figure
3. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from the OCM.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test in this Section. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the OCM detects any two sensors voltages below 20 mV for 10 minutes while any other sensor is greater than 40 mV. Note: 1 A/D count is equal to 5 mV.
NOTE: A shorted supply circuit will cause a "NO RESPONSE FROM OCM" condition.

Possible causes

  • OCS SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED
TOGETHER DTC IS ACTIVE With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER ?
Yes WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED

Diagnostic test

No
Go To 2.
2
INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES AND CONNECTORS
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Are any of these conditions present?
Yes NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is present in the Seat Harness.
Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Go To 3.
3. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 1
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from the OCM.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test in this Section. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the module detects a seat weight sensor input with the total seat weight below -6.5 kg +/- 1kg.

Possible causes

  • DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS,
  • SEAT TRACKS, FLOOR PAN
  • OBJECT UNDER SEAT OR REAR SEAT FOLDED DOWN AND RESTING AGAINST
  • PASSENGER SEAT
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE OCM DTCs
 ACTIVE INTERNAL DTC  IGNITION DTC  BATTERY DTC  SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again. With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display any active DTCs listed above?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No Go To 2.
2
ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 5.
figure
3. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 1
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display active: B1BA8-OCS NOT CALIBRATED DTC?
Yes
Go To 4. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
DTCs are Present?
Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTCs Present?
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
4. VERIFY SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR TORQUE
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to Group 23 for specification.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.
Does the scan tool display active: B1BA8-OCS NOT CALIBRATED DTC?
Yes
Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
DTCs are Present?
Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTCs Present?
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
5. STORED B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag System Modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test in this Section. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1BBD-OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION TABLE UNPROGRAMMED

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

If the Configuration Table is not programmed at the supplier or when the checksum is invalid.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) was received unprogrammed from the supplier, the vehicle line was not identified correctly or if the flash procedure was not completed successfully

Possible causes

  • NEW OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE
  • INTERNAL CHECKSUM FAILURE

Diagnostic test

1
MODULE CONFIGURATION
Does the scan tool display B1BBD-OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION TABLE UNPROGRAMMED?
Yes Perform the B1BA7-OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED diagnostic procedure.
No WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the OCM in accordance with the service information. With the scan tool, perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST. B1BC7-DEPLOYMENT DATA RECORD FULL

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) on board diagnostics continuously monitors the deployment register.
The register counts the number of airbag deployment for this vehicle.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC deployment register increments to 3.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
View repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . B1BCF-ROLL OVER SENSOR

When monitored

With the ignition on. The module's on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range Roll Over Sensor circuit.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER

Diagnostic test

1
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Turn the ignition on.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
When this code is set, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . B1C23-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT 3 - LEFT FRONT CONFIGURATION MISMATCH

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) monitors the position of each Seat Weight Sensor. The sensor identification is mapped to the sensor position during the OCM SYSTEM
figure
VERIFICATION TEST.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module detects one or more new Seat Weight Sensors or if the existing sensors are moved to a new position.

Possible causes

  • NEW SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSTALLED
  • EXISTING SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR MOVED TO A NEW POSITION
1. PERFORM OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 1
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1C23-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT 3 - LEFT FRONT CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes
Go To 2.
No
DTC are Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 2. PERFORM SENSOR TORQUE TEST
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to Group 23 for specification.
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1C23-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT 3 - LEFT FRONT CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes
Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
DTC are Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B1C24-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT CONFIGURATION MISMATCH

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) monitors the position of each Seat Weight Sensor. The sensor identification is mapped to the sensor position during the OCM SYSTEM
figure
VERIFICATION TEST.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module detects one or more new Seat Weight Sensors or if the existing sensors are moved to a new position.

Possible causes

  • NEW SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSTALLED
  • EXISTING SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR MOVED TO A NEW POSITION
1. PERFORM OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 1
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1C24-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes
Go To 2.
No
DTC are Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 2. PERFORM SENSOR TORQUE TEST
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to Group 23 for specification.
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1C24-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes
Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
DTC are Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B1C25-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) monitors the position of each Seat Weight Sensor. The sensor identification is mapped to the sensor position during the OCM SYSTEM
figure
VERIFICATION TEST.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module detects one or more new Seat Weight Sensors or if the existing sensors are moved to a new position.

Possible causes

  • NEW SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSTALLED
  • EXISTING SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR MOVED TO A NEW POSITION
1. PERFORM OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 1
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1C25-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes
Go To 2.
No
DTC are Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 2. PERFORM SENSOR TORQUE TEST
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to Group 23 for specification.
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1C25-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes
Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
DTC are Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B1C26-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) monitors the position of each Seat Weight Sensor. The sensor identification is mapped to the sensor position during the OCM SYSTEM
figure
VERIFICATION TEST.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module detects one or more new Seat Weight Sensors or if the existing sensors are moved to a new position.

Possible causes

  • NEW SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSTALLED
  • EXISTING SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR MOVED TO A NEW POSITION
1. PERFORM OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 51
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1C26-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes
Go To 2.
No
DTC are Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 2. PERFORM SENSOR TORQUE TEST
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to Group 23 for specification.
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B1C26-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes
Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No
DTC are Present
Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.
No
No Active DTC Present Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B1C38-1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-10 Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C38-1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R53)
DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Between Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connector.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector and ground. Measure the resistance of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector and ground. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C39-1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC detects voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • BATTERY
  • (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • BATTERY
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-10 Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C39-1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R53)
DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Between Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the voltage of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C3A-1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6.
2
CHECK FOR DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-10 Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C3A-1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN
OPEN Between Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adaptor
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool 8443-32-R ORC Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit for and open. Then Go To 4.
4
CHECK (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN
OPEN Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector and ORC 8443-32-R Adaptor Measure the resistance of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit for and open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it
must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C3B-1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance between the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • CIRCUIT (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 SHORTED TO CIRCUIT
  • (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
SELECT ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-10 Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C3B-1ST ROW DRIVER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A
SHORT TO (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT And (R53) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 Circuit At Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit and the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit at the Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C3D-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R271) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R273) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-20 Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C3D-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R271) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R273)
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Between Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Cavity 1/2 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connector.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R271) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 1 and ground. Measure the resistance of the (R273) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 2 and ground. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the shorted to ground Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C3E-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC detects voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R271) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R273) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-20 Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C3E-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R271) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R273)
DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Between Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Cavity 1/2 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R271) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 1 and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R273) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 2 and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C3F-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R271) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R273) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6.
2
CHECK FOR OPEN DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-20 Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C3F-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R271) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Cavity 1 And ORC 8443-32-R Adaptor Cavity C2-11
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance of the (R271) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 1 and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C2-11. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit for and open. Then Go To 4.
4
CHECK (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FOR
AN OPEN Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Cavity 2 And ORC 8443-32-R Adaptor Cavity 12 Measure the resistance of the (R273) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 2 and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity 12. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit for and open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it
must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C40-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance between the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R271) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R273)
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT
  • DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
SELECT ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-20 Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C40-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R271) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT
TO (R273) DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT Cavity 1 And (R273) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 Circuit Cavity 2 At Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance between the (R271) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit cavity 1 and the (R273) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit cavity 2 at the Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C47-1ST ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance on the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • GROUND
  • (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • GROUND
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAIN CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
Tensioner Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-10 Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C47-1ST ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND
(R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Circuit Between Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner/Tensioner Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner connector and ground. Measure the resistance of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector and ground. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits shorted to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C48-1ST ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC detects voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R506) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • BATTERY
  • (R504) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER VOLTAGE CIRCUIT SHORTED
  • TO BATTERY
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER
Tensioner Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-10 Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C48-1ST ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND
(R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Between Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the voltage of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C49-1ST ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6.
2
CHECK FOR PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
Tensioner Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-10 Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C49-1ST ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER DATA CIRCUIT FOR
AN OPEN Between Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adaptor
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the (R506) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Line 1 circuit for and open. Then Go To 4.
4
CHECK (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR
AN OPEN Between Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adaptor Measure the resistance of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit for and open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it
must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
TO AVOID SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY, TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
TO AVOID SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY, TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C4A-1ST ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance between the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R54)
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
SELECT ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER
Tensioner Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-10 Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C4A-1ST ROW PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A
SHORT TO (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT Circuit And (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 Circuit At Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit and the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit at the Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Retractor Tensioner Line 2 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C4C-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance on the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R272) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • GROUND
  • (R274) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • GROUND
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER CIRCUIT
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-20 Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display: B1C4C-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R272) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND
(R274) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R272) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 2 and ground. Measure the resistance of the (R274) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 2 and ground. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C4D-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC detects voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R272) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • BATTERY
  • (R274) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
  • BATTERY
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-20 Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C4D-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R272) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND
(R274) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Between Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Cavity 2/1 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R272) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 2 and ground. Measure the voltage of the (R274) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 1 and ground. Is there any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits with voltage present for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C4E-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R272) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R274) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 6.
2
CHECK FOR OPEN PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-20 Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C4E-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R272) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN
OPEN Between Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Cavity 2 And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity C2-10
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance of the (R272) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector cavity 2 and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C2-10. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 4.
No Repair the (R272) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit for and open. Then Go To 4.
4
CHECK (R274) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN
OPEN Between Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Cavity 1 And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity C2-9 Measure the resistance of the (R274) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector Cavity 1 and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C2-9. Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?
Yes Go To 5.
No Repair the (R274) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit for and open. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B1C4F-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The ORC has detected low resistance between the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner circuits.

Possible causes

  • (R272) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R274)
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT
  • PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
SELECT ACTIVE OR STORED DTC
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the following test.
Select Active or Stored DTC. Is the DTC active or stored? ORC - ACTIVE DTC Go To 2. ORC - STORED DTC Go To 5.
2
CHECK FOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the 8443 Load Tool and 8443-20 Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC's. Does the scan tool display: B1C4F-1ST ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
3
CHECK (R272) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A
SHORT TO (R274) PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT Circuit Cavity 1 And (R274) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 Circuit Cavity 1 And 2 At Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
Measure the resistance between the (R272) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Line 1 circuit cavity 1 and the (R274) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit cavity 1 and 2 at the Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R272) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 1 circuit for a short to the (R274) Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Line 2 circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
REPLACE THE ORC
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
STORED ORC DTC
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag System Modules. If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem. Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component. If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated. In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question. Are any ACTIVE DTC's present?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
+41 more figures in this topic
B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW📷 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: Charging Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) CAN bus ignition status received is RUN or signal not available, the module checks the (A417) Fused B(+) circuit voltage input range.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the OCM detects that the battery voltage is less than or equal to 6.25 volts ± 0.25 volt.

Possible causes

  • OCM (A27) FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
  • VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
Troubleshoot any PCM charging/cranking DTCs before proceeding.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW IS ACTIVE?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 3.
2
CHECK VOLTAGE OF OCM (A27) FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT.
Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the OCM connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage between Ground and the (A27) Fused B(+) circuit cavity 1 of the OCM C1 connector. Is the voltage above 6.5 volts circuit?
Yes Replace the OCM in accordance with the service information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No Repair the (A27) Fused B(+) circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
3
CHECKING STORED OR INTERMITTENT CODES
NOTE
Diagnose and repair all active codes before diagnosing stored codes. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of airbag system diagnostic procedures.
With the scan tool, record and erase all Airbag System Module DTCs.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors for chafed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires, and for broken, bent, pushed out, corroded, and contaminated terminals. Repair as necessary. Reconnect all disconnected components and harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs?
Yes Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX .
No No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
figure
figure
B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Charging Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

While the CAN bus ignition status received is RUN or SNA (Signal Not Available), the module checks the (A27) Fused B(+) circuit voltage input range.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) detects battery voltage greater than or equal to 24.25 ± 0.25 volts for 10 seconds.

Possible causes

  • VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 4.
2
CHECK THE BATTERY VOLTAGE TO THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE
With the scan tool in Data Display, read OCM battery voltage. Is the battery voltage greater than 24.0 ± 0.25 volts?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
3
CHECK FOR CHARGING SYSTEM RELATED DTCs IN THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM) With the scan tool in ECU View, select PCM and check for any Charging System related DTCs. Does the scan tool display any Charging System related DTCs?
Yes Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING .
No Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
4. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Starting Circuit

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition in the Run-Start position.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If voltage on the (F201) Fused Run/Start Relay Output circuit drops below 6.0 ± 0.25 volts.

Possible causes

  • (F201) FUSED RUN/START RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (F201) FUSED RUN/START RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • OPEN TIPM FUSE 35
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN IS ACTIVE IN
THE ORC.
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. Wait 10 seconds. With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 8.
2
INSPECT AIRBAG RUN-START FUSE
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Airbag Run-Start TIPM Fuse 35 from the TIPM and inspect the fuse.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Is the Run/Start fuse open?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 5.
3
CHECK (F201) FUSED RUN/START RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT RESISTANCE
Run-Start Fuse M16 Output Terminal And Ground Measure the resistance of the (F201) Fused Run - Start Relay Output circuit between the Airbag Run- Start TIPM Fuse 35 (output side) terminal and ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Replace Airbag Run-Start TIPM Fuse 35. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (F201) FUSED RUN/START RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH ORC
DISCONNECTED Run-Start Fuse M16 Output Terminal And Ground
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect both ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance of the (F201) Fused Run - Start Relay Output circuit between C2-32 of the 8443- 32-R Adapter and ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the (F201) Fused Run - Start Relay Output circuit for a short to ground. Replace the Airbag Run-Start TIPM Fuse 35. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Replace the Airbag Run-Start TIPM Fuse 35. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK AIRBAG RUN - START TIPM FUSE 35 SUPPLY VOLTAGE
M16 Supply Terminal And Ground Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the Airbag Run-Start TIPM Fuse 35 (supply side) terminal and ground. Is the voltage above 6.0 volts?
Yes Go To 6.
No Replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK (F201) FUSED RUN - START RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
32-R Adapter Cavity C2-32 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Reinstall the Airbag Run-Start TIPM Fuse 35. Disconnect the both ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Install the Airbag Load tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (F201) Fused Run - Start Relay Output circuit between the 8443-32-R connector cavity C2-32 and ground. Is the voltage above 6.0 volts?
Yes Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK (F201) FUSED RUN - START RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
R Connector Cavity C2-32 And Cavity 7 Of TIPM C6 Connector
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the TIPM C6 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the (F201) Fused Run - Start Relay Output Circuit between the 8443-32-R connector cavity C2-32 and cavity 7 of the TIPM C6 connector. Is the below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Repair the open (F201) Fused Run/Start Relay Output circuit. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
8. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question.
Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.
B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Body Control Modules Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition in the Run position.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
If voltage on the (F100) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN) circuit drops below 6.0 volts.

Possible causes

  • TIPM FUSE 51 OPEN
  • TIPM FUSE 51 SUPPLY VOLTAGE LOW
  • (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. Wait 10 seconds. With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 8.
2
INSPECT AIRBAG RUN CIRCUIT FUSE 51
Turn the ignition off. Remove the TIPM Fuse 51 and inspect the fuse.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Is the fuse open?
Yes Go To 3.
No Go To 5.
3
CHECK (F100) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
(Output Side) Terminal And Ground Measure the resistance of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuit between the TIPM Fuse 51 (output side) terminal and ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes Go To 4.
No Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the related wiring and connectors. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals. Replace TIPM Fuse 51. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4
CHECK (F100) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH ORC
DISCONNECTED (Output Side) Terminal And Ground
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-32 Adapter to the ORC connectors. Measure the resistance of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuit between 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C2-31 and ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes Repair the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output (Run) circuit for a short to ground. Replace the TIPM Fuse 51. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Replace the TIPM Fuse 51. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
5
CHECK TIPM FUSE 51 SUPPLY SIDE CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the TIPM Fuse 51 (supply side) of the fuse to ground. Is the voltage above 6.0 volts?
Yes Go To 6.
No Replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
Adapter Cavity C2-31 And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Reinstall the TIPM Fuse 51. Disconnect the ORC connectors.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Airbag Load Tool ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC harness connectors.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output (Run) circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C2-31 and ground. Is the voltage above 6.0 volts?
Yes Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 7.
7
CHECK FUSE 51 OUTPUT TO CAVITY 38 OF THE TIPM C6 CONNECTOR
R Adapter Cavity C2-31 And TIPM C6 Connector Cavity 38
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the TIPM C6 connector.
NOTE
Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output (Run) circuit between the 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C2-31 and TIPM C6 connector cavity 38. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Replace the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
8. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in question.
Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs?
Yes
Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING / MISMATCH📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Body Control Modules Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

During power-up, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and Occupant Classification Module (OCM) monitors the CAN bus for the VIN message.

Set conditions

This DTC will set if the VIN information received from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) is different from the stored VIN.

Possible causes

  • INCORRECT VIN PROGRAMMED INTO THE PCM
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC
NOTE
Troubleshoot any Ignition, Battery, Seat Weight Sensor, or OCM Internal DTC BEFORE proceeding
NOTE
Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE
This DTC cannot be cleared until the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST has been completed successfully.
With the scan tool, read DTC. Select the module and DTC type. OCM-Active Go To 2. OCM-Stored Erase code with scan tool, test complete.
2
CHECK THE VIN STORED IN THE PCM
With the scan tool, compare the VIN that is stored in the PCM to the VIN of the vehicle's VIN plate. Does the VIN stored in the PCM match the vehicle's VIN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace and Configure the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST .
figure
3. PERFORM THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.
NOTE: The Occupant Classification Seat Weights 9077 are required to perform this test.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the battery.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display any active: B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH DTC?
Yes
Go To 4.
No
Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
4. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specification.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display active: B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH?
Yes
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding. Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information. Replace the Service Kit if a seat from another vehicle was installed. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
No - But Other DTC Present
Diagnose and repair the other DTC. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No - No Active DTC Present
Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
B2207-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on. The module's on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

Possible causes

  • INTERMITTENT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
  • INTERMITTENT SQUIB SHORT TO VOLTAGE
  • INTERMITTENT SQUIB OPEN
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
CHECK FOR SQUIB RELATED DTCS
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Is there any squib related DTCs present?
Yes Diagnose specified squib DTCs according to procedure in article before diagnosing this DTC. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go to 2.
2
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, erase and read ORC DTC.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B2208-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 2
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)

When monitored

With the ignition on. The module's on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Turn the ignition on.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B2209-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 3
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)

When monitored

With the ignition on. The module's on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Turn the ignition on.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B220A-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 4
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)

When monitored

With the ignition on. The module's on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Turn the ignition on.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B220B-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER FIRING STORED ENERGY
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)

When monitored

With the ignition on. The module's on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Turn the ignition on.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B220C-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)
INTERNAL

When monitored

With the ignition on. The module's on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
Turn the ignition on.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)

When monitored

While the IGN status is RUN or signal not available, while the CAN bus system voltage is between 10 and 16 volts, and during the OCS Verification Test.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the module detects an internal failure.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
1. PERFORM THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE VERIFICATION TEST
NOTE: Ensure that the passenger seat is empty.
Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and turn ignition on.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Did the DTC: B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL reset?
Yes
Go To 2.
No
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
2. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST📷 1
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all
tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display any active DTC?
Yes -
figure
B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL DTC is ACTIVE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)
Go To 3.
Yes -
other DTC ACTIVE Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 3. VERIFY SENSOR TORQUE
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that the passenger seat is empty.
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are tightened to torque specification. Refer to SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR for specifications.
NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing the Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: verify that all tests steps that led you here were performed as directed; verify that the ignition is in run; Wait 30 seconds after changing the seat weight before proceeding to allow the system to stabilize; only press scan tool buttons when directed to do so; and perform the *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST to completion.
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, proceed as follows.
With the scan tool, read OCM DTC.
Does the scan tool display any active DTC?
Yes -
figure
B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL DTC is ACTIVE
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Replace the Occupant Classification Module in accordance with the service information. Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
Yes -
other DTC ACTIVE Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC CODE INDEX for a complete list of symptoms.
No
Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST .
B222A-VEHICLE LINE MISMATCH
⚡ Wiring diagram: Body Control Modules Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) sends a Bus Message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) containing the vehicle line but the ORC original VIN does not march the broadcast VIN.

Possible causes

  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC B222A-VEHICLE LINE MISMATCH IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTC. Does the scan tool display active: B222A-VEHICLE LINE MISMATCH?
Yes Go To 2.
No Erase DTC, see if code returns Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
2
COMPARE STORED VIN IN THE TIPM AND ORC
With the scan tool in ORC select More Options select ECU Details, compare Original VIN and current VIN. With the scan tool, read and record the VIN that is stored in the ORC. Does the stored VIN match the current VIN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace or reprogram the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information.
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
View repair Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
⚡ Wiring diagram: Body Control Modules Circuit (1 of 2)

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM) sends a message to the Occupant Restraint Controller
(ORC) that the vehicle is not equipped with an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) but the ORC is receiving OCM messages over the Can B bus.

Possible causes

  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTC.
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Does the scan tool display active: B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?
Yes Go To 2.
No Erase DTC, see if code returns Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
2
COMPARE STORED VIN IN THE TIPM AND ORC
With the scan tool in ORC select More Options select ECU Details, compare Original VIN and current VIN. With the scan tool, read and record the VIN that is stored in the ORC. Does the stored VIN match the current VIN?
Yes Go To 3.
No Replace or reprogram the TIPM in accordance with the Service Information.
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
View repair Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DTC PRESENT
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC receives a bus message with the active OCM DTC Present bit set.

Possible causes

  • ACTIVE DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DTC IS ACTIVE
With the scan tool, read the ORC active DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE?
Yes Go To 2.
No With the scan tool, perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
2
ACTIVE DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE
With the scan tool, read the OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE active DTC. Are there any active DTC present?
Yes Refer to the symptom list for problems related to the OCM.
No Go To 3.
3
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
B2255-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ROLL OVER FEATURE
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)
DISABLE

When monitored

With the ignition on. The module's on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This DTC will set if the ORC Roll Over Feature has been disabled via the scan tool.

Possible causes

  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ROLL OVER FEATURE DISABLED
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool read the ORC Roll Over Feature status Enabled or Disabled. Does the scan tool show Roll Over Feature Disabled? Repair Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

With the ignition on.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) or Occupant Classification (OCM) detects a corrupt CAN C Bus messages from the Totally Integrated Power Module (TIPM).

Possible causes

  • (D65) CAN C BUS (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (D64) CAN C BUS (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (D65) CAN C BUS (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (D64) CAN C BUS (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
  • (D65) CAN C BUS (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (D64) CAN C BUS (-) CIRCUIT
  • ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE
  • POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
  • ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (DIESEL ONLY) (ECM)
  • TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM)
  • STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
  • AUTOMATIC SWAY BAR SYSTEM MODULE
  • WIRELESS CONTROL MODULE (WCM)
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER MODULE (ORC)
  • OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)
  • TOTALLY INTEGRATED POWER MODULE (TIPM)
figure
1. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITION📷 4
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 2.
No
The conditions that caused this code to set are not present at this time. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. 2. ANTILOCK BRAKE MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Antilock Brake Module harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active ORC and OCM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 3.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits in accordance with the service information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . Perform *OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST . 3. POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 4.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . 4. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (DIESEL ONLY) - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with this module, answer yes to the question.
Disconnect the Engine Control Module harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 5.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace and program the
Engine Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 5. TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with this module, answer yes to the question.
Disconnect the Transmission Control Module harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 6.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace and program the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST . 6. STEERING ANGLE SENSOR - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with this module, answer yes to the question.
Disconnect the Steering Angle Sensor harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 7.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace the Steering Angle Sensor in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 7. AUTOMATIC SWAY BAR SYSTEM MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with this module, answer yes to the question.
Disconnect the Automatic Sway Bar System Module harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 8.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace the Automatic Sway Bar System Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 8. WIRELESS CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with this module, answer yes to the question.
Disconnect the Wireless Control Module harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 9.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace the Wireless Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 9. OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with this module, answer yes to the question.
Disconnect the Occupant Restraint Controller Module harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 10.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace the Occupant Restraint Controller Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 10. OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
Turn the ignition off.
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with this module, answer yes to the question.
Disconnect the Occupant Classification Module harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, record and erase TIPM DTC's.
Cycle the ignition from on to off 3 times.
Turn the ignition on.
With the scan tool, read active TIPM DTC's.
Does the scan tool display U0002-CAN C BUS OFF PERFORMANCE as active?
Yes
Go To 11.
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace the Occupant Classification Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . 11. (D65) CAN C BUS (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Totally Integrated Power Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage between the (D65) CAN C Bus (+) circuit and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes
Repair the (D65) CAN C Bus (+) circuit for a short to voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No
Go To 12. 12. (D64) CAN C BUS (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage between the (D64) CAN C Bus (-) circuit and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes
Repair the (D64) CAN C Bus (-) circuit for a short to voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No
Go To 13. 13. (D65) CAN C BUS (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Turn the ignition off.
Measure the resistance between ground and the (D65) CAN C Bus (+) circuit.
Is any resistance present?
Yes
Repair the (D65) CAN C Bus (+) circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No
Go To 14. 14. (D64) CAN C BUS (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Measure the resistance between ground and the (D64) CAN C Bus (-) circuit.
Is any resistance present?
Yes
Repair the (D64) CAN C Bus (-) circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No
Go To 15. 15. (D65) CAN C BUS (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (D64) CAN C BUS (-) CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the (D65) CAN C Bus (+) circuit and the (D64) CAN C Bus (-) circuit.
Is any resistance present?
Yes
Repair the (D65) CAN C Bus (+) circuit for a short to the (D64) CAN C Bus (-) circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No
Inspect the wiring and connectors for damage or shorted circuits. If ok, replace and program the Totally Integrated Power Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE (TIPM)📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Computer Data Lines Circuit (1 of 2)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for the diagnostic test procedure.
figure
U0151-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT RESTRAINT📷 1
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)
CONTROLLER (ORC)

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for the diagnostic test procedure.
figure
U0154-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION
⚡ Wiring diagram: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 2)
MODULE

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .
Refer to DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING for the diagnostic test procedure.
U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Radio Circuit, Base
ACCELERATION SENSOR

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Left Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Left Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications.

Possible causes

  • (R79) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R79) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
  • (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE
ACCELERATION SENSOR IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 9.
2
CHECK THE (R79) and (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND
CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY Sensor Ground Cavity 2 Circuit Voltage Between Front Left Impact Sensor Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Front Left Impact Sensor connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. Connect the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal cavity 1 and (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground cavity 2 circuit voltage between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the (R79) and (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 3.
3
CHECK THE (R79) AND (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground Circuit Cavity 1 Between Front Left Impact Sensor Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit cavity 2 and (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground circuit cavity 1 between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R79) and (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
CHECK THE (R79) AND (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT
TOGETHER Left Impact Sensor Ground Circuits At Front Left Impact Sensor Connector Measure the resistance between the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal and (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Left Impact Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R79) and (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 5.
5
CHECK THE (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR
HIGH RESISTANCE Between Front Left Impact Sensor Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity C1-28 Measure the resistance of the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Ground circuit cavity 1 between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity C1-28. Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH
RESISTANCE Front Left Impact Sensor Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity 29 Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit cavity 2 between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity 29. Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
7
CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR
Replace the Front Left Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Front Left Impact Sensor DTC return?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
8
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
Disconnect the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Information. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
9. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram / schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE📷 6
⚡ Wiring diagram: Radio Circuit, Base
ACCELERATION SENSOR

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Right Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Right Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications.

Possible causes

  • (R80) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R80) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
  • (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE
ACCELERATION SENSOR IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 9.
2
CHECK THE (R80) and (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT
TO BATTERY Ground Circuit At Front Right Impact Sensor Cavity 1 Circuit Voltage Between Front Right Impact Sensor Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Front Right Impact Sensor connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. Connect the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connector.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit cavity 2 and (R82) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Right Impact Sensor cavity 1 circuit voltage between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the (R80) and (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuits for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 3.
3
CHECK THE (R80) AND (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND Cavity 1 Between Front Right Impact Sensor Connector And Ground
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the resistance of the (R80) cavity 2 and (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuit cavity 1 between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R80) and (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuits for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 4.
4
CHECK THE (R80) AND (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT
TOGETHER (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor Ground Cavity 1 Circuit At Front Right Impact Sensor Connector Measure the resistance between the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal cavity 2 and (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor Ground cavity 1 circuit at the Front Right Impact Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R80) and (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
No Go To 5.
5
CHECK THE (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
OR HIGH RESISTANCE Between Front Right Impact Sensor Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter C1-30 Measure the resistance of the (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor Ground circuit cavity 1 between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter C1-30. Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
6
CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR
HIGH RESISTANCE Between Front Right Impact Sensor Connector And ORC 8443-32-R Adapter Cavity 31 Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit cavity 1 between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter cavity 31. Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
7
CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR
Replace the Front Right Impact Sensor. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Front Right Impact Sensor DTC return?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
8
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 .
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
9. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Radio Circuit, Base
SENSOR 1

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This code will set, if the ORC and the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 do not establish and maintain valid data communications.

Possible causes

  • (R13) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R13) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
  • (R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R13) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE
ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 9.
2
CHECK THE (R13) and (R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO
BATTERY
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. Connect the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connectors.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit and (R15) Sensor Ground circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the (R13) and (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 circuits for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No Go To 3.
3
CHECK THE (R13) and (R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the resistance of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground. Measure the resistance of the (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms on either circuit?
Yes Repair the (R13) and (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal and Ground circuit for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No Go To 4.
4
CHECK THE (R13) and (R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT
TOGETHER Measure the resistance between the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal and (R15) Sensor Ground circuits at the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R13) and (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 circuits shorted together. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No Go To 5.
5
CHECK THE (R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR
HIGH RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
6
CHECK THE (R13) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH
RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7
CHECK OPERATION OF THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1
Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 1. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Left Side Impact Sensor 1 DTC return?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
9. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITION
With the scan tool, record and erase all DTC's from all Airbag modules.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.
In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.
Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?
Yes
Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No
No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.
U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION📷 5
⚡ Wiring diagram: Radio Circuit, Base
SENSOR 2

Additional wiring

For complete wiring diagrams refer to SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS .

When monitored

The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

Set conditions

 Set Condition:
This code will set, if the ORC and the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 do not establish and maintain valid data communications.

Possible causes

  • (R17) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
  • (R17) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
  • (R17, R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
  • (R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
  • (R17) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
  • LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2

Diagnostic test

1
VERIFY THAT DTC U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE
ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 IS ACTIVE
NOTE
Ensure the battery is fully charged.
Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs. Does the scan tool display active: U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2?
Yes Go To 2.
No Go To 9.
2
CHECK THE (R17) and (R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO
BATTERY
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Disconnect the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 connector. Disconnect the ORC connectors. Connect the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter to the ORC connector.
NOTE
The IP Harness is always connected to the right side (C1) of the 8443-32-R Adapter.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the (R17) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal circuit and (R19) Sensor Ground circuit at the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 connector and ground. Is there any voltage present?
Yes Repair the (R17) and (R19) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 circuits for a short to battery. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No Go To 3.
3
CHECK THE (R17) and (R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
Measure the resistance of the (R17) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R17) and (R19) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 circuits for a short to ground. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No Go To 4.
4
CHECK THE (R17) and (R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT
TOGETHER Circuits Measure the resistance between the (R17) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal and (R19) Sensor Ground circuits at the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 connector. Is the resistance below 100K ohms?
Yes Repair the (R17) and R19) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 circuits shorted together. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No Go To 5.
5
CHECK THE (R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR
HIGH RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R19) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes Go To 6.
No Repair the (R19) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 Ground circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
6
CHECK THE (R17) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH
RESISTANCE Measure the resistance of the (R17) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 2 connector and the ORC 8443-32-R Adapter. Is the resistance below 1 ohm?
Yes Go To 7.
No Repair the (R17) Left Side Impact Sensor 2 Signal circuit for an open or high resistance. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7
CHECK OPERATION OF THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2
Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 2. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Battery.
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.
Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available. Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Did the active Left Side Impact Sensor 2 DTC return?
Yes Go To 8.
No Repair is complete. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8
REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
WARNING
To avoid serious or fatal injury, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.
WARNING
If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and serious or fatal injury.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform *AIRBAG SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
figure
figure
figure
figure
figure
All codesNext ›